7495 lines
364 KiB
Plaintext
7495 lines
364 KiB
Plaintext
Title: Treasure Island
|
||
Author: Robert Louis Stevenson
|
||
|
||
TREASURE ISLAND
|
||
|
||
by Robert Louis Stevenson
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
TREASURE ISLAND
|
||
|
||
To S.L.O., an American gentleman in accordance with whose classic taste
|
||
the following narrative has been designed, it is now, in return for
|
||
numerous delightful hours, and with the kindest wishes, dedicated by his
|
||
affectionate friend, the author.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
TO THE HESITATING PURCHASER
|
||
|
||
If sailor tales to sailor tunes,
|
||
Storm and adventure, heat and cold,
|
||
If schooners, islands, and maroons,
|
||
And buccaneers, and buried gold,
|
||
And all the old romance, retold
|
||
Exactly in the ancient way,
|
||
Can please, as me they pleased of old,
|
||
The wiser youngsters of today:
|
||
|
||
--So be it, and fall on! If not,
|
||
If studious youth no longer crave,
|
||
His ancient appetites forgot,
|
||
Kingston, or Ballantyne the brave,
|
||
Or Cooper of the wood and wave:
|
||
So be it, also! And may I
|
||
And all my pirates share the grave
|
||
Where these and their creations lie!
|
||
|
||
|
||
CONTENTS
|
||
|
||
PART ONE
|
||
The Old Buccaneer
|
||
|
||
1. THE OLD SEA-DOG AT THE ADMIRAL BENBOW 11
|
||
2. BLACK DOG APPEARS AND DISAPPEARS . . . . 17
|
||
3. THE BLACK SPOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
|
||
4. THE SEA-CHEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
|
||
5. THE LAST OF THE BLIND MAN . . . . . . . 36
|
||
6. THE CAPTAIN’S PAPERS . . . . . . . . . . 41
|
||
|
||
PART TWO
|
||
The Sea Cook
|
||
|
||
7. I GO TO BRISTOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
|
||
8. AT THE SIGN OF THE SPY-GLASS . . . . . . . 54
|
||
9. POWDER AND ARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
|
||
10. THE VOYAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
|
||
11. WHAT I HEARD IN THE APPLE BARREL . . . . 70
|
||
12. COUNCIL OF WAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
|
||
|
||
PART THREE
|
||
My Shore Adventure
|
||
|
||
13. HOW MY SHORE ADVENTURE BEGAN . . . . . . 82
|
||
14. THE FIRST BLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
|
||
15. THE MAN OF THE ISLAND. . . . . . . . . . 93
|
||
|
||
PART FOUR
|
||
The Stockade
|
||
|
||
16. NARRATIVE CONTINUED BY THE DOCTOR:
|
||
HOW THE SHIP WAS ABANDONED . . . . . . 100
|
||
17. NARRATIVE CONTINUED BY THE DOCTOR:
|
||
THE JOLLY-BOAT’S LAST TRIP . . . . . . 105
|
||
18. NARRATIVE CONTINUED BY THE DOCTOR:
|
||
END OF THE FIRST DAY’S FIGHTING . . . 109
|
||
19. NARRATIVE RESUMED BY JIM HAWKINS:
|
||
THE GARRISON IN THE STOCKADE . . . . . 114
|
||
20. SILVER’S EMBASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
|
||
21. THE ATTACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
|
||
|
||
PART FIVE
|
||
My Sea Adventure
|
||
|
||
22. HOW MY SEA ADVENTURE BEGAN . . . . . . . 132
|
||
23. THE EBB-TIDE RUNS . . . . . . . . . . . 138
|
||
24. THE CRUISE OF THE CORACLE . . . . . . . 143
|
||
25. I STRIKE THE JOLLY ROGER . . . . . . . . 148
|
||
26. ISRAEL HANDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
|
||
27. “PIECES OF EIGHT” . . . . . . . . . . . 161
|
||
|
||
PART SIX
|
||
Captain Silver
|
||
|
||
28. IN THE ENEMY’S CAMP . . . . . . . . . . 168
|
||
29. THE BLACK SPOT AGAIN . . . . . . . . . . 176
|
||
30. ON PAROLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
|
||
31. THE TREASURE-HUNT--FLINT’S POINTER . . . 189
|
||
32. THE TREASURE-HUNT--THE VOICE AMONG
|
||
THE TREES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
|
||
33. THE FALL OF A CHIEFTAIN . . . . . . . . 201
|
||
34. AND LAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
TREASURE ISLAND
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
PART ONE--The Old Buccaneer
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
1
|
||
|
||
The Old Sea-dog at the Admiral Benbow
|
||
|
||
|
||
SQUIRE TRELAWNEY, Dr. Livesey, and the rest of these gentlemen having
|
||
asked me to write down the whole particulars about Treasure Island, from
|
||
the beginning to the end, keeping nothing back but the bearings of the
|
||
island, and that only because there is still treasure not yet lifted, I
|
||
take up my pen in the year of grace 17__ and go back to the time when
|
||
my father kept the Admiral Benbow inn and the brown old seaman with the
|
||
sabre cut first took up his lodging under our roof.
|
||
|
||
I remember him as if it were yesterday, as he came plodding to the
|
||
inn door, his sea-chest following behind him in a hand-barrow--a
|
||
tall, strong, heavy, nut-brown man, his tarry pigtail falling over the
|
||
shoulder of his soiled blue coat, his hands ragged and scarred, with
|
||
black, broken nails, and the sabre cut across one cheek, a dirty, livid
|
||
white. I remember him looking round the cove and whistling to himself
|
||
as he did so, and then breaking out in that old sea-song that he sang so
|
||
often afterwards:
|
||
|
||
“Fifteen men on the dead man’s chest--
|
||
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum!”
|
||
|
||
in the high, old tottering voice that seemed to have been tuned and
|
||
broken at the capstan bars. Then he rapped on the door with a bit of
|
||
stick like a handspike that he carried, and when my father appeared,
|
||
called roughly for a glass of rum. This, when it was brought to him,
|
||
he drank slowly, like a connoisseur, lingering on the taste and still
|
||
looking about him at the cliffs and up at our signboard.
|
||
|
||
“This is a handy cove,” says he at length; “and a pleasant sittyated
|
||
grog-shop. Much company, mate?”
|
||
|
||
My father told him no, very little company, the more was the pity.
|
||
|
||
“Well, then,” said he, “this is the berth for me. Here you, matey,” he
|
||
cried to the man who trundled the barrow; “bring up alongside and help
|
||
up my chest. I’ll stay here a bit,” he continued. “I’m a plain man; rum
|
||
and bacon and eggs is what I want, and that head up there for to watch
|
||
ships off. What you mought call me? You mought call me captain. Oh, I
|
||
see what you’re at--there”; and he threw down three or four gold pieces
|
||
on the threshold. “You can tell me when I’ve worked through that,” says
|
||
he, looking as fierce as a commander.
|
||
|
||
And indeed bad as his clothes were and coarsely as he spoke, he had none
|
||
of the appearance of a man who sailed before the mast, but seemed like
|
||
a mate or skipper accustomed to be obeyed or to strike. The man who came
|
||
with the barrow told us the mail had set him down the morning before at
|
||
the Royal George, that he had inquired what inns there were along the
|
||
coast, and hearing ours well spoken of, I suppose, and described as
|
||
lonely, had chosen it from the others for his place of residence. And
|
||
that was all we could learn of our guest.
|
||
|
||
He was a very silent man by custom. All day he hung round the cove or
|
||
upon the cliffs with a brass telescope; all evening he sat in a corner
|
||
of the parlour next the fire and drank rum and water very strong. Mostly
|
||
he would not speak when spoken to, only look up sudden and fierce and
|
||
blow through his nose like a fog-horn; and we and the people who came
|
||
about our house soon learned to let him be. Every day when he came back
|
||
from his stroll he would ask if any seafaring men had gone by along the
|
||
road. At first we thought it was the want of company of his own kind
|
||
that made him ask this question, but at last we began to see he was
|
||
desirous to avoid them. When a seaman did put up at the Admiral Benbow
|
||
(as now and then some did, making by the coast road for Bristol) he
|
||
would look in at him through the curtained door before he entered the
|
||
parlour; and he was always sure to be as silent as a mouse when any such
|
||
was present. For me, at least, there was no secret about the matter, for
|
||
I was, in a way, a sharer in his alarms. He had taken me aside one day
|
||
and promised me a silver fourpenny on the first of every month if I
|
||
would only keep my “weather-eye open for a seafaring man with one leg”
|
||
and let him know the moment he appeared. Often enough when the first
|
||
of the month came round and I applied to him for my wage, he would only
|
||
blow through his nose at me and stare me down, but before the week was
|
||
out he was sure to think better of it, bring me my four-penny piece, and
|
||
repeat his orders to look out for “the seafaring man with one leg.”
|
||
|
||
How that personage haunted my dreams, I need scarcely tell you. On
|
||
stormy nights, when the wind shook the four corners of the house and
|
||
the surf roared along the cove and up the cliffs, I would see him in a
|
||
thousand forms, and with a thousand diabolical expressions. Now the leg
|
||
would be cut off at the knee, now at the hip; now he was a monstrous
|
||
kind of a creature who had never had but the one leg, and that in the
|
||
middle of his body. To see him leap and run and pursue me over hedge and
|
||
ditch was the worst of nightmares. And altogether I paid pretty dear for
|
||
my monthly fourpenny piece, in the shape of these abominable fancies.
|
||
|
||
But though I was so terrified by the idea of the seafaring man with one
|
||
leg, I was far less afraid of the captain himself than anybody else who
|
||
knew him. There were nights when he took a deal more rum and water
|
||
than his head would carry; and then he would sometimes sit and sing his
|
||
wicked, old, wild sea-songs, minding nobody; but sometimes he would call
|
||
for glasses round and force all the trembling company to listen to his
|
||
stories or bear a chorus to his singing. Often I have heard the house
|
||
shaking with “Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum,” all the neighbours joining
|
||
in for dear life, with the fear of death upon them, and each singing
|
||
louder than the other to avoid remark. For in these fits he was the most
|
||
overriding companion ever known; he would slap his hand on the table for
|
||
silence all round; he would fly up in a passion of anger at a question,
|
||
or sometimes because none was put, and so he judged the company was not
|
||
following his story. Nor would he allow anyone to leave the inn till he
|
||
had drunk himself sleepy and reeled off to bed.
|
||
|
||
His stories were what frightened people worst of all. Dreadful stories
|
||
they were--about hanging, and walking the plank, and storms at sea, and
|
||
the Dry Tortugas, and wild deeds and places on the Spanish Main. By his
|
||
own account he must have lived his life among some of the wickedest men
|
||
that God ever allowed upon the sea, and the language in which he told
|
||
these stories shocked our plain country people almost as much as the
|
||
crimes that he described. My father was always saying the inn would be
|
||
ruined, for people would soon cease coming there to be tyrannized over
|
||
and put down, and sent shivering to their beds; but I really believe his
|
||
presence did us good. People were frightened at the time, but on looking
|
||
back they rather liked it; it was a fine excitement in a quiet country
|
||
life, and there was even a party of the younger men who pretended to
|
||
admire him, calling him a “true sea-dog” and a “real old salt” and
|
||
such like names, and saying there was the sort of man that made England
|
||
terrible at sea.
|
||
|
||
In one way, indeed, he bade fair to ruin us, for he kept on staying week
|
||
after week, and at last month after month, so that all the money had
|
||
been long exhausted, and still my father never plucked up the heart to
|
||
insist on having more. If ever he mentioned it, the captain blew through
|
||
his nose so loudly that you might say he roared, and stared my poor
|
||
father out of the room. I have seen him wringing his hands after such a
|
||
rebuff, and I am sure the annoyance and the terror he lived in must have
|
||
greatly hastened his early and unhappy death.
|
||
|
||
All the time he lived with us the captain made no change whatever in his
|
||
dress but to buy some stockings from a hawker. One of the cocks of his
|
||
hat having fallen down, he let it hang from that day forth, though it
|
||
was a great annoyance when it blew. I remember the appearance of his
|
||
coat, which he patched himself upstairs in his room, and which, before
|
||
the end, was nothing but patches. He never wrote or received a letter,
|
||
and he never spoke with any but the neighbours, and with these, for the
|
||
most part, only when drunk on rum. The great sea-chest none of us had
|
||
ever seen open.
|
||
|
||
He was only once crossed, and that was towards the end, when my poor
|
||
father was far gone in a decline that took him off. Dr. Livesey came
|
||
late one afternoon to see the patient, took a bit of dinner from my
|
||
mother, and went into the parlour to smoke a pipe until his horse should
|
||
come down from the hamlet, for we had no stabling at the old Benbow. I
|
||
followed him in, and I remember observing the contrast the neat, bright
|
||
doctor, with his powder as white as snow and his bright, black eyes and
|
||
pleasant manners, made with the coltish country folk, and above all,
|
||
with that filthy, heavy, bleared scarecrow of a pirate of ours, sitting,
|
||
far gone in rum, with his arms on the table. Suddenly he--the captain,
|
||
that is--began to pipe up his eternal song:
|
||
|
||
“Fifteen men on the dead man’s chest--
|
||
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum!
|
||
Drink and the devil had done for the rest--
|
||
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum!”
|
||
|
||
At first I had supposed “the dead man’s chest” to be that identical big
|
||
box of his upstairs in the front room, and the thought had been mingled
|
||
in my nightmares with that of the one-legged seafaring man. But by this
|
||
time we had all long ceased to pay any particular notice to the song; it
|
||
was new, that night, to nobody but Dr. Livesey, and on him I observed it
|
||
did not produce an agreeable effect, for he looked up for a moment quite
|
||
angrily before he went on with his talk to old Taylor, the gardener, on
|
||
a new cure for the rheumatics. In the meantime, the captain gradually
|
||
brightened up at his own music, and at last flapped his hand upon
|
||
the table before him in a way we all knew to mean silence. The voices
|
||
stopped at once, all but Dr. Livesey’s; he went on as before speaking
|
||
clear and kind and drawing briskly at his pipe between every word or
|
||
two. The captain glared at him for a while, flapped his hand again,
|
||
glared still harder, and at last broke out with a villainous, low oath,
|
||
“Silence, there, between decks!”
|
||
|
||
“Were you addressing me, sir?” says the doctor; and when the ruffian had
|
||
told him, with another oath, that this was so, “I have only one thing to
|
||
say to you, sir,” replies the doctor, “that if you keep on drinking rum,
|
||
the world will soon be quit of a very dirty scoundrel!”
|
||
|
||
The old fellow’s fury was awful. He sprang to his feet, drew and opened
|
||
a sailor’s clasp-knife, and balancing it open on the palm of his hand,
|
||
threatened to pin the doctor to the wall.
|
||
|
||
The doctor never so much as moved. He spoke to him as before, over his
|
||
shoulder and in the same tone of voice, rather high, so that all the
|
||
room might hear, but perfectly calm and steady: “If you do not put that
|
||
knife this instant in your pocket, I promise, upon my honour, you shall
|
||
hang at the next assizes.”
|
||
|
||
Then followed a battle of looks between them, but the captain soon
|
||
knuckled under, put up his weapon, and resumed his seat, grumbling like
|
||
a beaten dog.
|
||
|
||
“And now, sir,” continued the doctor, “since I now know there’s such a
|
||
fellow in my district, you may count I’ll have an eye upon you day and
|
||
night. I’m not a doctor only; I’m a magistrate; and if I catch a breath
|
||
of complaint against you, if it’s only for a piece of incivility like
|
||
tonight’s, I’ll take effectual means to have you hunted down and routed
|
||
out of this. Let that suffice.”
|
||
|
||
Soon after, Dr. Livesey’s horse came to the door and he rode away, but
|
||
the captain held his peace that evening, and for many evenings to come.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
2
|
||
|
||
Black Dog Appears and Disappears
|
||
|
||
|
||
IT was not very long after this that there occurred the first of the
|
||
mysterious events that rid us at last of the captain, though not, as you
|
||
will see, of his affairs. It was a bitter cold winter, with long, hard
|
||
frosts and heavy gales; and it was plain from the first that my poor
|
||
father was little likely to see the spring. He sank daily, and my mother
|
||
and I had all the inn upon our hands, and were kept busy enough without
|
||
paying much regard to our unpleasant guest.
|
||
|
||
It was one January morning, very early--a pinching, frosty morning--the
|
||
cove all grey with hoar-frost, the ripple lapping softly on the stones,
|
||
the sun still low and only touching the hilltops and shining far to
|
||
seaward. The captain had risen earlier than usual and set out down the
|
||
beach, his cutlass swinging under the broad skirts of the old blue coat,
|
||
his brass telescope under his arm, his hat tilted back upon his head. I
|
||
remember his breath hanging like smoke in his wake as he strode off, and
|
||
the last sound I heard of him as he turned the big rock was a loud snort
|
||
of indignation, as though his mind was still running upon Dr. Livesey.
|
||
|
||
Well, mother was upstairs with father and I was laying the
|
||
breakfast-table against the captain’s return when the parlour door
|
||
opened and a man stepped in on whom I had never set my eyes before. He
|
||
was a pale, tallowy creature, wanting two fingers of the left hand, and
|
||
though he wore a cutlass, he did not look much like a fighter. I
|
||
had always my eye open for seafaring men, with one leg or two, and I
|
||
remember this one puzzled me. He was not sailorly, and yet he had a
|
||
smack of the sea about him too.
|
||
|
||
I asked him what was for his service, and he said he would take rum; but
|
||
as I was going out of the room to fetch it, he sat down upon a table
|
||
and motioned me to draw near. I paused where I was, with my napkin in my
|
||
hand.
|
||
|
||
“Come here, sonny,” says he. “Come nearer here.”
|
||
|
||
I took a step nearer.
|
||
|
||
“Is this here table for my mate Bill?” he asked with a kind of leer.
|
||
|
||
I told him I did not know his mate Bill, and this was for a person who
|
||
stayed in our house whom we called the captain.
|
||
|
||
“Well,” said he, “my mate Bill would be called the captain, as like
|
||
as not. He has a cut on one cheek and a mighty pleasant way with him,
|
||
particularly in drink, has my mate Bill. We’ll put it, for argument
|
||
like, that your captain has a cut on one cheek--and we’ll put it, if you
|
||
like, that that cheek’s the right one. Ah, well! I told you. Now, is my
|
||
mate Bill in this here house?”
|
||
|
||
I told him he was out walking.
|
||
|
||
“Which way, sonny? Which way is he gone?”
|
||
|
||
And when I had pointed out the rock and told him how the captain was
|
||
likely to return, and how soon, and answered a few other questions,
|
||
“Ah,” said he, “this’ll be as good as drink to my mate Bill.”
|
||
|
||
The expression of his face as he said these words was not at all
|
||
pleasant, and I had my own reasons for thinking that the stranger was
|
||
mistaken, even supposing he meant what he said. But it was no affair of
|
||
mine, I thought; and besides, it was difficult to know what to do. The
|
||
stranger kept hanging about just inside the inn door, peering round the
|
||
corner like a cat waiting for a mouse. Once I stepped out myself into
|
||
the road, but he immediately called me back, and as I did not obey quick
|
||
enough for his fancy, a most horrible change came over his tallowy face,
|
||
and he ordered me in with an oath that made me jump. As soon as I
|
||
was back again he returned to his former manner, half fawning, half
|
||
sneering, patted me on the shoulder, told me I was a good boy and he had
|
||
taken quite a fancy to me. “I have a son of my own,” said he, “as like
|
||
you as two blocks, and he’s all the pride of my ’art. But the great
|
||
thing for boys is discipline, sonny--discipline. Now, if you had sailed
|
||
along of Bill, you wouldn’t have stood there to be spoke to twice--not
|
||
you. That was never Bill’s way, nor the way of sich as sailed with him.
|
||
And here, sure enough, is my mate Bill, with a spy-glass under his arm,
|
||
bless his old ’art, to be sure. You and me’ll just go back into the
|
||
parlour, sonny, and get behind the door, and we’ll give Bill a little
|
||
surprise--bless his ’art, I say again.”
|
||
|
||
So saying, the stranger backed along with me into the parlour and put me
|
||
behind him in the corner so that we were both hidden by the open door. I
|
||
was very uneasy and alarmed, as you may fancy, and it rather added to my
|
||
fears to observe that the stranger was certainly frightened himself. He
|
||
cleared the hilt of his cutlass and loosened the blade in the sheath;
|
||
and all the time we were waiting there he kept swallowing as if he felt
|
||
what we used to call a lump in the throat.
|
||
|
||
At last in strode the captain, slammed the door behind him, without
|
||
looking to the right or left, and marched straight across the room to
|
||
where his breakfast awaited him.
|
||
|
||
“Bill,” said the stranger in a voice that I thought he had tried to make
|
||
bold and big.
|
||
|
||
The captain spun round on his heel and fronted us; all the brown had
|
||
gone out of his face, and even his nose was blue; he had the look of a
|
||
man who sees a ghost, or the evil one, or something worse, if anything
|
||
can be; and upon my word, I felt sorry to see him all in a moment turn
|
||
so old and sick.
|
||
|
||
“Come, Bill, you know me; you know an old shipmate, Bill, surely,” said
|
||
the stranger.
|
||
|
||
The captain made a sort of gasp.
|
||
|
||
“Black Dog!” said he.
|
||
|
||
“And who else?” returned the other, getting more at his ease. “Black
|
||
Dog as ever was, come for to see his old shipmate Billy, at the Admiral
|
||
Benbow inn. Ah, Bill, Bill, we have seen a sight of times, us two, since
|
||
I lost them two talons,” holding up his mutilated hand.
|
||
|
||
“Now, look here,” said the captain; “you’ve run me down; here I am;
|
||
well, then, speak up; what is it?”
|
||
|
||
“That’s you, Bill,” returned Black Dog, “you’re in the right of it,
|
||
Billy. I’ll have a glass of rum from this dear child here, as I’ve took
|
||
such a liking to; and we’ll sit down, if you please, and talk square,
|
||
like old shipmates.”
|
||
|
||
When I returned with the rum, they were already seated on either side
|
||
of the captain’s breakfast-table--Black Dog next to the door and
|
||
sitting sideways so as to have one eye on his old shipmate and one, as I
|
||
thought, on his retreat.
|
||
|
||
He bade me go and leave the door wide open. “None of your keyholes for
|
||
me, sonny,” he said; and I left them together and retired into the bar.
|
||
|
||
For a long time, though I certainly did my best to listen, I could hear
|
||
nothing but a low gattling; but at last the voices began to grow higher,
|
||
and I could pick up a word or two, mostly oaths, from the captain.
|
||
|
||
“No, no, no, no; and an end of it!” he cried once. And again, “If it
|
||
comes to swinging, swing all, say I.”
|
||
|
||
Then all of a sudden there was a tremendous explosion of oaths and
|
||
other noises--the chair and table went over in a lump, a clash of steel
|
||
followed, and then a cry of pain, and the next instant I saw Black
|
||
Dog in full flight, and the captain hotly pursuing, both with drawn
|
||
cutlasses, and the former streaming blood from the left shoulder. Just
|
||
at the door the captain aimed at the fugitive one last tremendous
|
||
cut, which would certainly have split him to the chine had it not been
|
||
intercepted by our big signboard of Admiral Benbow. You may see the
|
||
notch on the lower side of the frame to this day.
|
||
|
||
That blow was the last of the battle. Once out upon the road, Black
|
||
Dog, in spite of his wound, showed a wonderful clean pair of heels and
|
||
disappeared over the edge of the hill in half a minute. The captain, for
|
||
his part, stood staring at the signboard like a bewildered man. Then he
|
||
passed his hand over his eyes several times and at last turned back into
|
||
the house.
|
||
|
||
“Jim,” says he, “rum”; and as he spoke, he reeled a little, and caught
|
||
himself with one hand against the wall.
|
||
|
||
“Are you hurt?” cried I.
|
||
|
||
“Rum,” he repeated. “I must get away from here. Rum! Rum!”
|
||
|
||
I ran to fetch it, but I was quite unsteadied by all that had fallen
|
||
out, and I broke one glass and fouled the tap, and while I was still
|
||
getting in my own way, I heard a loud fall in the parlour, and running
|
||
in, beheld the captain lying full length upon the floor. At the same
|
||
instant my mother, alarmed by the cries and fighting, came running
|
||
downstairs to help me. Between us we raised his head. He was breathing
|
||
very loud and hard, but his eyes were closed and his face a horrible
|
||
colour.
|
||
|
||
“Dear, deary me,” cried my mother, “what a disgrace upon the house! And
|
||
your poor father sick!”
|
||
|
||
In the meantime, we had no idea what to do to help the captain, nor any
|
||
other thought but that he had got his death-hurt in the scuffle with
|
||
the stranger. I got the rum, to be sure, and tried to put it down his
|
||
throat, but his teeth were tightly shut and his jaws as strong as iron.
|
||
It was a happy relief for us when the door opened and Doctor Livesey
|
||
came in, on his visit to my father.
|
||
|
||
“Oh, doctor,” we cried, “what shall we do? Where is he wounded?”
|
||
|
||
“Wounded? A fiddle-stick’s end!” said the doctor. “No more wounded than
|
||
you or I. The man has had a stroke, as I warned him. Now, Mrs. Hawkins,
|
||
just you run upstairs to your husband and tell him, if possible, nothing
|
||
about it. For my part, I must do my best to save this fellow’s trebly
|
||
worthless life; Jim, you get me a basin.”
|
||
|
||
When I got back with the basin, the doctor had already ripped up the
|
||
captain’s sleeve and exposed his great sinewy arm. It was tattooed
|
||
in several places. “Here’s luck,” “A fair wind,” and “Billy Bones his
|
||
fancy,” were very neatly and clearly executed on the forearm; and up
|
||
near the shoulder there was a sketch of a gallows and a man hanging from
|
||
it--done, as I thought, with great spirit.
|
||
|
||
“Prophetic,” said the doctor, touching this picture with his finger.
|
||
“And now, Master Billy Bones, if that be your name, we’ll have a look at
|
||
the colour of your blood. Jim,” he said, “are you afraid of blood?”
|
||
|
||
“No, sir,” said I.
|
||
|
||
“Well, then,” said he, “you hold the basin”; and with that he took his
|
||
lancet and opened a vein.
|
||
|
||
A great deal of blood was taken before the captain opened his eyes
|
||
and looked mistily about him. First he recognized the doctor with
|
||
an unmistakable frown; then his glance fell upon me, and he looked
|
||
relieved. But suddenly his colour changed, and he tried to raise
|
||
himself, crying, “Where’s Black Dog?”
|
||
|
||
“There is no Black Dog here,” said the doctor, “except what you have
|
||
on your own back. You have been drinking rum; you have had a stroke,
|
||
precisely as I told you; and I have just, very much against my own will,
|
||
dragged you headforemost out of the grave. Now, Mr. Bones--”
|
||
|
||
“That’s not my name,” he interrupted.
|
||
|
||
“Much I care,” returned the doctor. “It’s the name of a buccaneer of my
|
||
acquaintance; and I call you by it for the sake of shortness, and what I
|
||
have to say to you is this; one glass of rum won’t kill you, but if
|
||
you take one you’ll take another and another, and I stake my wig if you
|
||
don’t break off short, you’ll die--do you understand that?--die, and go
|
||
to your own place, like the man in the Bible. Come, now, make an effort.
|
||
I’ll help you to your bed for once.”
|
||
|
||
Between us, with much trouble, we managed to hoist him upstairs, and
|
||
laid him on his bed, where his head fell back on the pillow as if he
|
||
were almost fainting.
|
||
|
||
“Now, mind you,” said the doctor, “I clear my conscience--the name of
|
||
rum for you is death.”
|
||
|
||
And with that he went off to see my father, taking me with him by the
|
||
arm.
|
||
|
||
“This is nothing,” he said as soon as he had closed the door. “I have
|
||
drawn blood enough to keep him quiet awhile; he should lie for a week
|
||
where he is--that is the best thing for him and you; but another stroke
|
||
would settle him.”
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
3
|
||
|
||
The Black Spot
|
||
|
||
ABOUT noon I stopped at the captain’s door with some cooling drinks
|
||
and medicines. He was lying very much as we had left him, only a little
|
||
higher, and he seemed both weak and excited.
|
||
|
||
“Jim,” he said, “you’re the only one here that’s worth anything, and you
|
||
know I’ve been always good to you. Never a month but I’ve given you a
|
||
silver fourpenny for yourself. And now you see, mate, I’m pretty low,
|
||
and deserted by all; and Jim, you’ll bring me one noggin of rum, now,
|
||
won’t you, matey?”
|
||
|
||
“The doctor--” I began.
|
||
|
||
But he broke in cursing the doctor, in a feeble voice but heartily.
|
||
“Doctors is all swabs,” he said; “and that doctor there, why, what do
|
||
he know about seafaring men? I been in places hot as pitch, and mates
|
||
dropping round with Yellow Jack, and the blessed land a-heaving like the
|
||
sea with earthquakes--what to the doctor know of lands like that?--and I
|
||
lived on rum, I tell you. It’s been meat and drink, and man and wife,
|
||
to me; and if I’m not to have my rum now I’m a poor old hulk on a lee
|
||
shore, my blood’ll be on you, Jim, and that doctor swab”; and he ran on
|
||
again for a while with curses. “Look, Jim, how my fingers fidges,”
|
||
he continued in the pleading tone. “I can’t keep ’em still, not I. I
|
||
haven’t had a drop this blessed day. That doctor’s a fool, I tell you.
|
||
If I don’t have a dram o’ rum, Jim, I’ll have the horrors; I seen some
|
||
on ’em already. I seen old Flint in the corner there, behind you; as
|
||
plain as print, I seen him; and if I get the horrors, I’m a man that
|
||
has lived rough, and I’ll raise Cain. Your doctor hisself said one glass
|
||
wouldn’t hurt me. I’ll give you a golden guinea for a noggin, Jim.”
|
||
|
||
He was growing more and more excited, and this alarmed me for my father,
|
||
who was very low that day and needed quiet; besides, I was reassured by
|
||
the doctor’s words, now quoted to me, and rather offended by the offer
|
||
of a bribe.
|
||
|
||
“I want none of your money,” said I, “but what you owe my father. I’ll
|
||
get you one glass, and no more.”
|
||
|
||
When I brought it to him, he seized it greedily and drank it out.
|
||
|
||
“Aye, aye,” said he, “that’s some better, sure enough. And now, matey,
|
||
did that doctor say how long I was to lie here in this old berth?”
|
||
|
||
“A week at least,” said I.
|
||
|
||
“Thunder!” he cried. “A week! I can’t do that; they’d have the black
|
||
spot on me by then. The lubbers is going about to get the wind of me
|
||
this blessed moment; lubbers as couldn’t keep what they got, and want to
|
||
nail what is another’s. Is that seamanly behaviour, now, I want to know?
|
||
But I’m a saving soul. I never wasted good money of mine, nor lost it
|
||
neither; and I’ll trick ’em again. I’m not afraid on ’em. I’ll shake out
|
||
another reef, matey, and daddle ’em again.”
|
||
|
||
As he was thus speaking, he had risen from bed with great difficulty,
|
||
holding to my shoulder with a grip that almost made me cry out, and
|
||
moving his legs like so much dead weight. His words, spirited as they
|
||
were in meaning, contrasted sadly with the weakness of the voice in
|
||
which they were uttered. He paused when he had got into a sitting
|
||
position on the edge.
|
||
|
||
“That doctor’s done me,” he murmured. “My ears is singing. Lay me back.”
|
||
|
||
Before I could do much to help him he had fallen back again to his
|
||
former place, where he lay for a while silent.
|
||
|
||
“Jim,” he said at length, “you saw that seafaring man today?”
|
||
|
||
“Black Dog?” I asked.
|
||
|
||
“Ah! Black Dog,” says he. “_He’s_ a bad ’un; but there’s worse that put him
|
||
on. Now, if I can’t get away nohow, and they tip me the black spot, mind
|
||
you, it’s my old sea-chest they’re after; you get on a horse--you can,
|
||
can’t you? Well, then, you get on a horse, and go to--well, yes,
|
||
I will!--to that eternal doctor swab, and tell him to pipe all
|
||
hands--magistrates and sich--and he’ll lay ’em aboard at the Admiral
|
||
Benbow--all old Flint’s crew, man and boy, all on ’em that’s left. I was
|
||
first mate, I was, old Flint’s first mate, and I’m the on’y one as knows
|
||
the place. He gave it me at Savannah, when he lay a-dying, like as if I
|
||
was to now, you see. But you won’t peach unless they get the black spot
|
||
on me, or unless you see that Black Dog again or a seafaring man with
|
||
one leg, Jim--him above all.”
|
||
|
||
“But what is the black spot, captain?” I asked.
|
||
|
||
“That’s a summons, mate. I’ll tell you if they get that. But you keep
|
||
your weather-eye open, Jim, and I’ll share with you equals, upon my
|
||
honour.”
|
||
|
||
He wandered a little longer, his voice growing weaker; but soon after I
|
||
had given him his medicine, which he took like a child, with the remark,
|
||
“If ever a seaman wanted drugs, it’s me,” he fell at last into a heavy,
|
||
swoon-like sleep, in which I left him. What I should have done had all
|
||
gone well I do not know. Probably I should have told the whole story to
|
||
the doctor, for I was in mortal fear lest the captain should repent of
|
||
his confessions and make an end of me. But as things fell out, my poor
|
||
father died quite suddenly that evening, which put all other matters
|
||
on one side. Our natural distress, the visits of the neighbours, the
|
||
arranging of the funeral, and all the work of the inn to be carried on
|
||
in the meanwhile kept me so busy that I had scarcely time to think of
|
||
the captain, far less to be afraid of him.
|
||
|
||
He got downstairs next morning, to be sure, and had his meals as usual,
|
||
though he ate little and had more, I am afraid, than his usual supply of
|
||
rum, for he helped himself out of the bar, scowling and blowing through
|
||
his nose, and no one dared to cross him. On the night before the funeral
|
||
he was as drunk as ever; and it was shocking, in that house of mourning,
|
||
to hear him singing away at his ugly old sea-song; but weak as he was,
|
||
we were all in the fear of death for him, and the doctor was suddenly
|
||
taken up with a case many miles away and was never near the house after
|
||
my father’s death. I have said the captain was weak, and indeed he
|
||
seemed rather to grow weaker than regain his strength. He clambered up
|
||
and down stairs, and went from the parlour to the bar and back again,
|
||
and sometimes put his nose out of doors to smell the sea, holding on to
|
||
the walls as he went for support and breathing hard and fast like a man
|
||
on a steep mountain. He never particularly addressed me, and it is my
|
||
belief he had as good as forgotten his confidences; but his temper was
|
||
more flighty, and allowing for his bodily weakness, more violent than
|
||
ever. He had an alarming way now when he was drunk of drawing his
|
||
cutlass and laying it bare before him on the table. But with all that,
|
||
he minded people less and seemed shut up in his own thoughts and rather
|
||
wandering. Once, for instance, to our extreme wonder, he piped up to a
|
||
different air, a kind of country love-song that he must have learned in
|
||
his youth before he had begun to follow the sea.
|
||
|
||
So things passed until, the day after the funeral, and about three
|
||
o’clock of a bitter, foggy, frosty afternoon, I was standing at the door
|
||
for a moment, full of sad thoughts about my father, when I saw someone
|
||
drawing slowly near along the road. He was plainly blind, for he tapped
|
||
before him with a stick and wore a great green shade over his eyes and
|
||
nose; and he was hunched, as if with age or weakness, and wore a huge
|
||
old tattered sea-cloak with a hood that made him appear positively
|
||
deformed. I never saw in my life a more dreadful-looking figure.
|
||
He stopped a little from the inn, and raising his voice in an odd
|
||
sing-song, addressed the air in front of him, “Will any kind friend
|
||
inform a poor blind man, who has lost the precious sight of his eyes in
|
||
the gracious defence of his native country, England--and God bless King
|
||
George!--where or in what part of this country he may now be?”
|
||
|
||
“You are at the Admiral Benbow, Black Hill Cove, my good man,” said I.
|
||
|
||
“I hear a voice,” said he, “a young voice. Will you give me your hand,
|
||
my kind young friend, and lead me in?”
|
||
|
||
I held out my hand, and the horrible, soft-spoken, eyeless creature
|
||
gripped it in a moment like a vise. I was so much startled that I
|
||
struggled to withdraw, but the blind man pulled me close up to him with
|
||
a single action of his arm.
|
||
|
||
“Now, boy,” he said, “take me in to the captain.”
|
||
|
||
“Sir,” said I, “upon my word I dare not.”
|
||
|
||
“Oh,” he sneered, “that’s it! Take me in straight or I’ll break your
|
||
arm.”
|
||
|
||
And he gave it, as he spoke, a wrench that made me cry out.
|
||
|
||
“Sir,” said I, “it is for yourself I mean. The captain is not what he
|
||
used to be. He sits with a drawn cutlass. Another gentleman--”
|
||
|
||
“Come, now, march,” interrupted he; and I never heard a voice so cruel,
|
||
and cold, and ugly as that blind man’s. It cowed me more than the pain,
|
||
and I began to obey him at once, walking straight in at the door and
|
||
towards the parlour, where our sick old buccaneer was sitting, dazed
|
||
with rum. The blind man clung close to me, holding me in one iron fist
|
||
and leaning almost more of his weight on me than I could carry. “Lead me
|
||
straight up to him, and when I’m in view, cry out, ‘Here’s a friend
|
||
for you, Bill.’ If you don’t, I’ll do this,” and with that he gave me a
|
||
twitch that I thought would have made me faint. Between this and that, I
|
||
was so utterly terrified of the blind beggar that I forgot my terror of
|
||
the captain, and as I opened the parlour door, cried out the words he
|
||
had ordered in a trembling voice.
|
||
|
||
The poor captain raised his eyes, and at one look the rum went out of
|
||
him and left him staring sober. The expression of his face was not so
|
||
much of terror as of mortal sickness. He made a movement to rise, but I
|
||
do not believe he had enough force left in his body.
|
||
|
||
“Now, Bill, sit where you are,” said the beggar. “If I can’t see, I can
|
||
hear a finger stirring. Business is business. Hold out your left hand.
|
||
Boy, take his left hand by the wrist and bring it near to my right.”
|
||
|
||
We both obeyed him to the letter, and I saw him pass something from the
|
||
hollow of the hand that held his stick into the palm of the captain’s,
|
||
which closed upon it instantly.
|
||
|
||
“And now that’s done,” said the blind man; and at the words he suddenly
|
||
left hold of me, and with incredible accuracy and nimbleness,
|
||
skipped out of the parlour and into the road, where, as I still stood
|
||
motionless, I could hear his stick go tap-tap-tapping into the distance.
|
||
|
||
It was some time before either I or the captain seemed to gather our
|
||
senses, but at length, and about at the same moment, I released his
|
||
wrist, which I was still holding, and he drew in his hand and looked
|
||
sharply into the palm.
|
||
|
||
“Ten o’clock!” he cried. “Six hours. We’ll do them yet,” and he sprang
|
||
to his feet.
|
||
|
||
Even as he did so, he reeled, put his hand to his throat, stood swaying
|
||
for a moment, and then, with a peculiar sound, fell from his whole
|
||
height face foremost to the floor.
|
||
|
||
I ran to him at once, calling to my mother. But haste was all in vain.
|
||
The captain had been struck dead by thundering apoplexy. It is a curious
|
||
thing to understand, for I had certainly never liked the man, though of
|
||
late I had begun to pity him, but as soon as I saw that he was dead, I
|
||
burst into a flood of tears. It was the second death I had known, and
|
||
the sorrow of the first was still fresh in my heart.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
4
|
||
|
||
The Sea-chest
|
||
|
||
I LOST no time, of course, in telling my mother all that I knew, and
|
||
perhaps should have told her long before, and we saw ourselves at once
|
||
in a difficult and dangerous position. Some of the man’s money--if
|
||
he had any--was certainly due to us, but it was not likely that our
|
||
captain’s shipmates, above all the two specimens seen by me, Black
|
||
Dog and the blind beggar, would be inclined to give up their booty in
|
||
payment of the dead man’s debts. The captain’s order to mount at
|
||
once and ride for Doctor Livesey would have left my mother alone
|
||
and unprotected, which was not to be thought of. Indeed, it seemed
|
||
impossible for either of us to remain much longer in the house; the fall
|
||
of coals in the kitchen grate, the very ticking of the clock, filled
|
||
us with alarms. The neighbourhood, to our ears, seemed haunted by
|
||
approaching footsteps; and what between the dead body of the captain
|
||
on the parlour floor and the thought of that detestable blind beggar
|
||
hovering near at hand and ready to return, there were moments when, as
|
||
the saying goes, I jumped in my skin for terror. Something must speedily
|
||
be resolved upon, and it occurred to us at last to go forth together
|
||
and seek help in the neighbouring hamlet. No sooner said than done.
|
||
Bare-headed as we were, we ran out at once in the gathering evening and
|
||
the frosty fog.
|
||
|
||
The hamlet lay not many hundred yards away, though out of view, on the
|
||
other side of the next cove; and what greatly encouraged me, it was
|
||
in an opposite direction from that whence the blind man had made his
|
||
appearance and whither he had presumably returned. We were not many
|
||
minutes on the road, though we sometimes stopped to lay hold of each
|
||
other and hearken. But there was no unusual sound--nothing but the low
|
||
wash of the ripple and the croaking of the inmates of the wood.
|
||
|
||
It was already candle-light when we reached the hamlet, and I shall
|
||
never forget how much I was cheered to see the yellow shine in doors and
|
||
windows; but that, as it proved, was the best of the help we were likely
|
||
to get in that quarter. For--you would have thought men would have been
|
||
ashamed of themselves--no soul would consent to return with us to the
|
||
Admiral Benbow. The more we told of our troubles, the more--man, woman,
|
||
and child--they clung to the shelter of their houses. The name of
|
||
Captain Flint, though it was strange to me, was well enough known to
|
||
some there and carried a great weight of terror. Some of the men who
|
||
had been to field-work on the far side of the Admiral Benbow remembered,
|
||
besides, to have seen several strangers on the road, and taking them to
|
||
be smugglers, to have bolted away; and one at least had seen a little
|
||
lugger in what we called Kitt’s Hole. For that matter, anyone who was a
|
||
comrade of the captain’s was enough to frighten them to death. And the
|
||
short and the long of the matter was, that while we could get several
|
||
who were willing enough to ride to Dr. Livesey’s, which lay in another
|
||
direction, not one would help us to defend the inn.
|
||
|
||
They say cowardice is infectious; but then argument is, on the other
|
||
hand, a great emboldener; and so when each had said his say, my mother
|
||
made them a speech. She would not, she declared, lose money that
|
||
belonged to her fatherless boy; “If none of the rest of you dare,”
|
||
she said, “Jim and I dare. Back we will go, the way we came, and small
|
||
thanks to you big, hulking, chicken-hearted men. We’ll have that chest
|
||
open, if we die for it. And I’ll thank you for that bag, Mrs. Crossley,
|
||
to bring back our lawful money in.”
|
||
|
||
Of course I said I would go with my mother, and of course they all cried
|
||
out at our foolhardiness, but even then not a man would go along with
|
||
us. All they would do was to give me a loaded pistol lest we were
|
||
attacked, and to promise to have horses ready saddled in case we were
|
||
pursued on our return, while one lad was to ride forward to the doctor’s
|
||
in search of armed assistance.
|
||
|
||
My heart was beating finely when we two set forth in the cold night upon
|
||
this dangerous venture. A full moon was beginning to rise and peered
|
||
redly through the upper edges of the fog, and this increased our haste,
|
||
for it was plain, before we came forth again, that all would be as
|
||
bright as day, and our departure exposed to the eyes of any watchers.
|
||
We slipped along the hedges, noiseless and swift, nor did we see or hear
|
||
anything to increase our terrors, till, to our relief, the door of the
|
||
Admiral Benbow had closed behind us.
|
||
|
||
I slipped the bolt at once, and we stood and panted for a moment in the
|
||
dark, alone in the house with the dead captain’s body. Then my mother
|
||
got a candle in the bar, and holding each other’s hands, we advanced
|
||
into the parlour. He lay as we had left him, on his back, with his eyes
|
||
open and one arm stretched out.
|
||
|
||
“Draw down the blind, Jim,” whispered my mother; “they might come and
|
||
watch outside. And now,” said she when I had done so, “we have to get
|
||
the key off _that;_ and who’s to touch it, I should like to know!” and she
|
||
gave a kind of sob as she said the words.
|
||
|
||
I went down on my knees at once. On the floor close to his hand there
|
||
was a little round of paper, blackened on the one side. I could not
|
||
doubt that this was the _black spot;_ and taking it up, I found written
|
||
on the other side, in a very good, clear hand, this short message: “You
|
||
have till ten tonight.”
|
||
|
||
“He had till ten, Mother,” said I; and just as I said it, our old clock
|
||
began striking. This sudden noise startled us shockingly; but the news
|
||
was good, for it was only six.
|
||
|
||
“Now, Jim,” she said, “that key.”
|
||
|
||
I felt in his pockets, one after another. A few small coins, a thimble,
|
||
and some thread and big needles, a piece of pigtail tobacco bitten away
|
||
at the end, his gully with the crooked handle, a pocket compass, and a
|
||
tinder box were all that they contained, and I began to despair.
|
||
|
||
“Perhaps it’s round his neck,” suggested my mother.
|
||
|
||
Overcoming a strong repugnance, I tore open his shirt at the neck, and
|
||
there, sure enough, hanging to a bit of tarry string, which I cut with
|
||
his own gully, we found the key. At this triumph we were filled with
|
||
hope and hurried upstairs without delay to the little room where he had
|
||
slept so long and where his box had stood since the day of his arrival.
|
||
|
||
It was like any other seaman’s chest on the outside, the initial “B”
|
||
burned on the top of it with a hot iron, and the corners somewhat
|
||
smashed and broken as by long, rough usage.
|
||
|
||
“Give me the key,” said my mother; and though the lock was very stiff,
|
||
she had turned it and thrown back the lid in a twinkling.
|
||
|
||
A strong smell of tobacco and tar rose from the interior, but nothing
|
||
was to be seen on the top except a suit of very good clothes, carefully
|
||
brushed and folded. They had never been worn, my mother said. Under
|
||
that, the miscellany began--a quadrant, a tin canikin, several sticks of
|
||
tobacco, two brace of very handsome pistols, a piece of bar silver, an
|
||
old Spanish watch and some other trinkets of little value and mostly of
|
||
foreign make, a pair of compasses mounted with brass, and five or six
|
||
curious West Indian shells. I have often wondered since why he should
|
||
have carried about these shells with him in his wandering, guilty, and
|
||
hunted life.
|
||
|
||
In the meantime, we had found nothing of any value but the silver and
|
||
the trinkets, and neither of these were in our way. Underneath there
|
||
was an old boat-cloak, whitened with sea-salt on many a harbour-bar. My
|
||
mother pulled it up with impatience, and there lay before us, the last
|
||
things in the chest, a bundle tied up in oilcloth, and looking like
|
||
papers, and a canvas bag that gave forth, at a touch, the jingle of
|
||
gold.
|
||
|
||
“I’ll show these rogues that I’m an honest woman,” said my mother. “I’ll
|
||
have my dues, and not a farthing over. Hold Mrs. Crossley’s bag.” And
|
||
she began to count over the amount of the captain’s score from the
|
||
sailor’s bag into the one that I was holding.
|
||
|
||
It was a long, difficult business, for the coins were of all countries
|
||
and sizes--doubloons, and louis d’ors, and guineas, and pieces of eight,
|
||
and I know not what besides, all shaken together at random. The guineas,
|
||
too, were about the scarcest, and it was with these only that my mother
|
||
knew how to make her count.
|
||
|
||
When we were about half-way through, I suddenly put my hand upon her
|
||
arm, for I had heard in the silent frosty air a sound that brought my
|
||
heart into my mouth--the tap-tapping of the blind man’s stick upon the
|
||
frozen road. It drew nearer and nearer, while we sat holding our breath.
|
||
Then it struck sharp on the inn door, and then we could hear the handle
|
||
being turned and the bolt rattling as the wretched being tried to enter;
|
||
and then there was a long time of silence both within and without.
|
||
At last the tapping recommenced, and, to our indescribable joy and
|
||
gratitude, died slowly away again until it ceased to be heard.
|
||
|
||
“Mother,” said I, “take the whole and let’s be going,” for I was sure
|
||
the bolted door must have seemed suspicious and would bring the whole
|
||
hornet’s nest about our ears, though how thankful I was that I had
|
||
bolted it, none could tell who had never met that terrible blind man.
|
||
|
||
But my mother, frightened as she was, would not consent to take a
|
||
fraction more than was due to her and was obstinately unwilling to be
|
||
content with less. It was not yet seven, she said, by a long way; she
|
||
knew her rights and she would have them; and she was still arguing with
|
||
me when a little low whistle sounded a good way off upon the hill. That
|
||
was enough, and more than enough, for both of us.
|
||
|
||
“I’ll take what I have,” she said, jumping to her feet.
|
||
|
||
“And I’ll take this to square the count,” said I, picking up the oilskin
|
||
packet.
|
||
|
||
Next moment we were both groping downstairs, leaving the candle by
|
||
the empty chest; and the next we had opened the door and were in full
|
||
retreat. We had not started a moment too soon. The fog was rapidly
|
||
dispersing; already the moon shone quite clear on the high ground on
|
||
either side; and it was only in the exact bottom of the dell and round
|
||
the tavern door that a thin veil still hung unbroken to conceal the
|
||
first steps of our escape. Far less than half-way to the hamlet, very
|
||
little beyond the bottom of the hill, we must come forth into the
|
||
moonlight. Nor was this all, for the sound of several footsteps running
|
||
came already to our ears, and as we looked back in their direction, a
|
||
light tossing to and fro and still rapidly advancing showed that one of
|
||
the newcomers carried a lantern.
|
||
|
||
“My dear,” said my mother suddenly, “take the money and run on. I am
|
||
going to faint.”
|
||
|
||
This was certainly the end for both of us, I thought. How I cursed the
|
||
cowardice of the neighbours; how I blamed my poor mother for her honesty
|
||
and her greed, for her past foolhardiness and present weakness! We were
|
||
just at the little bridge, by good fortune; and I helped her, tottering
|
||
as she was, to the edge of the bank, where, sure enough, she gave a sigh
|
||
and fell on my shoulder. I do not know how I found the strength to do it
|
||
at all, and I am afraid it was roughly done, but I managed to drag her
|
||
down the bank and a little way under the arch. Farther I could not move
|
||
her, for the bridge was too low to let me do more than crawl below it.
|
||
So there we had to stay--my mother almost entirely exposed and both of
|
||
us within earshot of the inn.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
5
|
||
|
||
The Last of the Blind Man
|
||
|
||
MY curiosity, in a sense, was stronger than my fear, for I could not
|
||
remain where I was, but crept back to the bank again, whence, sheltering
|
||
my head behind a bush of broom, I might command the road before our
|
||
door. I was scarcely in position ere my enemies began to arrive, seven
|
||
or eight of them, running hard, their feet beating out of time along
|
||
the road and the man with the lantern some paces in front. Three men ran
|
||
together, hand in hand; and I made out, even through the mist, that the
|
||
middle man of this trio was the blind beggar. The next moment his voice
|
||
showed me that I was right.
|
||
|
||
“Down with the door!” he cried.
|
||
|
||
“Aye, aye, sir!” answered two or three; and a rush was made upon the
|
||
Admiral Benbow, the lantern-bearer following; and then I could see
|
||
them pause, and hear speeches passed in a lower key, as if they were
|
||
surprised to find the door open. But the pause was brief, for the blind
|
||
man again issued his commands. His voice sounded louder and higher, as
|
||
if he were afire with eagerness and rage.
|
||
|
||
“In, in, in!” he shouted, and cursed them for their delay.
|
||
|
||
Four or five of them obeyed at once, two remaining on the road with the
|
||
formidable beggar. There was a pause, then a cry of surprise, and then a
|
||
voice shouting from the house, “Bill’s dead.”
|
||
|
||
But the blind man swore at them again for their delay.
|
||
|
||
“Search him, some of you shirking lubbers, and the rest of you aloft and
|
||
get the chest,” he cried.
|
||
|
||
I could hear their feet rattling up our old stairs, so that the
|
||
house must have shook with it. Promptly afterwards, fresh sounds of
|
||
astonishment arose; the window of the captain’s room was thrown open
|
||
with a slam and a jingle of broken glass, and a man leaned out into the
|
||
moonlight, head and shoulders, and addressed the blind beggar on the
|
||
road below him.
|
||
|
||
“Pew,” he cried, “they’ve been before us. Someone’s turned the chest out
|
||
alow and aloft.”
|
||
|
||
“Is it there?” roared Pew.
|
||
|
||
“The money’s there.”
|
||
|
||
The blind man cursed the money.
|
||
|
||
“Flint’s fist, I mean,” he cried.
|
||
|
||
“We don’t see it here nohow,” returned the man.
|
||
|
||
“Here, you below there, is it on Bill?” cried the blind man again.
|
||
|
||
At that another fellow, probably him who had remained below to search
|
||
the captain’s body, came to the door of the inn. “Bill’s been overhauled
|
||
a’ready,” said he; “nothin’ left.”
|
||
|
||
“It’s these people of the inn--it’s that boy. I wish I had put his eyes
|
||
out!” cried the blind man, Pew. “There were no time ago--they had the
|
||
door bolted when I tried it. Scatter, lads, and find ’em.”
|
||
|
||
“Sure enough, they left their glim here,” said the fellow from the
|
||
window.
|
||
|
||
“Scatter and find ’em! Rout the house out!” reiterated Pew, striking
|
||
with his stick upon the road.
|
||
|
||
Then there followed a great to-do through all our old inn, heavy feet
|
||
pounding to and fro, furniture thrown over, doors kicked in, until the
|
||
very rocks re-echoed and the men came out again, one after another, on
|
||
the road and declared that we were nowhere to be found. And just
|
||
the same whistle that had alarmed my mother and myself over the dead
|
||
captain’s money was once more clearly audible through the night,
|
||
but this time twice repeated. I had thought it to be the blind man’s
|
||
trumpet, so to speak, summoning his crew to the assault, but I now found
|
||
that it was a signal from the hillside towards the hamlet, and from its
|
||
effect upon the buccaneers, a signal to warn them of approaching danger.
|
||
|
||
“There’s Dirk again,” said one. “Twice! We’ll have to budge, mates.”
|
||
|
||
“Budge, you skulk!” cried Pew. “Dirk was a fool and a coward from the
|
||
first--you wouldn’t mind him. They must be close by; they can’t be far;
|
||
you have your hands on it. Scatter and look for them, dogs! Oh, shiver
|
||
my soul,” he cried, “if I had eyes!”
|
||
|
||
This appeal seemed to produce some effect, for two of the fellows began
|
||
to look here and there among the lumber, but half-heartedly, I thought,
|
||
and with half an eye to their own danger all the time, while the rest
|
||
stood irresolute on the road.
|
||
|
||
“You have your hands on thousands, you fools, and you hang a leg! You’d
|
||
be as rich as kings if you could find it, and you know it’s here, and
|
||
you stand there skulking. There wasn’t one of you dared face Bill, and
|
||
I did it--a blind man! And I’m to lose my chance for you! I’m to be a
|
||
poor, crawling beggar, sponging for rum, when I might be rolling in a
|
||
coach! If you had the pluck of a weevil in a biscuit you would catch
|
||
them still.”
|
||
|
||
“Hang it, Pew, we’ve got the doubloons!” grumbled one.
|
||
|
||
“They might have hid the blessed thing,” said another. “Take the
|
||
Georges, Pew, and don’t stand here squalling.”
|
||
|
||
Squalling was the word for it; Pew’s anger rose so high at these
|
||
objections till at last, his passion completely taking the upper hand,
|
||
he struck at them right and left in his blindness and his stick sounded
|
||
heavily on more than one.
|
||
|
||
These, in their turn, cursed back at the blind miscreant, threatened him
|
||
in horrid terms, and tried in vain to catch the stick and wrest it from
|
||
his grasp.
|
||
|
||
This quarrel was the saving of us, for while it was still raging,
|
||
another sound came from the top of the hill on the side of the
|
||
hamlet--the tramp of horses galloping. Almost at the same time a
|
||
pistol-shot, flash and report, came from the hedge side. And that was
|
||
plainly the last signal of danger, for the buccaneers turned at once
|
||
and ran, separating in every direction, one seaward along the cove, one
|
||
slant across the hill, and so on, so that in half a minute not a sign of
|
||
them remained but Pew. Him they had deserted, whether in sheer panic
|
||
or out of revenge for his ill words and blows I know not; but there he
|
||
remained behind, tapping up and down the road in a frenzy, and groping
|
||
and calling for his comrades. Finally he took a wrong turn and ran a few
|
||
steps past me, towards the hamlet, crying, “Johnny, Black Dog, Dirk,”
|
||
and other names, “you won’t leave old Pew, mates--not old Pew!”
|
||
|
||
Just then the noise of horses topped the rise, and four or five riders
|
||
came in sight in the moonlight and swept at full gallop down the slope.
|
||
|
||
At this Pew saw his error, turned with a scream, and ran straight for
|
||
the ditch, into which he rolled. But he was on his feet again in a
|
||
second and made another dash, now utterly bewildered, right under the
|
||
nearest of the coming horses.
|
||
|
||
The rider tried to save him, but in vain. Down went Pew with a cry that
|
||
rang high into the night; and the four hoofs trampled and spurned him
|
||
and passed by. He fell on his side, then gently collapsed upon his face
|
||
and moved no more.
|
||
|
||
I leaped to my feet and hailed the riders. They were pulling up, at any
|
||
rate, horrified at the accident; and I soon saw what they were. One,
|
||
tailing out behind the rest, was a lad that had gone from the hamlet to
|
||
Dr. Livesey’s; the rest were revenue officers, whom he had met by the
|
||
way, and with whom he had had the intelligence to return at once. Some
|
||
news of the lugger in Kitt’s Hole had found its way to Supervisor Dance
|
||
and set him forth that night in our direction, and to that circumstance
|
||
my mother and I owed our preservation from death.
|
||
|
||
Pew was dead, stone dead. As for my mother, when we had carried her up
|
||
to the hamlet, a little cold water and salts and that soon brought her
|
||
back again, and she was none the worse for her terror, though she still
|
||
continued to deplore the balance of the money. In the meantime the
|
||
supervisor rode on, as fast as he could, to Kitt’s Hole; but his men
|
||
had to dismount and grope down the dingle, leading, and sometimes
|
||
supporting, their horses, and in continual fear of ambushes; so it was
|
||
no great matter for surprise that when they got down to the Hole the
|
||
lugger was already under way, though still close in. He hailed her. A
|
||
voice replied, telling him to keep out of the moonlight or he would get
|
||
some lead in him, and at the same time a bullet whistled close by his
|
||
arm. Soon after, the lugger doubled the point and disappeared. Mr. Dance
|
||
stood there, as he said, “like a fish out of water,” and all he could do
|
||
was to dispatch a man to B---- to warn the cutter. “And that,” said he,
|
||
“is just about as good as nothing. They’ve got off clean, and there’s
|
||
an end. Only,” he added, “I’m glad I trod on Master Pew’s corns,” for by
|
||
this time he had heard my story.
|
||
|
||
I went back with him to the Admiral Benbow, and you cannot imagine a
|
||
house in such a state of smash; the very clock had been thrown down
|
||
by these fellows in their furious hunt after my mother and myself;
|
||
and though nothing had actually been taken away except the captain’s
|
||
money-bag and a little silver from the till, I could see at once that we
|
||
were ruined. Mr. Dance could make nothing of the scene.
|
||
|
||
“They got the money, you say? Well, then, Hawkins, what in fortune were
|
||
they after? More money, I suppose?”
|
||
|
||
“No, sir; not money, I think,” replied I. “In fact, sir, I believe I
|
||
have the thing in my breast pocket; and to tell you the truth, I should
|
||
like to get it put in safety.”
|
||
|
||
“To be sure, boy; quite right,” said he. “I’ll take it, if you like.”
|
||
|
||
“I thought perhaps Dr. Livesey--” I began.
|
||
|
||
“Perfectly right,” he interrupted very cheerily, “perfectly right--a
|
||
gentleman and a magistrate. And, now I come to think of it, I might as
|
||
well ride round there myself and report to him or squire. Master Pew’s
|
||
dead, when all’s done; not that I regret it, but he’s dead, you see, and
|
||
people will make it out against an officer of his Majesty’s revenue,
|
||
if make it out they can. Now, I’ll tell you, Hawkins, if you like, I’ll
|
||
take you along.”
|
||
|
||
I thanked him heartily for the offer, and we walked back to the hamlet
|
||
where the horses were. By the time I had told mother of my purpose they
|
||
were all in the saddle.
|
||
|
||
“Dogger,” said Mr. Dance, “you have a good horse; take up this lad
|
||
behind you.”
|
||
|
||
As soon as I was mounted, holding on to Dogger’s belt, the supervisor
|
||
gave the word, and the party struck out at a bouncing trot on the road
|
||
to Dr. Livesey’s house.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
6
|
||
|
||
The Captain’s Papers
|
||
|
||
WE rode hard all the way till we drew up before Dr. Livesey’s door. The
|
||
house was all dark to the front.
|
||
|
||
Mr. Dance told me to jump down and knock, and Dogger gave me a stirrup
|
||
to descend by. The door was opened almost at once by the maid.
|
||
|
||
“Is Dr. Livesey in?” I asked.
|
||
|
||
No, she said, he had come home in the afternoon but had gone up to the
|
||
hall to dine and pass the evening with the squire.
|
||
|
||
“So there we go, boys,” said Mr. Dance.
|
||
|
||
This time, as the distance was short, I did not mount, but ran with
|
||
Dogger’s stirrup-leather to the lodge gates and up the long, leafless,
|
||
moonlit avenue to where the white line of the hall buildings looked on
|
||
either hand on great old gardens. Here Mr. Dance dismounted, and taking
|
||
me along with him, was admitted at a word into the house.
|
||
|
||
The servant led us down a matted passage and showed us at the end into a
|
||
great library, all lined with bookcases and busts upon the top of them,
|
||
where the squire and Dr. Livesey sat, pipe in hand, on either side of a
|
||
bright fire.
|
||
|
||
I had never seen the squire so near at hand. He was a tall man, over six
|
||
feet high, and broad in proportion, and he had a bluff, rough-and-ready
|
||
face, all roughened and reddened and lined in his long travels. His
|
||
eyebrows were very black, and moved readily, and this gave him a look of
|
||
some temper, not bad, you would say, but quick and high.
|
||
|
||
“Come in, Mr. Dance,” says he, very stately and condescending.
|
||
|
||
“Good evening, Dance,” says the doctor with a nod. “And good evening to
|
||
you, friend Jim. What good wind brings you here?”
|
||
|
||
The supervisor stood up straight and stiff and told his story like a
|
||
lesson; and you should have seen how the two gentlemen leaned forward
|
||
and looked at each other, and forgot to smoke in their surprise and
|
||
interest. When they heard how my mother went back to the inn, Dr.
|
||
Livesey fairly slapped his thigh, and the squire cried “Bravo!” and
|
||
broke his long pipe against the grate. Long before it was done, Mr.
|
||
Trelawney (that, you will remember, was the squire’s name) had got up
|
||
from his seat and was striding about the room, and the doctor, as if to
|
||
hear the better, had taken off his powdered wig and sat there looking
|
||
very strange indeed with his own close-cropped black poll.
|
||
|
||
At last Mr. Dance finished the story.
|
||
|
||
“Mr. Dance,” said the squire, “you are a very noble fellow. And as for
|
||
riding down that black, atrocious miscreant, I regard it as an act of
|
||
virtue, sir, like stamping on a cockroach. This lad Hawkins is a trump,
|
||
I perceive. Hawkins, will you ring that bell? Mr. Dance must have some
|
||
ale.”
|
||
|
||
“And so, Jim,” said the doctor, “you have the thing that they were
|
||
after, have you?”
|
||
|
||
“Here it is, sir,” said I, and gave him the oilskin packet.
|
||
|
||
The doctor looked it all over, as if his fingers were itching to open
|
||
it; but instead of doing that, he put it quietly in the pocket of his
|
||
coat.
|
||
|
||
“Squire,” said he, “when Dance has had his ale he must, of course, be
|
||
off on his Majesty’s service; but I mean to keep Jim Hawkins here to
|
||
sleep at my house, and with your permission, I propose we should have up
|
||
the cold pie and let him sup.”
|
||
|
||
“As you will, Livesey,” said the squire; “Hawkins has earned better than
|
||
cold pie.”
|
||
|
||
So a big pigeon pie was brought in and put on a sidetable, and I made
|
||
a hearty supper, for I was as hungry as a hawk, while Mr. Dance was
|
||
further complimented and at last dismissed.
|
||
|
||
“And now, squire,” said the doctor.
|
||
|
||
“And now, Livesey,” said the squire in the same breath.
|
||
|
||
“One at a time, one at a time,” laughed Dr. Livesey. “You have heard of
|
||
this Flint, I suppose?”
|
||
|
||
“Heard of him!” cried the squire. “Heard of him, you say! He was the
|
||
bloodthirstiest buccaneer that sailed. Blackbeard was a child to Flint.
|
||
The Spaniards were so prodigiously afraid of him that, I tell you, sir,
|
||
I was sometimes proud he was an Englishman. I’ve seen his top-sails with
|
||
these eyes, off Trinidad, and the cowardly son of a rum-puncheon that I
|
||
sailed with put back--put back, sir, into Port of Spain.”
|
||
|
||
“Well, I’ve heard of him myself, in England,” said the doctor. “But the
|
||
point is, had he money?”
|
||
|
||
“Money!” cried the squire. “Have you heard the story? What were these
|
||
villains after but money? What do they care for but money? For what
|
||
would they risk their rascal carcasses but money?”
|
||
|
||
“That we shall soon know,” replied the doctor. “But you are so
|
||
confoundedly hot-headed and exclamatory that I cannot get a word in.
|
||
What I want to know is this: Supposing that I have here in my pocket
|
||
some clue to where Flint buried his treasure, will that treasure amount
|
||
to much?”
|
||
|
||
“Amount, sir!” cried the squire. “It will amount to this: If we have the
|
||
clue you talk about, I fit out a ship in Bristol dock, and take you and
|
||
Hawkins here along, and I’ll have that treasure if I search a year.”
|
||
|
||
“Very well,” said the doctor. “Now, then, if Jim is agreeable, we’ll
|
||
open the packet”; and he laid it before him on the table.
|
||
|
||
The bundle was sewn together, and the doctor had to get out his
|
||
instrument case and cut the stitches with his medical scissors. It
|
||
contained two things--a book and a sealed paper.
|
||
|
||
“First of all we’ll try the book,” observed the doctor.
|
||
|
||
The squire and I were both peering over his shoulder as he opened
|
||
it, for Dr. Livesey had kindly motioned me to come round from the
|
||
side-table, where I had been eating, to enjoy the sport of the search.
|
||
On the first page there were only some scraps of writing, such as a man
|
||
with a pen in his hand might make for idleness or practice. One was the
|
||
same as the tattoo mark, “Billy Bones his fancy”; then there was “Mr. W.
|
||
Bones, mate,” “No more rum,” “Off Palm Key he got itt,” and some other
|
||
snatches, mostly single words and unintelligible. I could not help
|
||
wondering who it was that had “got itt,” and what “itt” was that he got.
|
||
A knife in his back as like as not.
|
||
|
||
“Not much instruction there,” said Dr. Livesey as he passed on.
|
||
|
||
The next ten or twelve pages were filled with a curious series of
|
||
entries. There was a date at one end of the line and at the other a
|
||
sum of money, as in common account-books, but instead of explanatory
|
||
writing, only a varying number of crosses between the two. On the 12th
|
||
of June, 1745, for instance, a sum of seventy pounds had plainly become
|
||
due to someone, and there was nothing but six crosses to explain the
|
||
cause. In a few cases, to be sure, the name of a place would be added,
|
||
as “Offe Caraccas,” or a mere entry of latitude and longitude, as “62o
|
||
17′ 20″, 19o 2′ 40″.”
|
||
|
||
The record lasted over nearly twenty years, the amount of the separate
|
||
entries growing larger as time went on, and at the end a grand total
|
||
had been made out after five or six wrong additions, and these words
|
||
appended, “Bones, his pile.”
|
||
|
||
“I can’t make head or tail of this,” said Dr. Livesey.
|
||
|
||
“The thing is as clear as noonday,” cried the squire. “This is the
|
||
black-hearted hound’s account-book. These crosses stand for the names of
|
||
ships or towns that they sank or plundered. The sums are the scoundrel’s
|
||
share, and where he feared an ambiguity, you see he added something
|
||
clearer. ‘Offe Caraccas,’ now; you see, here was some unhappy vessel
|
||
boarded off that coast. God help the poor souls that manned her--coral
|
||
long ago.”
|
||
|
||
“Right!” said the doctor. “See what it is to be a traveller. Right! And
|
||
the amounts increase, you see, as he rose in rank.”
|
||
|
||
There was little else in the volume but a few bearings of places noted
|
||
in the blank leaves towards the end and a table for reducing French,
|
||
English, and Spanish moneys to a common value.
|
||
|
||
“Thrifty man!” cried the doctor. “He wasn’t the one to be cheated.”
|
||
|
||
“And now,” said the squire, “for the other.”
|
||
|
||
The paper had been sealed in several places with a thimble by way of
|
||
seal; the very thimble, perhaps, that I had found in the captain’s
|
||
pocket. The doctor opened the seals with great care, and there fell out
|
||
the map of an island, with latitude and longitude, soundings, names of
|
||
hills and bays and inlets, and every particular that would be needed
|
||
to bring a ship to a safe anchorage upon its shores. It was about nine
|
||
miles long and five across, shaped, you might say, like a fat dragon
|
||
standing up, and had two fine land-locked harbours, and a hill in the
|
||
centre part marked “The Spy-glass.” There were several additions of a
|
||
later date, but above all, three crosses of red ink--two on the north
|
||
part of the island, one in the southwest--and beside this last, in
|
||
the same red ink, and in a small, neat hand, very different from the
|
||
captain’s tottery characters, these words: “Bulk of treasure here.”
|
||
|
||
Over on the back the same hand had written this further information:
|
||
|
||
Tall tree, Spy-glass shoulder, bearing a point to
|
||
the N. of N.N.E.
|
||
|
||
Skeleton Island E.S.E. and by E.
|
||
|
||
Ten feet.
|
||
|
||
The bar silver is in the north cache; you can find
|
||
it by the trend of the east hummock, ten fathoms
|
||
south of the black crag with the face on it.
|
||
|
||
The arms are easy found, in the sand-hill, N.
|
||
point of north inlet cape, bearing E. and a
|
||
quarter N.
|
||
J.F.
|
||
|
||
That was all; but brief as it was, and to me incomprehensible, it filled
|
||
the squire and Dr. Livesey with delight.
|
||
|
||
“Livesey,” said the squire, “you will give up this wretched practice
|
||
at once. Tomorrow I start for Bristol. In three weeks’ time--three
|
||
weeks!--two weeks--ten days--we’ll have the best ship, sir, and the
|
||
choicest crew in England. Hawkins shall come as cabin-boy. You’ll make
|
||
a famous cabin-boy, Hawkins. You, Livesey, are ship’s doctor; I am
|
||
admiral. We’ll take Redruth, Joyce, and Hunter. We’ll have favourable
|
||
winds, a quick passage, and not the least difficulty in finding the
|
||
spot, and money to eat, to roll in, to play duck and drake with ever
|
||
after.”
|
||
|
||
“Trelawney,” said the doctor, “I’ll go with you; and I’ll go bail for
|
||
it, so will Jim, and be a credit to the undertaking. There’s only one
|
||
man I’m afraid of.”
|
||
|
||
“And who’s that?” cried the squire. “Name the dog, sir!”
|
||
|
||
“You,” replied the doctor; “for you cannot hold your tongue. We are not
|
||
the only men who know of this paper. These fellows who attacked the
|
||
inn tonight--bold, desperate blades, for sure--and the rest who stayed
|
||
aboard that lugger, and more, I dare say, not far off, are, one and all,
|
||
through thick and thin, bound that they’ll get that money. We must none
|
||
of us go alone till we get to sea. Jim and I shall stick together in the
|
||
meanwhile; you’ll take Joyce and Hunter when you ride to Bristol, and
|
||
from first to last, not one of us must breathe a word of what we’ve
|
||
found.”
|
||
|
||
“Livesey,” returned the squire, “you are always in the right of it. I’ll
|
||
be as silent as the grave.”
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
PART TWO--The Sea-cook
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
7
|
||
|
||
I Go to Bristol
|
||
|
||
IT was longer than the squire imagined ere we were ready for the sea,
|
||
and none of our first plans--not even Dr. Livesey’s, of keeping me
|
||
beside him--could be carried out as we intended. The doctor had to go
|
||
to London for a physician to take charge of his practice; the squire was
|
||
hard at work at Bristol; and I lived on at the hall under the charge of
|
||
old Redruth, the gamekeeper, almost a prisoner, but full of sea-dreams
|
||
and the most charming anticipations of strange islands and adventures.
|
||
I brooded by the hour together over the map, all the details of which
|
||
I well remembered. Sitting by the fire in the housekeeper’s room, I
|
||
approached that island in my fancy from every possible direction; I
|
||
explored every acre of its surface; I climbed a thousand times to that
|
||
tall hill they call the Spy-glass, and from the top enjoyed the most
|
||
wonderful and changing prospects. Sometimes the isle was thick with
|
||
savages, with whom we fought, sometimes full of dangerous animals that
|
||
hunted us, but in all my fancies nothing occurred to me so strange and
|
||
tragic as our actual adventures.
|
||
|
||
So the weeks passed on, till one fine day there came a letter addressed
|
||
to Dr. Livesey, with this addition, “To be opened, in the case of his
|
||
absence, by Tom Redruth or young Hawkins.” Obeying this order, we
|
||
found, or rather I found--for the gamekeeper was a poor hand at reading
|
||
anything but print--the following important news:
|
||
|
||
Old Anchor Inn, Bristol, March 1, 17--
|
||
|
||
Dear Livesey--As I do not know whether you
|
||
are at the hall or still in London, I send this in
|
||
double to both places.
|
||
|
||
The ship is bought and fitted. She lies at
|
||
anchor, ready for sea. You never imagined a
|
||
sweeter schooner--a child might sail her--two
|
||
hundred tons; name, HISPANIOLA.
|
||
|
||
I got her through my old friend, Blandly, who
|
||
has proved himself throughout the most surprising
|
||
trump. The admirable fellow literally slaved in
|
||
my interest, and so, I may say, did everyone in
|
||
Bristol, as soon as they got wind of the port we
|
||
sailed for--treasure, I mean.
|
||
|
||
“Redruth,” said I, interrupting the letter, “Dr. Livesey will not like
|
||
that. The squire has been talking, after all.”
|
||
|
||
“Well, who’s a better right?” growled the gamekeeper. “A pretty rum go
|
||
if squire ain’t to talk for Dr. Livesey, I should think.”
|
||
|
||
At that I gave up all attempts at commentary and read straight on:
|
||
|
||
Blandly himself found the HISPANIOLA, and
|
||
by the most admirable management got her for the
|
||
merest trifle. There is a class of men in Bristol
|
||
monstrously prejudiced against Blandly. They go
|
||
the length of declaring that this honest creature
|
||
would do anything for money, that the HISPANIOLA
|
||
belonged to him, and that he sold it me absurdly
|
||
high--the most transparent calumnies. None of them
|
||
dare, however, to deny the merits of the ship.
|
||
|
||
So far there was not a hitch. The
|
||
workpeople, to be sure--riggers and what not--were
|
||
most annoyingly slow; but time cured that. It was
|
||
the crew that troubled me.
|
||
|
||
I wished a round score of men--in case of
|
||
natives, buccaneers, or the odious French--and I
|
||
had the worry of the deuce itself to find so much
|
||
as half a dozen, till the most remarkable stroke
|
||
of fortune brought me the very man that I
|
||
required.
|
||
|
||
I was standing on the dock, when, by the
|
||
merest accident, I fell in talk with him. I found
|
||
he was an old sailor, kept a public-house, knew
|
||
all the seafaring men in Bristol, had lost his
|
||
health ashore, and wanted a good berth as cook to
|
||
get to sea again. He had hobbled down there that
|
||
morning, he said, to get a smell of the salt.
|
||
|
||
I was monstrously touched--so would you have
|
||
been--and, out of pure pity, I engaged him on the
|
||
spot to be ship’s cook. Long John Silver, he is
|
||
called, and has lost a leg; but that I regarded as
|
||
a recommendation, since he lost it in his
|
||
country’s service, under the immortal Hawke. He
|
||
has no pension, Livesey. Imagine the abominable
|
||
age we live in!
|
||
|
||
Well, sir, I thought I had only found a cook,
|
||
but it was a crew I had discovered. Between
|
||
Silver and myself we got together in a few days a
|
||
company of the toughest old salts imaginable--not
|
||
pretty to look at, but fellows, by their faces, of
|
||
the most indomitable spirit. I declare we could
|
||
fight a frigate.
|
||
|
||
Long John even got rid of two out of the six
|
||
or seven I had already engaged. He showed me in a
|
||
moment that they were just the sort of fresh-water
|
||
swabs we had to fear in an adventure of
|
||
importance.
|
||
|
||
I am in the most magnificent health and
|
||
spirits, eating like a bull, sleeping like a tree,
|
||
yet I shall not enjoy a moment till I hear my old
|
||
tarpaulins tramping round the capstan. Seaward,
|
||
ho! Hang the treasure! It’s the glory of the sea
|
||
that has turned my head. So now, Livesey, come
|
||
post; do not lose an hour, if you respect me.
|
||
|
||
Let young Hawkins go at once to see his
|
||
mother, with Redruth for a guard; and then both
|
||
come full speed to Bristol.
|
||
John Trelawney
|
||
|
||
Postscript--I did not tell you that Blandly,
|
||
who, by the way, is to send a consort after us if
|
||
we don’t turn up by the end of August, had found
|
||
an admirable fellow for sailing master--a stiff
|
||
man, which I regret, but in all other respects a
|
||
treasure. Long John Silver unearthed a very
|
||
competent man for a mate, a man named Arrow. I
|
||
have a boatswain who pipes, Livesey; so things
|
||
shall go man-o’-war fashion on board the good ship
|
||
HISPANIOLA.
|
||
|
||
I forgot to tell you that Silver is a man of
|
||
substance; I know of my own knowledge that he has
|
||
a banker’s account, which has never been
|
||
overdrawn. He leaves his wife to manage the inn;
|
||
and as she is a woman of colour, a pair of old
|
||
bachelors like you and I may be excused for
|
||
guessing that it is the wife, quite as much as the
|
||
health, that sends him back to roving.
|
||
J. T.
|
||
|
||
P.P.S.--Hawkins may stay one night with his
|
||
mother.
|
||
J. T.
|
||
|
||
You can fancy the excitement into which that letter put me. I was half
|
||
beside myself with glee; and if ever I despised a man, it was old
|
||
Tom Redruth, who could do nothing but grumble and lament. Any of the
|
||
under-gamekeepers would gladly have changed places with him; but such
|
||
was not the squire’s pleasure, and the squire’s pleasure was like law
|
||
among them all. Nobody but old Redruth would have dared so much as even
|
||
to grumble.
|
||
|
||
The next morning he and I set out on foot for the Admiral Benbow, and
|
||
there I found my mother in good health and spirits. The captain, who had
|
||
so long been a cause of so much discomfort, was gone where the wicked
|
||
cease from troubling. The squire had had everything repaired, and the
|
||
public rooms and the sign repainted, and had added some furniture--above
|
||
all a beautiful armchair for mother in the bar. He had found her a boy
|
||
as an apprentice also so that she should not want help while I was gone.
|
||
|
||
It was on seeing that boy that I understood, for the first time, my
|
||
situation. I had thought up to that moment of the adventures before me,
|
||
not at all of the home that I was leaving; and now, at sight of this
|
||
clumsy stranger, who was to stay here in my place beside my mother, I
|
||
had my first attack of tears. I am afraid I led that boy a dog’s life,
|
||
for as he was new to the work, I had a hundred opportunities of setting
|
||
him right and putting him down, and I was not slow to profit by them.
|
||
|
||
The night passed, and the next day, after dinner, Redruth and I were
|
||
afoot again and on the road. I said good-bye to Mother and the
|
||
cove where I had lived since I was born, and the dear old Admiral
|
||
Benbow--since he was repainted, no longer quite so dear. One of my last
|
||
thoughts was of the captain, who had so often strode along the beach
|
||
with his cocked hat, his sabre-cut cheek, and his old brass telescope.
|
||
Next moment we had turned the corner and my home was out of sight.
|
||
|
||
The mail picked us up about dusk at the Royal George on the heath. I was
|
||
wedged in between Redruth and a stout old gentleman, and in spite of the
|
||
swift motion and the cold night air, I must have dozed a great deal from
|
||
the very first, and then slept like a log up hill and down dale through
|
||
stage after stage, for when I was awakened at last it was by a punch
|
||
in the ribs, and I opened my eyes to find that we were standing still
|
||
before a large building in a city street and that the day had already
|
||
broken a long time.
|
||
|
||
“Where are we?” I asked.
|
||
|
||
“Bristol,” said Tom. “Get down.”
|
||
|
||
Mr. Trelawney had taken up his residence at an inn far down the docks to
|
||
superintend the work upon the schooner. Thither we had now to walk, and
|
||
our way, to my great delight, lay along the quays and beside the great
|
||
multitude of ships of all sizes and rigs and nations. In one, sailors
|
||
were singing at their work, in another there were men aloft, high over
|
||
my head, hanging to threads that seemed no thicker than a spider’s.
|
||
Though I had lived by the shore all my life, I seemed never to have been
|
||
near the sea till then. The smell of tar and salt was something new.
|
||
I saw the most wonderful figureheads, that had all been far over the
|
||
ocean. I saw, besides, many old sailors, with rings in their ears, and
|
||
whiskers curled in ringlets, and tarry pigtails, and their swaggering,
|
||
clumsy sea-walk; and if I had seen as many kings or archbishops I could
|
||
not have been more delighted.
|
||
|
||
And I was going to sea myself, to sea in a schooner, with a piping
|
||
boatswain and pig-tailed singing seamen, to sea, bound for an unknown
|
||
island, and to seek for buried treasure!
|
||
|
||
While I was still in this delightful dream, we came suddenly in front
|
||
of a large inn and met Squire Trelawney, all dressed out like a
|
||
sea-officer, in stout blue cloth, coming out of the door with a smile on
|
||
his face and a capital imitation of a sailor’s walk.
|
||
|
||
“Here you are,” he cried, “and the doctor came last night from London.
|
||
Bravo! The ship’s company complete!”
|
||
|
||
“Oh, sir,” cried I, “when do we sail?”
|
||
|
||
“Sail!” says he. “We sail tomorrow!”
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
8
|
||
|
||
At the Sign of the Spy-glass
|
||
|
||
WHEN I had done breakfasting the squire gave me a note addressed to John
|
||
Silver, at the sign of the Spy-glass, and told me I should easily
|
||
find the place by following the line of the docks and keeping a bright
|
||
lookout for a little tavern with a large brass telescope for sign. I
|
||
set off, overjoyed at this opportunity to see some more of the ships and
|
||
seamen, and picked my way among a great crowd of people and carts and
|
||
bales, for the dock was now at its busiest, until I found the tavern in
|
||
question.
|
||
|
||
It was a bright enough little place of entertainment. The sign was
|
||
newly painted; the windows had neat red curtains; the floor was cleanly
|
||
sanded. There was a street on each side and an open door on both, which
|
||
made the large, low room pretty clear to see in, in spite of clouds of
|
||
tobacco smoke.
|
||
|
||
The customers were mostly seafaring men, and they talked so loudly that
|
||
I hung at the door, almost afraid to enter.
|
||
|
||
As I was waiting, a man came out of a side room, and at a glance I was
|
||
sure he must be Long John. His left leg was cut off close by the hip,
|
||
and under the left shoulder he carried a crutch, which he managed with
|
||
wonderful dexterity, hopping about upon it like a bird. He was very tall
|
||
and strong, with a face as big as a ham--plain and pale, but intelligent
|
||
and smiling. Indeed, he seemed in the most cheerful spirits, whistling
|
||
as he moved about among the tables, with a merry word or a slap on the
|
||
shoulder for the more favoured of his guests.
|
||
|
||
Now, to tell you the truth, from the very first mention of Long John in
|
||
Squire Trelawney’s letter I had taken a fear in my mind that he might
|
||
prove to be the very one-legged sailor whom I had watched for so long at
|
||
the old Benbow. But one look at the man before me was enough. I had seen
|
||
the captain, and Black Dog, and the blind man, Pew, and I thought I knew
|
||
what a buccaneer was like--a very different creature, according to me,
|
||
from this clean and pleasant-tempered landlord.
|
||
|
||
I plucked up courage at once, crossed the threshold, and walked right up
|
||
to the man where he stood, propped on his crutch, talking to a customer.
|
||
|
||
“Mr. Silver, sir?” I asked, holding out the note.
|
||
|
||
“Yes, my lad,” said he; “such is my name, to be sure. And who may you
|
||
be?” And then as he saw the squire’s letter, he seemed to me to give
|
||
something almost like a start.
|
||
|
||
“Oh!” said he, quite loud, and offering his hand. “I see. You are our
|
||
new cabin-boy; pleased I am to see you.”
|
||
|
||
And he took my hand in his large firm grasp.
|
||
|
||
Just then one of the customers at the far side rose suddenly and made
|
||
for the door. It was close by him, and he was out in the street in a
|
||
moment. But his hurry had attracted my notice, and I recognized him at
|
||
glance. It was the tallow-faced man, wanting two fingers, who had come
|
||
first to the Admiral Benbow.
|
||
|
||
“Oh,” I cried, “stop him! It’s Black Dog!”
|
||
|
||
“I don’t care two coppers who he is,” cried Silver. “But he hasn’t paid
|
||
his score. Harry, run and catch him.”
|
||
|
||
One of the others who was nearest the door leaped up and started in
|
||
pursuit.
|
||
|
||
“If he were Admiral Hawke he shall pay his score,” cried Silver; and
|
||
then, relinquishing my hand, “Who did you say he was?” he asked. “Black
|
||
what?”
|
||
|
||
“Dog, sir,” said I. “Has Mr. Trelawney not told you of the buccaneers?
|
||
He was one of them.”
|
||
|
||
“So?” cried Silver. “In my house! Ben, run and help Harry. One of those
|
||
swabs, was he? Was that you drinking with him, Morgan? Step up here.”
|
||
|
||
The man whom he called Morgan--an old, grey-haired, mahogany-faced
|
||
sailor--came forward pretty sheepishly, rolling his quid.
|
||
|
||
“Now, Morgan,” said Long John very sternly, “you never clapped your eyes
|
||
on that Black--Black Dog before, did you, now?”
|
||
|
||
“Not I, sir,” said Morgan with a salute.
|
||
|
||
“You didn’t know his name, did you?”
|
||
|
||
“No, sir.”
|
||
|
||
“By the powers, Tom Morgan, it’s as good for you!” exclaimed the
|
||
landlord. “If you had been mixed up with the like of that, you would
|
||
never have put another foot in my house, you may lay to that. And what
|
||
was he saying to you?”
|
||
|
||
“I don’t rightly know, sir,” answered Morgan.
|
||
|
||
“Do you call that a head on your shoulders, or a blessed dead-eye?”
|
||
cried Long John. “Don’t rightly know, don’t you! Perhaps you don’t
|
||
happen to rightly know who you was speaking to, perhaps? Come, now, what
|
||
was he jawing--v’yages, cap’ns, ships? Pipe up! What was it?”
|
||
|
||
“We was a-talkin’ of keel-hauling,” answered Morgan.
|
||
|
||
“Keel-hauling, was you? And a mighty suitable thing, too, and you may
|
||
lay to that. Get back to your place for a lubber, Tom.”
|
||
|
||
And then, as Morgan rolled back to his seat, Silver added to me in a
|
||
confidential whisper that was very flattering, as I thought, “He’s
|
||
quite an honest man, Tom Morgan, on’y stupid. And now,” he ran on again,
|
||
aloud, “let’s see--Black Dog? No, I don’t know the name, not I. Yet I
|
||
kind of think I’ve--yes, I’ve seen the swab. He used to come here with a
|
||
blind beggar, he used.”
|
||
|
||
“That he did, you may be sure,” said I. “I knew that blind man too. His
|
||
name was Pew.”
|
||
|
||
“It was!” cried Silver, now quite excited. “Pew! That were his name for
|
||
certain. Ah, he looked a shark, he did! If we run down this Black Dog,
|
||
now, there’ll be news for Cap’n Trelawney! Ben’s a good runner; few
|
||
seamen run better than Ben. He should run him down, hand over hand, by
|
||
the powers! He talked o’ keel-hauling, did he? I’LL keel-haul him!”
|
||
|
||
All the time he was jerking out these phrases he was stumping up and
|
||
down the tavern on his crutch, slapping tables with his hand, and giving
|
||
such a show of excitement as would have convinced an Old Bailey judge
|
||
or a Bow Street runner. My suspicions had been thoroughly reawakened on
|
||
finding Black Dog at the Spy-glass, and I watched the cook narrowly. But
|
||
he was too deep, and too ready, and too clever for me, and by the time
|
||
the two men had come back out of breath and confessed that they had lost
|
||
the track in a crowd, and been scolded like thieves, I would have gone
|
||
bail for the innocence of Long John Silver.
|
||
|
||
“See here, now, Hawkins,” said he, “here’s a blessed hard thing on a
|
||
man like me, now, ain’t it? There’s Cap’n Trelawney--what’s he to think?
|
||
Here I have this confounded son of a Dutchman sitting in my own house
|
||
drinking of my own rum! Here you comes and tells me of it plain; and
|
||
here I let him give us all the slip before my blessed deadlights! Now,
|
||
Hawkins, you do me justice with the cap’n. You’re a lad, you are, but
|
||
you’re as smart as paint. I see that when you first come in. Now, here
|
||
it is: What could I do, with this old timber I hobble on? When I was an
|
||
A B master mariner I’d have come up alongside of him, hand over hand,
|
||
and broached him to in a brace of old shakes, I would; but now--”
|
||
|
||
And then, all of a sudden, he stopped, and his jaw dropped as though he
|
||
had remembered something.
|
||
|
||
“The score!” he burst out. “Three goes o’ rum! Why, shiver my timbers,
|
||
if I hadn’t forgotten my score!”
|
||
|
||
And falling on a bench, he laughed until the tears ran down his cheeks.
|
||
I could not help joining, and we laughed together, peal after peal,
|
||
until the tavern rang again.
|
||
|
||
“Why, what a precious old sea-calf I am!” he said at last, wiping his
|
||
cheeks. “You and me should get on well, Hawkins, for I’ll take my davy
|
||
I should be rated ship’s boy. But come now, stand by to go about. This
|
||
won’t do. Dooty is dooty, messmates. I’ll put on my old cockerel hat,
|
||
and step along of you to Cap’n Trelawney, and report this here affair.
|
||
For mind you, it’s serious, young Hawkins; and neither you nor me’s come
|
||
out of it with what I should make so bold as to call credit. Nor you
|
||
neither, says you; not smart--none of the pair of us smart. But dash my
|
||
buttons! That was a good un about my score.”
|
||
|
||
And he began to laugh again, and that so heartily, that though I did not
|
||
see the joke as he did, I was again obliged to join him in his mirth.
|
||
|
||
On our little walk along the quays, he made himself the most interesting
|
||
companion, telling me about the different ships that we passed by,
|
||
their rig, tonnage, and nationality, explaining the work that was going
|
||
forward--how one was discharging, another taking in cargo, and a third
|
||
making ready for sea--and every now and then telling me some little
|
||
anecdote of ships or seamen or repeating a nautical phrase till I had
|
||
learned it perfectly. I began to see that here was one of the best of
|
||
possible shipmates.
|
||
|
||
When we got to the inn, the squire and Dr. Livesey were seated together,
|
||
finishing a quart of ale with a toast in it, before they should go
|
||
aboard the schooner on a visit of inspection.
|
||
|
||
Long John told the story from first to last, with a great deal of spirit
|
||
and the most perfect truth. “That was how it were, now, weren’t it,
|
||
Hawkins?” he would say, now and again, and I could always bear him
|
||
entirely out.
|
||
|
||
The two gentlemen regretted that Black Dog had got away, but we all
|
||
agreed there was nothing to be done, and after he had been complimented,
|
||
Long John took up his crutch and departed.
|
||
|
||
“All hands aboard by four this afternoon,” shouted the squire after him.
|
||
|
||
“Aye, aye, sir,” cried the cook, in the passage.
|
||
|
||
“Well, squire,” said Dr. Livesey, “I don’t put much faith in your
|
||
discoveries, as a general thing; but I will say this, John Silver suits
|
||
me.”
|
||
|
||
“The man’s a perfect trump,” declared the squire.
|
||
|
||
“And now,” added the doctor, “Jim may come on board with us, may he
|
||
not?”
|
||
|
||
“To be sure he may,” says squire. “Take your hat, Hawkins, and we’ll see
|
||
the ship.”
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
9
|
||
|
||
Powder and Arms
|
||
|
||
THE HISPANIOLA lay some way out, and we went under the figureheads and
|
||
round the sterns of many other ships, and their cables sometimes grated
|
||
underneath our keel, and sometimes swung above us. At last, however,
|
||
we got alongside, and were met and saluted as we stepped aboard by the
|
||
mate, Mr. Arrow, a brown old sailor with earrings in his ears and a
|
||
squint. He and the squire were very thick and friendly, but I soon
|
||
observed that things were not the same between Mr. Trelawney and the
|
||
captain.
|
||
|
||
This last was a sharp-looking man who seemed angry with everything on
|
||
board and was soon to tell us why, for we had hardly got down into the
|
||
cabin when a sailor followed us.
|
||
|
||
“Captain Smollett, sir, axing to speak with you,” said he.
|
||
|
||
“I am always at the captain’s orders. Show him in,” said the squire.
|
||
|
||
The captain, who was close behind his messenger, entered at once and
|
||
shut the door behind him.
|
||
|
||
“Well, Captain Smollett, what have you to say? All well, I hope; all
|
||
shipshape and seaworthy?”
|
||
|
||
“Well, sir,” said the captain, “better speak plain, I believe, even at
|
||
the risk of offence. I don’t like this cruise; I don’t like the men; and
|
||
I don’t like my officer. That’s short and sweet.”
|
||
|
||
“Perhaps, sir, you don’t like the ship?” inquired the squire, very
|
||
angry, as I could see.
|
||
|
||
“I can’t speak as to that, sir, not having seen her tried,” said the
|
||
captain. “She seems a clever craft; more I can’t say.”
|
||
|
||
“Possibly, sir, you may not like your employer, either?” says the
|
||
squire.
|
||
|
||
But here Dr. Livesey cut in.
|
||
|
||
“Stay a bit,” said he, “stay a bit. No use of such questions as that but
|
||
to produce ill feeling. The captain has said too much or he has said too
|
||
little, and I’m bound to say that I require an explanation of his words.
|
||
You don’t, you say, like this cruise. Now, why?”
|
||
|
||
“I was engaged, sir, on what we call sealed orders, to sail this ship
|
||
for that gentleman where he should bid me,” said the captain. “So far
|
||
so good. But now I find that every man before the mast knows more than I
|
||
do. I don’t call that fair, now, do you?”
|
||
|
||
“No,” said Dr. Livesey, “I don’t.”
|
||
|
||
“Next,” said the captain, “I learn we are going after treasure--hear
|
||
it from my own hands, mind you. Now, treasure is ticklish work; I don’t
|
||
like treasure voyages on any account, and I don’t like them, above all,
|
||
when they are secret and when (begging your pardon, Mr. Trelawney) the
|
||
secret has been told to the parrot.”
|
||
|
||
“Silver’s parrot?” asked the squire.
|
||
|
||
“It’s a way of speaking,” said the captain. “Blabbed, I mean. It’s my
|
||
belief neither of you gentlemen know what you are about, but I’ll tell
|
||
you my way of it--life or death, and a close run.”
|
||
|
||
“That is all clear, and, I dare say, true enough,” replied Dr. Livesey.
|
||
“We take the risk, but we are not so ignorant as you believe us. Next,
|
||
you say you don’t like the crew. Are they not good seamen?”
|
||
|
||
“I don’t like them, sir,” returned Captain Smollett. “And I think I
|
||
should have had the choosing of my own hands, if you go to that.”
|
||
|
||
“Perhaps you should,” replied the doctor. “My friend should, perhaps,
|
||
have taken you along with him; but the slight, if there be one, was
|
||
unintentional. And you don’t like Mr. Arrow?”
|
||
|
||
“I don’t, sir. I believe he’s a good seaman, but he’s too free with
|
||
the crew to be a good officer. A mate should keep himself to
|
||
himself--shouldn’t drink with the men before the mast!”
|
||
|
||
“Do you mean he drinks?” cried the squire.
|
||
|
||
“No, sir,” replied the captain, “only that he’s too familiar.”
|
||
|
||
“Well, now, and the short and long of it, captain?” asked the doctor.
|
||
“Tell us what you want.”
|
||
|
||
“Well, gentlemen, are you determined to go on this cruise?”
|
||
|
||
“Like iron,” answered the squire.
|
||
|
||
“Very good,” said the captain. “Then, as you’ve heard me very patiently,
|
||
saying things that I could not prove, hear me a few words more. They are
|
||
putting the powder and the arms in the fore hold. Now, you have a good
|
||
place under the cabin; why not put them there?--first point. Then, you
|
||
are bringing four of your own people with you, and they tell me some of
|
||
them are to be berthed forward. Why not give them the berths here beside
|
||
the cabin?--second point.”
|
||
|
||
“Any more?” asked Mr. Trelawney.
|
||
|
||
“One more,” said the captain. “There’s been too much blabbing already.”
|
||
|
||
“Far too much,” agreed the doctor.
|
||
|
||
“I’ll tell you what I’ve heard myself,” continued Captain Smollett:
|
||
“that you have a map of an island, that there’s crosses on the map to
|
||
show where treasure is, and that the island lies--” And then he named
|
||
the latitude and longitude exactly.
|
||
|
||
“I never told that,” cried the squire, “to a soul!”
|
||
|
||
“The hands know it, sir,” returned the captain.
|
||
|
||
“Livesey, that must have been you or Hawkins,” cried the squire.
|
||
|
||
“It doesn’t much matter who it was,” replied the doctor. And I could
|
||
see that neither he nor the captain paid much regard to Mr. Trelawney’s
|
||
protestations. Neither did I, to be sure, he was so loose a talker; yet
|
||
in this case I believe he was really right and that nobody had told the
|
||
situation of the island.
|
||
|
||
“Well, gentlemen,” continued the captain, “I don’t know who has this
|
||
map; but I make it a point, it shall be kept secret even from me and Mr.
|
||
Arrow. Otherwise I would ask you to let me resign.”
|
||
|
||
“I see,” said the doctor. “You wish us to keep this matter dark and to
|
||
make a garrison of the stern part of the ship, manned with my friend’s
|
||
own people, and provided with all the arms and powder on board. In other
|
||
words, you fear a mutiny.”
|
||
|
||
“Sir,” said Captain Smollett, “with no intention to take offence, I
|
||
deny your right to put words into my mouth. No captain, sir, would be
|
||
justified in going to sea at all if he had ground enough to say that. As
|
||
for Mr. Arrow, I believe him thoroughly honest; some of the men are the
|
||
same; all may be for what I know. But I am responsible for the ship’s
|
||
safety and the life of every man Jack aboard of her. I see things going,
|
||
as I think, not quite right. And I ask you to take certain precautions
|
||
or let me resign my berth. And that’s all.”
|
||
|
||
“Captain Smollett,” began the doctor with a smile, “did ever you hear
|
||
the fable of the mountain and the mouse? You’ll excuse me, I dare say,
|
||
but you remind me of that fable. When you came in here, I’ll stake my
|
||
wig, you meant more than this.”
|
||
|
||
“Doctor,” said the captain, “you are smart. When I came in here I meant
|
||
to get discharged. I had no thought that Mr. Trelawney would hear a
|
||
word.”
|
||
|
||
“No more I would,” cried the squire. “Had Livesey not been here I should
|
||
have seen you to the deuce. As it is, I have heard you. I will do as you
|
||
desire, but I think the worse of you.”
|
||
|
||
“That’s as you please, sir,” said the captain. “You’ll find I do my
|
||
duty.”
|
||
|
||
And with that he took his leave.
|
||
|
||
“Trelawney,” said the doctor, “contrary to all my notions, I believed
|
||
you have managed to get two honest men on board with you--that man and
|
||
John Silver.”
|
||
|
||
“Silver, if you like,” cried the squire; “but as for that intolerable
|
||
humbug, I declare I think his conduct unmanly, unsailorly, and downright
|
||
un-English.”
|
||
|
||
“Well,” says the doctor, “we shall see.”
|
||
|
||
When we came on deck, the men had begun already to take out the arms and
|
||
powder, yo-ho-ing at their work, while the captain and Mr. Arrow stood
|
||
by superintending.
|
||
|
||
The new arrangement was quite to my liking. The whole schooner had been
|
||
overhauled; six berths had been made astern out of what had been the
|
||
after-part of the main hold; and this set of cabins was only joined to
|
||
the galley and forecastle by a sparred passage on the port side. It had
|
||
been originally meant that the captain, Mr. Arrow, Hunter, Joyce, the
|
||
doctor, and the squire were to occupy these six berths. Now Redruth and
|
||
I were to get two of them and Mr. Arrow and the captain were to sleep
|
||
on deck in the companion, which had been enlarged on each side till you
|
||
might almost have called it a round-house. Very low it was still, of
|
||
course; but there was room to swing two hammocks, and even the mate
|
||
seemed pleased with the arrangement. Even he, perhaps, had been doubtful
|
||
as to the crew, but that is only guess, for as you shall hear, we had
|
||
not long the benefit of his opinion.
|
||
|
||
We were all hard at work, changing the powder and the berths, when
|
||
the last man or two, and Long John along with them, came off in a
|
||
shore-boat.
|
||
|
||
The cook came up the side like a monkey for cleverness, and as soon as
|
||
he saw what was doing, “So ho, mates!” says he. “What’s this?”
|
||
|
||
“We’re a-changing of the powder, Jack,” answers one.
|
||
|
||
“Why, by the powers,” cried Long John, “if we do, we’ll miss the morning
|
||
tide!”
|
||
|
||
“My orders!” said the captain shortly. “You may go below, my man. Hands
|
||
will want supper.”
|
||
|
||
“Aye, aye, sir,” answered the cook, and touching his forelock, he
|
||
disappeared at once in the direction of his galley.
|
||
|
||
“That’s a good man, captain,” said the doctor.
|
||
|
||
“Very likely, sir,” replied Captain Smollett. “Easy with that,
|
||
men--easy,” he ran on, to the fellows who were shifting the powder; and
|
||
then suddenly observing me examining the swivel we carried amidships,
|
||
a long brass nine, “Here you, ship’s boy,” he cried, “out o’ that! Off
|
||
with you to the cook and get some work.”
|
||
|
||
And then as I was hurrying off I heard him say, quite loudly, to the
|
||
doctor, “I’ll have no favourites on my ship.”
|
||
|
||
I assure you I was quite of the squire’s way of thinking, and hated the
|
||
captain deeply.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
10
|
||
|
||
The Voyage
|
||
|
||
ALL that night we were in a great bustle getting things stowed in their
|
||
place, and boatfuls of the squire’s friends, Mr. Blandly and the like,
|
||
coming off to wish him a good voyage and a safe return. We never had
|
||
a night at the Admiral Benbow when I had half the work; and I was
|
||
dog-tired when, a little before dawn, the boatswain sounded his pipe
|
||
and the crew began to man the capstan-bars. I might have been twice
|
||
as weary, yet I would not have left the deck, all was so new and
|
||
interesting to me--the brief commands, the shrill note of the whistle,
|
||
the men bustling to their places in the glimmer of the ship’s lanterns.
|
||
|
||
“Now, Barbecue, tip us a stave,” cried one voice.
|
||
|
||
“The old one,” cried another.
|
||
|
||
“Aye, aye, mates,” said Long John, who was standing by, with his crutch
|
||
under his arm, and at once broke out in the air and words I knew so
|
||
well:
|
||
|
||
“Fifteen men on the dead man’s chest--”
|
||
|
||
And then the whole crew bore chorus:--
|
||
|
||
“Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum!”
|
||
|
||
And at the third “Ho!” drove the bars before them with a will.
|
||
|
||
Even at that exciting moment it carried me back to the old Admiral
|
||
Benbow in a second, and I seemed to hear the voice of the captain piping
|
||
in the chorus. But soon the anchor was short up; soon it was hanging
|
||
dripping at the bows; soon the sails began to draw, and the land and
|
||
shipping to flit by on either side; and before I could lie down to
|
||
snatch an hour of slumber the HISPANIOLA had begun her voyage to the
|
||
Isle of Treasure.
|
||
|
||
I am not going to relate that voyage in detail. It was fairly
|
||
prosperous. The ship proved to be a good ship, the crew were capable
|
||
seamen, and the captain thoroughly understood his business. But before
|
||
we came the length of Treasure Island, two or three things had happened
|
||
which require to be known.
|
||
|
||
Mr. Arrow, first of all, turned out even worse than the captain had
|
||
feared. He had no command among the men, and people did what they
|
||
pleased with him. But that was by no means the worst of it, for after a
|
||
day or two at sea he began to appear on deck with hazy eye, red cheeks,
|
||
stuttering tongue, and other marks of drunkenness. Time after time
|
||
he was ordered below in disgrace. Sometimes he fell and cut himself;
|
||
sometimes he lay all day long in his little bunk at one side of the
|
||
companion; sometimes for a day or two he would be almost sober and
|
||
attend to his work at least passably.
|
||
|
||
In the meantime, we could never make out where he got the drink. That
|
||
was the ship’s mystery. Watch him as we pleased, we could do nothing to
|
||
solve it; and when we asked him to his face, he would only laugh if
|
||
he were drunk, and if he were sober deny solemnly that he ever tasted
|
||
anything but water.
|
||
|
||
He was not only useless as an officer and a bad influence amongst
|
||
the men, but it was plain that at this rate he must soon kill himself
|
||
outright, so nobody was much surprised, nor very sorry, when one dark
|
||
night, with a head sea, he disappeared entirely and was seen no more.
|
||
|
||
“Overboard!” said the captain. “Well, gentlemen, that saves the trouble
|
||
of putting him in irons.”
|
||
|
||
But there we were, without a mate; and it was necessary, of course, to
|
||
advance one of the men. The boatswain, Job Anderson, was the likeliest
|
||
man aboard, and though he kept his old title, he served in a way as
|
||
mate. Mr. Trelawney had followed the sea, and his knowledge made him
|
||
very useful, for he often took a watch himself in easy weather. And the
|
||
coxswain, Israel Hands, was a careful, wily, old, experienced seaman who
|
||
could be trusted at a pinch with almost anything.
|
||
|
||
He was a great confidant of Long John Silver, and so the mention of
|
||
his name leads me on to speak of our ship’s cook, Barbecue, as the men
|
||
called him.
|
||
|
||
Aboard ship he carried his crutch by a lanyard round his neck, to have
|
||
both hands as free as possible. It was something to see him wedge the
|
||
foot of the crutch against a bulkhead, and propped against it, yielding
|
||
to every movement of the ship, get on with his cooking like someone safe
|
||
ashore. Still more strange was it to see him in the heaviest of weather
|
||
cross the deck. He had a line or two rigged up to help him across the
|
||
widest spaces--Long John’s earrings, they were called; and he would hand
|
||
himself from one place to another, now using the crutch, now trailing it
|
||
alongside by the lanyard, as quickly as another man could walk. Yet some
|
||
of the men who had sailed with him before expressed their pity to see
|
||
him so reduced.
|
||
|
||
“He’s no common man, Barbecue,” said the coxswain to me. “He had good
|
||
schooling in his young days and can speak like a book when so minded;
|
||
and brave--a lion’s nothing alongside of Long John! I seen him grapple
|
||
four and knock their heads together--him unarmed.”
|
||
|
||
All the crew respected and even obeyed him. He had a way of talking
|
||
to each and doing everybody some particular service. To me he was
|
||
unweariedly kind, and always glad to see me in the galley, which he kept
|
||
as clean as a new pin, the dishes hanging up burnished and his parrot in
|
||
a cage in one corner.
|
||
|
||
“Come away, Hawkins,” he would say; “come and have a yarn with John.
|
||
Nobody more welcome than yourself, my son. Sit you down and hear the
|
||
news. Here’s Cap’n Flint--I calls my parrot Cap’n Flint, after the
|
||
famous buccaneer--here’s Cap’n Flint predicting success to our v’yage.
|
||
Wasn’t you, cap’n?”
|
||
|
||
And the parrot would say, with great rapidity, “Pieces of eight! Pieces
|
||
of eight! Pieces of eight!” till you wondered that it was not out of
|
||
breath, or till John threw his handkerchief over the cage.
|
||
|
||
“Now, that bird,” he would say, “is, maybe, two hundred years
|
||
old, Hawkins--they live forever mostly; and if anybody’s seen more
|
||
wickedness, it must be the devil himself. She’s sailed with England,
|
||
the great Cap’n England, the pirate. She’s been at Madagascar, and at
|
||
Malabar, and Surinam, and Providence, and Portobello. She was at the
|
||
fishing up of the wrecked plate ships. It’s there she learned ‘Pieces
|
||
of eight,’ and little wonder; three hundred and fifty thousand of ’em,
|
||
Hawkins! She was at the boarding of the viceroy of the Indies out of
|
||
Goa, she was; and to look at her you would think she was a babby. But
|
||
you smelt powder--didn’t you, cap’n?”
|
||
|
||
“Stand by to go about,” the parrot would scream.
|
||
|
||
“Ah, she’s a handsome craft, she is,” the cook would say, and give her
|
||
sugar from his pocket, and then the bird would peck at the bars and
|
||
swear straight on, passing belief for wickedness. “There,” John would
|
||
add, “you can’t touch pitch and not be mucked, lad. Here’s this poor old
|
||
innocent bird o’ mine swearing blue fire, and none the wiser, you may
|
||
lay to that. She would swear the same, in a manner of speaking, before
|
||
chaplain.” And John would touch his forelock with a solemn way he had
|
||
that made me think he was the best of men.
|
||
|
||
In the meantime, the squire and Captain Smollett were still on pretty
|
||
distant terms with one another. The squire made no bones about the
|
||
matter; he despised the captain. The captain, on his part, never spoke
|
||
but when he was spoken to, and then sharp and short and dry, and not a
|
||
word wasted. He owned, when driven into a corner, that he seemed to have
|
||
been wrong about the crew, that some of them were as brisk as he wanted
|
||
to see and all had behaved fairly well. As for the ship, he had taken a
|
||
downright fancy to her. “She’ll lie a point nearer the wind than a man
|
||
has a right to expect of his own married wife, sir. But,” he would add,
|
||
“all I say is, we’re not home again, and I don’t like the cruise.”
|
||
|
||
The squire, at this, would turn away and march up and down the deck,
|
||
chin in air.
|
||
|
||
“A trifle more of that man,” he would say, “and I shall explode.”
|
||
|
||
We had some heavy weather, which only proved the qualities of the
|
||
HISPANIOLA. Every man on board seemed well content, and they must have
|
||
been hard to please if they had been otherwise, for it is my belief
|
||
there was never a ship’s company so spoiled since Noah put to sea.
|
||
Double grog was going on the least excuse; there was duff on odd days,
|
||
as, for instance, if the squire heard it was any man’s birthday, and
|
||
always a barrel of apples standing broached in the waist for anyone to
|
||
help himself that had a fancy.
|
||
|
||
“Never knew good come of it yet,” the captain said to Dr. Livesey.
|
||
“Spoil forecastle hands, make devils. That’s my belief.”
|
||
|
||
But good did come of the apple barrel, as you shall hear, for if it had
|
||
not been for that, we should have had no note of warning and might all
|
||
have perished by the hand of treachery.
|
||
|
||
This was how it came about.
|
||
|
||
We had run up the trades to get the wind of the island we were after--I
|
||
am not allowed to be more plain--and now we were running down for it
|
||
with a bright lookout day and night. It was about the last day of our
|
||
outward voyage by the largest computation; some time that night, or at
|
||
latest before noon of the morrow, we should sight the Treasure Island.
|
||
We were heading S.S.W. and had a steady breeze abeam and a quiet sea.
|
||
The HISPANIOLA rolled steadily, dipping her bowsprit now and then with
|
||
a whiff of spray. All was drawing alow and aloft; everyone was in the
|
||
bravest spirits because we were now so near an end of the first part of
|
||
our adventure.
|
||
|
||
Now, just after sundown, when all my work was over and I was on my way
|
||
to my berth, it occurred to me that I should like an apple. I ran on
|
||
deck. The watch was all forward looking out for the island. The man at
|
||
the helm was watching the luff of the sail and whistling away gently
|
||
to himself, and that was the only sound excepting the swish of the sea
|
||
against the bows and around the sides of the ship.
|
||
|
||
In I got bodily into the apple barrel, and found there was scarce an
|
||
apple left; but sitting down there in the dark, what with the sound of
|
||
the waters and the rocking movement of the ship, I had either fallen
|
||
asleep or was on the point of doing so when a heavy man sat down with
|
||
rather a clash close by. The barrel shook as he leaned his shoulders
|
||
against it, and I was just about to jump up when the man began to speak.
|
||
It was Silver’s voice, and before I had heard a dozen words, I would
|
||
not have shown myself for all the world, but lay there, trembling and
|
||
listening, in the extreme of fear and curiosity, for from these dozen
|
||
words I understood that the lives of all the honest men aboard depended
|
||
upon me alone.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
11
|
||
|
||
What I Heard in the Apple Barrel
|
||
|
||
“NO, not I,” said Silver. “Flint was cap’n; I was quartermaster, along
|
||
of my timber leg. The same broadside I lost my leg, old Pew lost his
|
||
deadlights. It was a master surgeon, him that ampytated me--out of
|
||
college and all--Latin by the bucket, and what not; but he was hanged
|
||
like a dog, and sun-dried like the rest, at Corso Castle. That
|
||
was Roberts’ men, that was, and comed of changing names to their
|
||
ships--ROYAL FORTUNE and so on. Now, what a ship was christened, so let
|
||
her stay, I says. So it was with the CASSANDRA, as brought us all safe
|
||
home from Malabar, after England took the viceroy of the Indies; so it
|
||
was with the old WALRUS, Flint’s old ship, as I’ve seen amuck with the
|
||
red blood and fit to sink with gold.”
|
||
|
||
“Ah!” cried another voice, that of the youngest hand on board, and
|
||
evidently full of admiration. “He was the flower of the flock, was
|
||
Flint!”
|
||
|
||
“Davis was a man too, by all accounts,” said Silver. “I never sailed
|
||
along of him; first with England, then with Flint, that’s my story;
|
||
and now here on my own account, in a manner of speaking. I laid by nine
|
||
hundred safe, from England, and two thousand after Flint. That ain’t bad
|
||
for a man before the mast--all safe in bank. ’Tain’t earning now, it’s
|
||
saving does it, you may lay to that. Where’s all England’s men now? I
|
||
dunno. Where’s Flint’s? Why, most on ’em aboard here, and glad to get
|
||
the duff--been begging before that, some on ’em. Old Pew, as had lost
|
||
his sight, and might have thought shame, spends twelve hundred pound in
|
||
a year, like a lord in Parliament. Where is he now? Well, he’s dead now
|
||
and under hatches; but for two year before that, shiver my timbers,
|
||
the man was starving! He begged, and he stole, and he cut throats, and
|
||
starved at that, by the powers!”
|
||
|
||
“Well, it ain’t much use, after all,” said the young seaman.
|
||
|
||
“’Tain’t much use for fools, you may lay to it--that, nor nothing,”
|
||
cried Silver. “But now, you look here: you’re young, you are, but you’re
|
||
as smart as paint. I see that when I set my eyes on you, and I’ll talk
|
||
to you like a man.”
|
||
|
||
You may imagine how I felt when I heard this abominable old rogue
|
||
addressing another in the very same words of flattery as he had used
|
||
to myself. I think, if I had been able, that I would have killed
|
||
him through the barrel. Meantime, he ran on, little supposing he was
|
||
overheard.
|
||
|
||
“Here it is about gentlemen of fortune. They lives rough, and they risk
|
||
swinging, but they eat and drink like fighting-cocks, and when a cruise
|
||
is done, why, it’s hundreds of pounds instead of hundreds of farthings
|
||
in their pockets. Now, the most goes for rum and a good fling, and to
|
||
sea again in their shirts. But that’s not the course I lay. I puts it
|
||
all away, some here, some there, and none too much anywheres, by reason
|
||
of suspicion. I’m fifty, mark you; once back from this cruise, I set up
|
||
gentleman in earnest. Time enough too, says you. Ah, but I’ve lived easy
|
||
in the meantime, never denied myself o’ nothing heart desires, and slep’
|
||
soft and ate dainty all my days but when at sea. And how did I begin?
|
||
Before the mast, like you!”
|
||
|
||
“Well,” said the other, “but all the other money’s gone now, ain’t it?
|
||
You daren’t show face in Bristol after this.”
|
||
|
||
“Why, where might you suppose it was?” asked Silver derisively.
|
||
|
||
“At Bristol, in banks and places,” answered his companion.
|
||
|
||
“It were,” said the cook; “it were when we weighed anchor. But my old
|
||
missis has it all by now. And the Spy-glass is sold, lease and goodwill
|
||
and rigging; and the old girl’s off to meet me. I would tell you where,
|
||
for I trust you, but it’d make jealousy among the mates.”
|
||
|
||
“And can you trust your missis?” asked the other.
|
||
|
||
“Gentlemen of fortune,” returned the cook, “usually trusts little among
|
||
themselves, and right they are, you may lay to it. But I have a way with
|
||
me, I have. When a mate brings a slip on his cable--one as knows me, I
|
||
mean--it won’t be in the same world with old John. There was some that
|
||
was feared of Pew, and some that was feared of Flint; but Flint his own
|
||
self was feared of me. Feared he was, and proud. They was the roughest
|
||
crew afloat, was Flint’s; the devil himself would have been feared to go
|
||
to sea with them. Well now, I tell you, I’m not a boasting man, and you
|
||
seen yourself how easy I keep company, but when I was quartermaster,
|
||
LAMBS wasn’t the word for Flint’s old buccaneers. Ah, you may be sure of
|
||
yourself in old John’s ship.”
|
||
|
||
“Well, I tell you now,” replied the lad, “I didn’t half a quarter like
|
||
the job till I had this talk with you, John; but there’s my hand on it
|
||
now.”
|
||
|
||
“And a brave lad you were, and smart too,” answered Silver, shaking
|
||
hands so heartily that all the barrel shook, “and a finer figurehead for
|
||
a gentleman of fortune I never clapped my eyes on.”
|
||
|
||
By this time I had begun to understand the meaning of their terms. By a
|
||
“gentleman of fortune” they plainly meant neither more nor less than a
|
||
common pirate, and the little scene that I had overheard was the last
|
||
act in the corruption of one of the honest hands--perhaps of the last
|
||
one left aboard. But on this point I was soon to be relieved, for Silver
|
||
giving a little whistle, a third man strolled up and sat down by the
|
||
party.
|
||
|
||
“Dick’s square,” said Silver.
|
||
|
||
“Oh, I know’d Dick was square,” returned the voice of the coxswain,
|
||
Israel Hands. “He’s no fool, is Dick.” And he turned his quid and spat.
|
||
“But look here,” he went on, “here’s what I want to know, Barbecue: how
|
||
long are we a-going to stand off and on like a blessed bumboat? I’ve had
|
||
a’most enough o’ Cap’n Smollett; he’s hazed me long enough, by thunder!
|
||
I want to go into that cabin, I do. I want their pickles and wines, and
|
||
that.”
|
||
|
||
“Israel,” said Silver, “your head ain’t much account, nor ever was. But
|
||
you’re able to hear, I reckon; leastways, your ears is big enough.
|
||
Now, here’s what I say: you’ll berth forward, and you’ll live hard, and
|
||
you’ll speak soft, and you’ll keep sober till I give the word; and you
|
||
may lay to that, my son.”
|
||
|
||
“Well, I don’t say no, do I?” growled the coxswain. “What I say is,
|
||
when? That’s what I say.”
|
||
|
||
“When! By the powers!” cried Silver. “Well now, if you want to know,
|
||
I’ll tell you when. The last moment I can manage, and that’s when.
|
||
Here’s a first-rate seaman, Cap’n Smollett, sails the blessed ship for
|
||
us. Here’s this squire and doctor with a map and such--I don’t know
|
||
where it is, do I? No more do you, says you. Well then, I mean this
|
||
squire and doctor shall find the stuff, and help us to get it aboard,
|
||
by the powers. Then we’ll see. If I was sure of you all, sons of double
|
||
Dutchmen, I’d have Cap’n Smollett navigate us half-way back again before
|
||
I struck.”
|
||
|
||
“Why, we’re all seamen aboard here, I should think,” said the lad Dick.
|
||
|
||
“We’re all forecastle hands, you mean,” snapped Silver. “We can steer
|
||
a course, but who’s to set one? That’s what all you gentlemen split on,
|
||
first and last. If I had my way, I’d have Cap’n Smollett work us back
|
||
into the trades at least; then we’d have no blessed miscalculations and
|
||
a spoonful of water a day. But I know the sort you are. I’ll finish with
|
||
’em at the island, as soon’s the blunt’s on board, and a pity it is. But
|
||
you’re never happy till you’re drunk. Split my sides, I’ve a sick heart
|
||
to sail with the likes of you!”
|
||
|
||
“Easy all, Long John,” cried Israel. “Who’s a-crossin’ of you?”
|
||
|
||
“Why, how many tall ships, think ye, now, have I seen laid aboard? And
|
||
how many brisk lads drying in the sun at Execution Dock?” cried Silver.
|
||
“And all for this same hurry and hurry and hurry. You hear me? I seen
|
||
a thing or two at sea, I have. If you would on’y lay your course, and a
|
||
p’int to windward, you would ride in carriages, you would. But not you!
|
||
I know you. You’ll have your mouthful of rum tomorrow, and go hang.”
|
||
|
||
“Everybody knowed you was a kind of a chapling, John; but there’s others
|
||
as could hand and steer as well as you,” said Israel. “They liked a bit
|
||
o’ fun, they did. They wasn’t so high and dry, nohow, but took their
|
||
fling, like jolly companions every one.”
|
||
|
||
“So?” says Silver. “Well, and where are they now? Pew was that sort,
|
||
and he died a beggar-man. Flint was, and he died of rum at Savannah. Ah,
|
||
they was a sweet crew, they was! On’y, where are they?”
|
||
|
||
“But,” asked Dick, “when we do lay ’em athwart, what are we to do with
|
||
’em, anyhow?”
|
||
|
||
“There’s the man for me!” cried the cook admiringly. “That’s what I call
|
||
business. Well, what would you think? Put ’em ashore like maroons? That
|
||
would have been England’s way. Or cut ’em down like that much pork? That
|
||
would have been Flint’s, or Billy Bones’s.”
|
||
|
||
“Billy was the man for that,” said Israel. “‘Dead men don’t bite,’ says
|
||
he. Well, he’s dead now hisself; he knows the long and short on it now;
|
||
and if ever a rough hand come to port, it was Billy.”
|
||
|
||
“Right you are,” said Silver; “rough and ready. But mark you here,
|
||
I’m an easy man--I’m quite the gentleman, says you; but this time it’s
|
||
serious. Dooty is dooty, mates. I give my vote--death. When I’m in
|
||
Parlyment and riding in my coach, I don’t want none of these sea-lawyers
|
||
in the cabin a-coming home, unlooked for, like the devil at prayers.
|
||
Wait is what I say; but when the time comes, why, let her rip!”
|
||
|
||
“John,” cries the coxswain, “you’re a man!”
|
||
|
||
“You’ll say so, Israel when you see,” said Silver. “Only one thing I
|
||
claim--I claim Trelawney. I’ll wring his calf’s head off his body with
|
||
these hands, Dick!” he added, breaking off. “You just jump up, like a
|
||
sweet lad, and get me an apple, to wet my pipe like.”
|
||
|
||
You may fancy the terror I was in! I should have leaped out and run for
|
||
it if I had found the strength, but my limbs and heart alike misgave me.
|
||
I heard Dick begin to rise, and then someone seemingly stopped him, and
|
||
the voice of Hands exclaimed, “Oh, stow that! Don’t you get sucking of
|
||
that bilge, John. Let’s have a go of the rum.”
|
||
|
||
“Dick,” said Silver, “I trust you. I’ve a gauge on the keg, mind.
|
||
There’s the key; you fill a pannikin and bring it up.”
|
||
|
||
Terrified as I was, I could not help thinking to myself that this must
|
||
have been how Mr. Arrow got the strong waters that destroyed him.
|
||
|
||
Dick was gone but a little while, and during his absence Israel spoke
|
||
straight on in the cook’s ear. It was but a word or two that I could
|
||
catch, and yet I gathered some important news, for besides other scraps
|
||
that tended to the same purpose, this whole clause was audible: “Not
|
||
another man of them’ll jine.” Hence there were still faithful men on
|
||
board.
|
||
|
||
When Dick returned, one after another of the trio took the pannikin and
|
||
drank--one “To luck,” another with a “Here’s to old Flint,” and Silver
|
||
himself saying, in a kind of song, “Here’s to ourselves, and hold your
|
||
luff, plenty of prizes and plenty of duff.”
|
||
|
||
Just then a sort of brightness fell upon me in the barrel, and looking
|
||
up, I found the moon had risen and was silvering the mizzen-top and
|
||
shining white on the luff of the fore-sail; and almost at the same time
|
||
the voice of the lookout shouted, “Land ho!”
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
12
|
||
|
||
Council of War
|
||
|
||
THERE was a great rush of feet across the deck. I could hear people
|
||
tumbling up from the cabin and the forecastle, and slipping in an
|
||
instant outside my barrel, I dived behind the fore-sail, made a double
|
||
towards the stern, and came out upon the open deck in time to join
|
||
Hunter and Dr. Livesey in the rush for the weather bow.
|
||
|
||
There all hands were already congregated. A belt of fog had lifted
|
||
almost simultaneously with the appearance of the moon. Away to the
|
||
south-west of us we saw two low hills, about a couple of miles apart,
|
||
and rising behind one of them a third and higher hill, whose peak was
|
||
still buried in the fog. All three seemed sharp and conical in figure.
|
||
|
||
So much I saw, almost in a dream, for I had not yet recovered from my
|
||
horrid fear of a minute or two before. And then I heard the voice of
|
||
Captain Smollett issuing orders. The HISPANIOLA was laid a couple of
|
||
points nearer the wind and now sailed a course that would just clear the
|
||
island on the east.
|
||
|
||
“And now, men,” said the captain, when all was sheeted home, “has any
|
||
one of you ever seen that land ahead?”
|
||
|
||
“I have, sir,” said Silver. “I’ve watered there with a trader I was cook
|
||
in.”
|
||
|
||
“The anchorage is on the south, behind an islet, I fancy?” asked the
|
||
captain.
|
||
|
||
“Yes, sir; Skeleton Island they calls it. It were a main place for
|
||
pirates once, and a hand we had on board knowed all their names for it.
|
||
That hill to the nor’ard they calls the Fore-mast Hill; there are three
|
||
hills in a row running south’ard--fore, main, and mizzen, sir. But the
|
||
main--that’s the big un, with the cloud on it--they usually calls
|
||
the Spy-glass, by reason of a lookout they kept when they was in the
|
||
anchorage cleaning, for it’s there they cleaned their ships, sir, asking
|
||
your pardon.”
|
||
|
||
“I have a chart here,” says Captain Smollett. “See if that’s the place.”
|
||
|
||
Long John’s eyes burned in his head as he took the chart, but by the
|
||
fresh look of the paper I knew he was doomed to disappointment. This
|
||
was not the map we found in Billy Bones’s chest, but an accurate copy,
|
||
complete in all things--names and heights and soundings--with the single
|
||
exception of the red crosses and the written notes. Sharp as must have
|
||
been his annoyance, Silver had the strength of mind to hide it.
|
||
|
||
“Yes, sir,” said he, “this is the spot, to be sure, and very prettily
|
||
drawed out. Who might have done that, I wonder? The pirates were too
|
||
ignorant, I reckon. Aye, here it is: ‘Capt. Kidd’s Anchorage’--just
|
||
the name my shipmate called it. There’s a strong current runs along the
|
||
south, and then away nor’ard up the west coast. Right you was, sir,”
|
||
says he, “to haul your wind and keep the weather of the island.
|
||
Leastways, if such was your intention as to enter and careen, and there
|
||
ain’t no better place for that in these waters.”
|
||
|
||
“Thank you, my man,” says Captain Smollett. “I’ll ask you later on to
|
||
give us a help. You may go.”
|
||
|
||
I was surprised at the coolness with which John avowed his knowledge
|
||
of the island, and I own I was half-frightened when I saw him drawing
|
||
nearer to myself. He did not know, to be sure, that I had overheard his
|
||
council from the apple barrel, and yet I had by this time taken such a
|
||
horror of his cruelty, duplicity, and power that I could scarce conceal
|
||
a shudder when he laid his hand upon my arm.
|
||
|
||
“Ah,” says he, “this here is a sweet spot, this island--a sweet spot for
|
||
a lad to get ashore on. You’ll bathe, and you’ll climb trees, and you’ll
|
||
hunt goats, you will; and you’ll get aloft on them hills like a goat
|
||
yourself. Why, it makes me young again. I was going to forget my timber
|
||
leg, I was. It’s a pleasant thing to be young and have ten toes, and you
|
||
may lay to that. When you want to go a bit of exploring, you just ask
|
||
old John, and he’ll put up a snack for you to take along.”
|
||
|
||
And clapping me in the friendliest way upon the shoulder, he hobbled off
|
||
forward and went below.
|
||
|
||
Captain Smollett, the squire, and Dr. Livesey were talking together on
|
||
the quarter-deck, and anxious as I was to tell them my story, I durst
|
||
not interrupt them openly. While I was still casting about in my
|
||
thoughts to find some probable excuse, Dr. Livesey called me to his
|
||
side. He had left his pipe below, and being a slave to tobacco, had
|
||
meant that I should fetch it; but as soon as I was near enough to speak
|
||
and not to be overheard, I broke immediately, “Doctor, let me speak. Get
|
||
the captain and squire down to the cabin, and then make some pretence to
|
||
send for me. I have terrible news.”
|
||
|
||
The doctor changed countenance a little, but next moment he was master
|
||
of himself.
|
||
|
||
“Thank you, Jim,” said he quite loudly, “that was all I wanted to know,”
|
||
as if he had asked me a question.
|
||
|
||
And with that he turned on his heel and rejoined the other two. They
|
||
spoke together for a little, and though none of them started, or raised
|
||
his voice, or so much as whistled, it was plain enough that Dr. Livesey
|
||
had communicated my request, for the next thing that I heard was the
|
||
captain giving an order to Job Anderson, and all hands were piped on
|
||
deck.
|
||
|
||
“My lads,” said Captain Smollett, “I’ve a word to say to you. This
|
||
land that we have sighted is the place we have been sailing for. Mr.
|
||
Trelawney, being a very open-handed gentleman, as we all know, has just
|
||
asked me a word or two, and as I was able to tell him that every man on
|
||
board had done his duty, alow and aloft, as I never ask to see it done
|
||
better, why, he and I and the doctor are going below to the cabin to
|
||
drink YOUR health and luck, and you’ll have grog served out for you to
|
||
drink OUR health and luck. I’ll tell you what I think of this: I think
|
||
it handsome. And if you think as I do, you’ll give a good sea-cheer for
|
||
the gentleman that does it.”
|
||
|
||
The cheer followed--that was a matter of course; but it rang out so full
|
||
and hearty that I confess I could hardly believe these same men were
|
||
plotting for our blood.
|
||
|
||
“One more cheer for Cap’n Smollett,” cried Long John when the first had
|
||
subsided.
|
||
|
||
And this also was given with a will.
|
||
|
||
On the top of that the three gentlemen went below, and not long after,
|
||
word was sent forward that Jim Hawkins was wanted in the cabin.
|
||
|
||
I found them all three seated round the table, a bottle of Spanish wine
|
||
and some raisins before them, and the doctor smoking away, with his wig
|
||
on his lap, and that, I knew, was a sign that he was agitated. The stern
|
||
window was open, for it was a warm night, and you could see the moon
|
||
shining behind on the ship’s wake.
|
||
|
||
“Now, Hawkins,” said the squire, “you have something to say. Speak up.”
|
||
|
||
I did as I was bid, and as short as I could make it, told the whole
|
||
details of Silver’s conversation. Nobody interrupted me till I was done,
|
||
nor did any one of the three of them make so much as a movement, but
|
||
they kept their eyes upon my face from first to last.
|
||
|
||
“Jim,” said Dr. Livesey, “take a seat.”
|
||
|
||
And they made me sit down at table beside them, poured me out a glass of
|
||
wine, filled my hands with raisins, and all three, one after the other,
|
||
and each with a bow, drank my good health, and their service to me, for
|
||
my luck and courage.
|
||
|
||
“Now, captain,” said the squire, “you were right, and I was wrong. I own
|
||
myself an ass, and I await your orders.”
|
||
|
||
“No more an ass than I, sir,” returned the captain. “I never heard of a
|
||
crew that meant to mutiny but what showed signs before, for any man that
|
||
had an eye in his head to see the mischief and take steps according. But
|
||
this crew,” he added, “beats me.”
|
||
|
||
“Captain,” said the doctor, “with your permission, that’s Silver. A very
|
||
remarkable man.”
|
||
|
||
“He’d look remarkably well from a yard-arm, sir,” returned the captain.
|
||
“But this is talk; this don’t lead to anything. I see three or four
|
||
points, and with Mr. Trelawney’s permission, I’ll name them.”
|
||
|
||
“You, sir, are the captain. It is for you to speak,” says Mr. Trelawney
|
||
grandly.
|
||
|
||
“First point,” began Mr. Smollett. “We must go on, because we can’t turn
|
||
back. If I gave the word to go about, they would rise at once. Second
|
||
point, we have time before us--at least until this treasure’s found.
|
||
Third point, there are faithful hands. Now, sir, it’s got to come
|
||
to blows sooner or later, and what I propose is to take time by the
|
||
forelock, as the saying is, and come to blows some fine day when they
|
||
least expect it. We can count, I take it, on your own home servants, Mr.
|
||
Trelawney?”
|
||
|
||
“As upon myself,” declared the squire.
|
||
|
||
“Three,” reckoned the captain; “ourselves make seven, counting Hawkins
|
||
here. Now, about the honest hands?”
|
||
|
||
“Most likely Trelawney’s own men,” said the doctor; “those he had picked
|
||
up for himself before he lit on Silver.”
|
||
|
||
“Nay,” replied the squire. “Hands was one of mine.”
|
||
|
||
“I did think I could have trusted Hands,” added the captain.
|
||
|
||
“And to think that they’re all Englishmen!” broke out the squire. “Sir,
|
||
I could find it in my heart to blow the ship up.”
|
||
|
||
“Well, gentlemen,” said the captain, “the best that I can say is not
|
||
much. We must lay to, if you please, and keep a bright lookout. It’s
|
||
trying on a man, I know. It would be pleasanter to come to blows. But
|
||
there’s no help for it till we know our men. Lay to, and whistle for a
|
||
wind, that’s my view.”
|
||
|
||
“Jim here,” said the doctor, “can help us more than anyone. The men are
|
||
not shy with him, and Jim is a noticing lad.”
|
||
|
||
“Hawkins, I put prodigious faith in you,” added the squire.
|
||
|
||
I began to feel pretty desperate at this, for I felt altogether
|
||
helpless; and yet, by an odd train of circumstances, it was indeed
|
||
through me that safety came. In the meantime, talk as we pleased, there
|
||
were only seven out of the twenty-six on whom we knew we could rely; and
|
||
out of these seven one was a boy, so that the grown men on our side were
|
||
six to their nineteen.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
PART THREE--My Shore Adventure
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
13
|
||
|
||
How My Shore Adventure Began
|
||
|
||
THE appearance of the island when I came on deck next morning was
|
||
altogether changed. Although the breeze had now utterly ceased, we had
|
||
made a great deal of way during the night and were now lying becalmed
|
||
about half a mile to the south-east of the low eastern coast.
|
||
Grey-coloured woods covered a large part of the surface. This even tint
|
||
was indeed broken up by streaks of yellow sand-break in the lower lands,
|
||
and by many tall trees of the pine family, out-topping the others--some
|
||
singly, some in clumps; but the general colouring was uniform and sad.
|
||
The hills ran up clear above the vegetation in spires of naked rock.
|
||
All were strangely shaped, and the Spy-glass, which was by three or four
|
||
hundred feet the tallest on the island, was likewise the strangest in
|
||
configuration, running up sheer from almost every side and then suddenly
|
||
cut off at the top like a pedestal to put a statue on.
|
||
|
||
The HISPANIOLA was rolling scuppers under in the ocean swell. The booms
|
||
were tearing at the blocks, the rudder was banging to and fro, and the
|
||
whole ship creaking, groaning, and jumping like a manufactory. I had
|
||
to cling tight to the backstay, and the world turned giddily before my
|
||
eyes, for though I was a good enough sailor when there was way on, this
|
||
standing still and being rolled about like a bottle was a thing I never
|
||
learned to stand without a qualm or so, above all in the morning, on an
|
||
empty stomach.
|
||
|
||
Perhaps it was this--perhaps it was the look of the island, with its
|
||
grey, melancholy woods, and wild stone spires, and the surf that we
|
||
could both see and hear foaming and thundering on the steep beach--at
|
||
least, although the sun shone bright and hot, and the shore birds were
|
||
fishing and crying all around us, and you would have thought anyone
|
||
would have been glad to get to land after being so long at sea, my heart
|
||
sank, as the saying is, into my boots; and from the first look onward, I
|
||
hated the very thought of Treasure Island.
|
||
|
||
We had a dreary morning’s work before us, for there was no sign of any
|
||
wind, and the boats had to be got out and manned, and the ship warped
|
||
three or four miles round the corner of the island and up the narrow
|
||
passage to the haven behind Skeleton Island. I volunteered for one of
|
||
the boats, where I had, of course, no business. The heat was sweltering,
|
||
and the men grumbled fiercely over their work. Anderson was in command
|
||
of my boat, and instead of keeping the crew in order, he grumbled as
|
||
loud as the worst.
|
||
|
||
“Well,” he said with an oath, “it’s not forever.”
|
||
|
||
I thought this was a very bad sign, for up to that day the men had gone
|
||
briskly and willingly about their business; but the very sight of the
|
||
island had relaxed the cords of discipline.
|
||
|
||
All the way in, Long John stood by the steersman and conned the ship.
|
||
He knew the passage like the palm of his hand, and though the man in the
|
||
chains got everywhere more water than was down in the chart, John never
|
||
hesitated once.
|
||
|
||
“There’s a strong scour with the ebb,” he said, “and this here passage
|
||
has been dug out, in a manner of speaking, with a spade.”
|
||
|
||
We brought up just where the anchor was in the chart, about a third of
|
||
a mile from each shore, the mainland on one side and Skeleton Island on
|
||
the other. The bottom was clean sand. The plunge of our anchor sent up
|
||
clouds of birds wheeling and crying over the woods, but in less than a
|
||
minute they were down again and all was once more silent.
|
||
|
||
The place was entirely land-locked, buried in woods, the trees coming
|
||
right down to high-water mark, the shores mostly flat, and the hilltops
|
||
standing round at a distance in a sort of amphitheatre, one here, one
|
||
there. Two little rivers, or rather two swamps, emptied out into this
|
||
pond, as you might call it; and the foliage round that part of the shore
|
||
had a kind of poisonous brightness. From the ship we could see nothing
|
||
of the house or stockade, for they were quite buried among trees; and if
|
||
it had not been for the chart on the companion, we might have been the
|
||
first that had ever anchored there since the island arose out of the
|
||
seas.
|
||
|
||
There was not a breath of air moving, nor a sound but that of the
|
||
surf booming half a mile away along the beaches and against the rocks
|
||
outside. A peculiar stagnant smell hung over the anchorage--a smell of
|
||
sodden leaves and rotting tree trunks. I observed the doctor sniffing
|
||
and sniffing, like someone tasting a bad egg.
|
||
|
||
“I don’t know about treasure,” he said, “but I’ll stake my wig there’s
|
||
fever here.”
|
||
|
||
If the conduct of the men had been alarming in the boat, it became truly
|
||
threatening when they had come aboard. They lay about the deck growling
|
||
together in talk. The slightest order was received with a black look and
|
||
grudgingly and carelessly obeyed. Even the honest hands must have caught
|
||
the infection, for there was not one man aboard to mend another. Mutiny,
|
||
it was plain, hung over us like a thunder-cloud.
|
||
|
||
And it was not only we of the cabin party who perceived the danger. Long
|
||
John was hard at work going from group to group, spending himself in
|
||
good advice, and as for example no man could have shown a better. He
|
||
fairly outstripped himself in willingness and civility; he was all
|
||
smiles to everyone. If an order were given, John would be on his crutch
|
||
in an instant, with the cheeriest “Aye, aye, sir!” in the world; and
|
||
when there was nothing else to do, he kept up one song after another, as
|
||
if to conceal the discontent of the rest.
|
||
|
||
Of all the gloomy features of that gloomy afternoon, this obvious
|
||
anxiety on the part of Long John appeared the worst.
|
||
|
||
We held a council in the cabin.
|
||
|
||
“Sir,” said the captain, “if I risk another order, the whole ship’ll
|
||
come about our ears by the run. You see, sir, here it is. I get a rough
|
||
answer, do I not? Well, if I speak back, pikes will be going in two
|
||
shakes; if I don’t, Silver will see there’s something under that, and
|
||
the game’s up. Now, we’ve only one man to rely on.”
|
||
|
||
“And who is that?” asked the squire.
|
||
|
||
“Silver, sir,” returned the captain; “he’s as anxious as you and I to
|
||
smother things up. This is a tiff; he’d soon talk ’em out of it if he
|
||
had the chance, and what I propose to do is to give him the chance.
|
||
Let’s allow the men an afternoon ashore. If they all go, why we’ll fight
|
||
the ship. If they none of them go, well then, we hold the cabin, and God
|
||
defend the right. If some go, you mark my words, sir, Silver’ll bring
|
||
’em aboard again as mild as lambs.”
|
||
|
||
It was so decided; loaded pistols were served out to all the sure men;
|
||
Hunter, Joyce, and Redruth were taken into our confidence and received
|
||
the news with less surprise and a better spirit than we had looked for,
|
||
and then the captain went on deck and addressed the crew.
|
||
|
||
“My lads,” said he, “we’ve had a hot day and are all tired and out of
|
||
sorts. A turn ashore’ll hurt nobody--the boats are still in the water;
|
||
you can take the gigs, and as many as please may go ashore for the
|
||
afternoon. I’ll fire a gun half an hour before sundown.”
|
||
|
||
I believe the silly fellows must have thought they would break their
|
||
shins over treasure as soon as they were landed, for they all came out
|
||
of their sulks in a moment and gave a cheer that started the echo in a
|
||
faraway hill and sent the birds once more flying and squalling round the
|
||
anchorage.
|
||
|
||
The captain was too bright to be in the way. He whipped out of sight
|
||
in a moment, leaving Silver to arrange the party, and I fancy it was as
|
||
well he did so. Had he been on deck, he could no longer so much as
|
||
have pretended not to understand the situation. It was as plain as day.
|
||
Silver was the captain, and a mighty rebellious crew he had of it. The
|
||
honest hands--and I was soon to see it proved that there were such on
|
||
board--must have been very stupid fellows. Or rather, I suppose the
|
||
truth was this, that all hands were disaffected by the example of the
|
||
ringleaders--only some more, some less; and a few, being good fellows in
|
||
the main, could neither be led nor driven any further. It is one thing
|
||
to be idle and skulk and quite another to take a ship and murder a
|
||
number of innocent men.
|
||
|
||
At last, however, the party was made up. Six fellows were to stay on
|
||
board, and the remaining thirteen, including Silver, began to embark.
|
||
|
||
Then it was that there came into my head the first of the mad notions
|
||
that contributed so much to save our lives. If six men were left by
|
||
Silver, it was plain our party could not take and fight the ship; and
|
||
since only six were left, it was equally plain that the cabin party
|
||
had no present need of my assistance. It occurred to me at once to go
|
||
ashore. In a jiffy I had slipped over the side and curled up in the
|
||
fore-sheets of the nearest boat, and almost at the same moment she
|
||
shoved off.
|
||
|
||
No one took notice of me, only the bow oar saying, “Is that you, Jim?
|
||
Keep your head down.” But Silver, from the other boat, looked sharply
|
||
over and called out to know if that were me; and from that moment I
|
||
began to regret what I had done.
|
||
|
||
The crews raced for the beach, but the boat I was in, having some start
|
||
and being at once the lighter and the better manned, shot far ahead of
|
||
her consort, and the bow had struck among the shore-side trees and I
|
||
had caught a branch and swung myself out and plunged into the nearest
|
||
thicket while Silver and the rest were still a hundred yards behind.
|
||
|
||
“Jim, Jim!” I heard him shouting.
|
||
|
||
But you may suppose I paid no heed; jumping, ducking, and breaking
|
||
through, I ran straight before my nose till I could run no longer.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
14
|
||
|
||
The First Blow
|
||
|
||
I WAS so pleased at having given the slip to Long John that I began to
|
||
enjoy myself and look around me with some interest on the strange land
|
||
that I was in.
|
||
|
||
I had crossed a marshy tract full of willows, bulrushes, and odd,
|
||
outlandish, swampy trees; and I had now come out upon the skirts of an
|
||
open piece of undulating, sandy country, about a mile long, dotted with
|
||
a few pines and a great number of contorted trees, not unlike the oak
|
||
in growth, but pale in the foliage, like willows. On the far side of
|
||
the open stood one of the hills, with two quaint, craggy peaks shining
|
||
vividly in the sun.
|
||
|
||
I now felt for the first time the joy of exploration. The isle was
|
||
uninhabited; my shipmates I had left behind, and nothing lived in front
|
||
of me but dumb brutes and fowls. I turned hither and thither among the
|
||
trees. Here and there were flowering plants, unknown to me; here and
|
||
there I saw snakes, and one raised his head from a ledge of rock and
|
||
hissed at me with a noise not unlike the spinning of a top. Little did
|
||
I suppose that he was a deadly enemy and that the noise was the famous
|
||
rattle.
|
||
|
||
Then I came to a long thicket of these oaklike trees--live, or
|
||
evergreen, oaks, I heard afterwards they should be called--which grew
|
||
low along the sand like brambles, the boughs curiously twisted, the
|
||
foliage compact, like thatch. The thicket stretched down from the top of
|
||
one of the sandy knolls, spreading and growing taller as it went, until
|
||
it reached the margin of the broad, reedy fen, through which the nearest
|
||
of the little rivers soaked its way into the anchorage. The marsh was
|
||
steaming in the strong sun, and the outline of the Spy-glass trembled
|
||
through the haze.
|
||
|
||
All at once there began to go a sort of bustle among the bulrushes;
|
||
a wild duck flew up with a quack, another followed, and soon over the
|
||
whole surface of the marsh a great cloud of birds hung screaming and
|
||
circling in the air. I judged at once that some of my shipmates must be
|
||
drawing near along the borders of the fen. Nor was I deceived, for soon
|
||
I heard the very distant and low tones of a human voice, which, as I
|
||
continued to give ear, grew steadily louder and nearer.
|
||
|
||
This put me in a great fear, and I crawled under cover of the nearest
|
||
live-oak and squatted there, hearkening, as silent as a mouse.
|
||
|
||
Another voice answered, and then the first voice, which I now recognized
|
||
to be Silver’s, once more took up the story and ran on for a long while
|
||
in a stream, only now and again interrupted by the other. By the sound
|
||
they must have been talking earnestly, and almost fiercely; but no
|
||
distinct word came to my hearing.
|
||
|
||
At last the speakers seemed to have paused and perhaps to have sat down,
|
||
for not only did they cease to draw any nearer, but the birds themselves
|
||
began to grow more quiet and to settle again to their places in the
|
||
swamp.
|
||
|
||
And now I began to feel that I was neglecting my business, that since
|
||
I had been so foolhardy as to come ashore with these desperadoes, the
|
||
least I could do was to overhear them at their councils, and that my
|
||
plain and obvious duty was to draw as close as I could manage, under the
|
||
favourable ambush of the crouching trees.
|
||
|
||
I could tell the direction of the speakers pretty exactly, not only by
|
||
the sound of their voices but by the behaviour of the few birds that
|
||
still hung in alarm above the heads of the intruders.
|
||
|
||
Crawling on all fours, I made steadily but slowly towards them, till at
|
||
last, raising my head to an aperture among the leaves, I could see clear
|
||
down into a little green dell beside the marsh, and closely set about
|
||
with trees, where Long John Silver and another of the crew stood face to
|
||
face in conversation.
|
||
|
||
The sun beat full upon them. Silver had thrown his hat beside him on the
|
||
ground, and his great, smooth, blond face, all shining with heat, was
|
||
lifted to the other man’s in a kind of appeal.
|
||
|
||
“Mate,” he was saying, “it’s because I thinks gold dust of you--gold
|
||
dust, and you may lay to that! If I hadn’t took to you like pitch, do
|
||
you think I’d have been here a-warning of you? All’s up--you can’t make
|
||
nor mend; it’s to save your neck that I’m a-speaking, and if one of the
|
||
wild uns knew it, where’d I be, Tom--now, tell me, where’d I be?”
|
||
|
||
“Silver,” said the other man--and I observed he was not only red in the
|
||
face, but spoke as hoarse as a crow, and his voice shook too, like a
|
||
taut rope--“Silver,” says he, “you’re old, and you’re honest, or has the
|
||
name for it; and you’ve money too, which lots of poor sailors hasn’t;
|
||
and you’re brave, or I’m mistook. And will you tell me you’ll let
|
||
yourself be led away with that kind of a mess of swabs? Not you! As sure
|
||
as God sees me, I’d sooner lose my hand. If I turn agin my dooty--”
|
||
|
||
And then all of a sudden he was interrupted by a noise. I had found
|
||
one of the honest hands--well, here, at that same moment, came news of
|
||
another. Far away out in the marsh there arose, all of a sudden, a sound
|
||
like the cry of anger, then another on the back of it; and then one
|
||
horrid, long-drawn scream. The rocks of the Spy-glass re-echoed it a
|
||
score of times; the whole troop of marsh-birds rose again, darkening
|
||
heaven, with a simultaneous whirr; and long after that death yell was
|
||
still ringing in my brain, silence had re-established its empire, and
|
||
only the rustle of the redescending birds and the boom of the distant
|
||
surges disturbed the languor of the afternoon.
|
||
|
||
Tom had leaped at the sound, like a horse at the spur, but Silver had
|
||
not winked an eye. He stood where he was, resting lightly on his crutch,
|
||
watching his companion like a snake about to spring.
|
||
|
||
“John!” said the sailor, stretching out his hand.
|
||
|
||
“Hands off!” cried Silver, leaping back a yard, as it seemed to me, with
|
||
the speed and security of a trained gymnast.
|
||
|
||
“Hands off, if you like, John Silver,” said the other. “It’s a black
|
||
conscience that can make you feared of me. But in heaven’s name, tell
|
||
me, what was that?”
|
||
|
||
“That?” returned Silver, smiling away, but warier than ever, his eye
|
||
a mere pin-point in his big face, but gleaming like a crumb of glass.
|
||
“That? Oh, I reckon that’ll be Alan.”
|
||
|
||
And at this point Tom flashed out like a hero.
|
||
|
||
“Alan!” he cried. “Then rest his soul for a true seaman! And as for you,
|
||
John Silver, long you’ve been a mate of mine, but you’re mate of mine
|
||
no more. If I die like a dog, I’ll die in my dooty. You’ve killed Alan,
|
||
have you? Kill me too, if you can. But I defies you.”
|
||
|
||
And with that, this brave fellow turned his back directly on the cook
|
||
and set off walking for the beach. But he was not destined to go far.
|
||
With a cry John seized the branch of a tree, whipped the crutch out of
|
||
his armpit, and sent that uncouth missile hurtling through the air.
|
||
It struck poor Tom, point foremost, and with stunning violence, right
|
||
between the shoulders in the middle of his back. His hands flew up, he
|
||
gave a sort of gasp, and fell.
|
||
|
||
Whether he were injured much or little, none could ever tell. Like
|
||
enough, to judge from the sound, his back was broken on the spot. But he
|
||
had no time given him to recover. Silver, agile as a monkey even without
|
||
leg or crutch, was on the top of him next moment and had twice buried
|
||
his knife up to the hilt in that defenceless body. From my place of
|
||
ambush, I could hear him pant aloud as he struck the blows.
|
||
|
||
I do not know what it rightly is to faint, but I do know that for the
|
||
next little while the whole world swam away from before me in a whirling
|
||
mist; Silver and the birds, and the tall Spy-glass hilltop, going
|
||
round and round and topsy-turvy before my eyes, and all manner of bells
|
||
ringing and distant voices shouting in my ear.
|
||
|
||
When I came again to myself the monster had pulled himself together,
|
||
his crutch under his arm, his hat upon his head. Just before him Tom
|
||
lay motionless upon the sward; but the murderer minded him not a whit,
|
||
cleansing his blood-stained knife the while upon a wisp of grass.
|
||
Everything else was unchanged, the sun still shining mercilessly on the
|
||
steaming marsh and the tall pinnacle of the mountain, and I could scarce
|
||
persuade myself that murder had been actually done and a human life
|
||
cruelly cut short a moment since before my eyes.
|
||
|
||
But now John put his hand into his pocket, brought out a whistle, and
|
||
blew upon it several modulated blasts that rang far across the heated
|
||
air. I could not tell, of course, the meaning of the signal, but
|
||
it instantly awoke my fears. More men would be coming. I might be
|
||
discovered. They had already slain two of the honest people; after Tom
|
||
and Alan, might not I come next?
|
||
|
||
Instantly I began to extricate myself and crawl back again, with what
|
||
speed and silence I could manage, to the more open portion of the
|
||
wood. As I did so, I could hear hails coming and going between the old
|
||
buccaneer and his comrades, and this sound of danger lent me wings. As
|
||
soon as I was clear of the thicket, I ran as I never ran before, scarce
|
||
minding the direction of my flight, so long as it led me from the
|
||
murderers; and as I ran, fear grew and grew upon me until it turned into
|
||
a kind of frenzy.
|
||
|
||
Indeed, could anyone be more entirely lost than I? When the gun fired,
|
||
how should I dare to go down to the boats among those fiends, still
|
||
smoking from their crime? Would not the first of them who saw me wring
|
||
my neck like a snipe’s? Would not my absence itself be an evidence to
|
||
them of my alarm, and therefore of my fatal knowledge? It was all over,
|
||
I thought. Good-bye to the HISPANIOLA; good-bye to the squire, the
|
||
doctor, and the captain! There was nothing left for me but death by
|
||
starvation or death by the hands of the mutineers.
|
||
|
||
All this while, as I say, I was still running, and without taking any
|
||
notice, I had drawn near to the foot of the little hill with the two
|
||
peaks and had got into a part of the island where the live-oaks grew
|
||
more widely apart and seemed more like forest trees in their bearing and
|
||
dimensions. Mingled with these were a few scattered pines, some fifty,
|
||
some nearer seventy, feet high. The air too smelt more freshly than down
|
||
beside the marsh.
|
||
|
||
And here a fresh alarm brought me to a standstill with a thumping heart.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
15
|
||
|
||
The Man of the Island
|
||
|
||
FROM the side of the hill, which was here steep and stony, a spout of
|
||
gravel was dislodged and fell rattling and bounding through the trees.
|
||
My eyes turned instinctively in that direction, and I saw a figure leap
|
||
with great rapidity behind the trunk of a pine. What it was, whether
|
||
bear or man or monkey, I could in no wise tell. It seemed dark and
|
||
shaggy; more I knew not. But the terror of this new apparition brought
|
||
me to a stand.
|
||
|
||
I was now, it seemed, cut off upon both sides; behind me the murderers,
|
||
before me this lurking nondescript. And immediately I began to prefer
|
||
the dangers that I knew to those I knew not. Silver himself appeared
|
||
less terrible in contrast with this creature of the woods, and I turned
|
||
on my heel, and looking sharply behind me over my shoulder, began to
|
||
retrace my steps in the direction of the boats.
|
||
|
||
Instantly the figure reappeared, and making a wide circuit, began to
|
||
head me off. I was tired, at any rate; but had I been as fresh as when I
|
||
rose, I could see it was in vain for me to contend in speed with such an
|
||
adversary. From trunk to trunk the creature flitted like a deer, running
|
||
manlike on two legs, but unlike any man that I had ever seen, stooping
|
||
almost double as it ran. Yet a man it was, I could no longer be in doubt
|
||
about that.
|
||
|
||
I began to recall what I had heard of cannibals. I was within an ace of
|
||
calling for help. But the mere fact that he was a man, however wild,
|
||
had somewhat reassured me, and my fear of Silver began to revive in
|
||
proportion. I stood still, therefore, and cast about for some method of
|
||
escape; and as I was so thinking, the recollection of my pistol flashed
|
||
into my mind. As soon as I remembered I was not defenceless, courage
|
||
glowed again in my heart and I set my face resolutely for this man of
|
||
the island and walked briskly towards him.
|
||
|
||
He was concealed by this time behind another tree trunk; but he must
|
||
have been watching me closely, for as soon as I began to move in his
|
||
direction he reappeared and took a step to meet me. Then he hesitated,
|
||
drew back, came forward again, and at last, to my wonder and
|
||
confusion, threw himself on his knees and held out his clasped hands in
|
||
supplication.
|
||
|
||
At that I once more stopped.
|
||
|
||
“Who are you?” I asked.
|
||
|
||
“Ben Gunn,” he answered, and his voice sounded hoarse and awkward,
|
||
like a rusty lock. “I’m poor Ben Gunn, I am; and I haven’t spoke with a
|
||
Christian these three years.”
|
||
|
||
I could now see that he was a white man like myself and that his
|
||
features were even pleasing. His skin, wherever it was exposed, was
|
||
burnt by the sun; even his lips were black, and his fair eyes looked
|
||
quite startling in so dark a face. Of all the beggar-men that I had seen
|
||
or fancied, he was the chief for raggedness. He was clothed with tatters
|
||
of old ship’s canvas and old sea-cloth, and this extraordinary patchwork
|
||
was all held together by a system of the most various and incongruous
|
||
fastenings, brass buttons, bits of stick, and loops of tarry gaskin.
|
||
About his waist he wore an old brass-buckled leather belt, which was the
|
||
one thing solid in his whole accoutrement.
|
||
|
||
“Three years!” I cried. “Were you shipwrecked?”
|
||
|
||
“Nay, mate,” said he; “marooned.”
|
||
|
||
I had heard the word, and I knew it stood for a horrible kind of
|
||
punishment common enough among the buccaneers, in which the offender
|
||
is put ashore with a little powder and shot and left behind on some
|
||
desolate and distant island.
|
||
|
||
“Marooned three years agone,” he continued, “and lived on goats since
|
||
then, and berries, and oysters. Wherever a man is, says I, a man can
|
||
do for himself. But, mate, my heart is sore for Christian diet. You
|
||
mightn’t happen to have a piece of cheese about you, now? No? Well,
|
||
many’s the long night I’ve dreamed of cheese--toasted, mostly--and woke
|
||
up again, and here I were.”
|
||
|
||
“If ever I can get aboard again,” said I, “you shall have cheese by the
|
||
stone.”
|
||
|
||
All this time he had been feeling the stuff of my jacket, smoothing
|
||
my hands, looking at my boots, and generally, in the intervals of
|
||
his speech, showing a childish pleasure in the presence of a fellow
|
||
creature. But at my last words he perked up into a kind of startled
|
||
slyness.
|
||
|
||
“If ever you can get aboard again, says you?” he repeated. “Why, now,
|
||
who’s to hinder you?”
|
||
|
||
“Not you, I know,” was my reply.
|
||
|
||
“And right you was,” he cried. “Now you--what do you call yourself,
|
||
mate?”
|
||
|
||
“Jim,” I told him.
|
||
|
||
“Jim, Jim,” says he, quite pleased apparently. “Well, now, Jim, I’ve
|
||
lived that rough as you’d be ashamed to hear of. Now, for instance, you
|
||
wouldn’t think I had had a pious mother--to look at me?” he asked.
|
||
|
||
“Why, no, not in particular,” I answered.
|
||
|
||
“Ah, well,” said he, “but I had--remarkable pious. And I was a civil,
|
||
pious boy, and could rattle off my catechism that fast, as you couldn’t
|
||
tell one word from another. And here’s what it come to, Jim, and it
|
||
begun with chuck-farthen on the blessed grave-stones! That’s what it
|
||
begun with, but it went further’n that; and so my mother told me, and
|
||
predicked the whole, she did, the pious woman! But it were Providence
|
||
that put me here. I’ve thought it all out in this here lonely island,
|
||
and I’m back on piety. You don’t catch me tasting rum so much, but just
|
||
a thimbleful for luck, of course, the first chance I have. I’m bound
|
||
I’ll be good, and I see the way to. And, Jim”--looking all round him and
|
||
lowering his voice to a whisper--“I’m rich.”
|
||
|
||
I now felt sure that the poor fellow had gone crazy in his solitude, and
|
||
I suppose I must have shown the feeling in my face, for he repeated the
|
||
statement hotly: “Rich! Rich! I says. And I’ll tell you what: I’ll make
|
||
a man of you, Jim. Ah, Jim, you’ll bless your stars, you will, you was
|
||
the first that found me!”
|
||
|
||
And at this there came suddenly a lowering shadow over his face, and he
|
||
tightened his grasp upon my hand and raised a forefinger threateningly
|
||
before my eyes.
|
||
|
||
“Now, Jim, you tell me true: that ain’t Flint’s ship?” he asked.
|
||
|
||
At this I had a happy inspiration. I began to believe that I had found
|
||
an ally, and I answered him at once.
|
||
|
||
“It’s not Flint’s ship, and Flint is dead; but I’ll tell you true, as
|
||
you ask me--there are some of Flint’s hands aboard; worse luck for the
|
||
rest of us.”
|
||
|
||
“Not a man--with one--leg?” he gasped.
|
||
|
||
“Silver?” I asked.
|
||
|
||
“Ah, Silver!” says he. “That were his name.”
|
||
|
||
“He’s the cook, and the ringleader too.”
|
||
|
||
He was still holding me by the wrist, and at that he give it quite a
|
||
wring.
|
||
|
||
“If you was sent by Long John,” he said, “I’m as good as pork, and I
|
||
know it. But where was you, do you suppose?”
|
||
|
||
I had made my mind up in a moment, and by way of answer told him
|
||
the whole story of our voyage and the predicament in which we found
|
||
ourselves. He heard me with the keenest interest, and when I had done he
|
||
patted me on the head.
|
||
|
||
“You’re a good lad, Jim,” he said; “and you’re all in a clove hitch,
|
||
ain’t you? Well, you just put your trust in Ben Gunn--Ben Gunn’s the man
|
||
to do it. Would you think it likely, now, that your squire would prove
|
||
a liberal-minded one in case of help--him being in a clove hitch, as you
|
||
remark?”
|
||
|
||
I told him the squire was the most liberal of men.
|
||
|
||
“Aye, but you see,” returned Ben Gunn, “I didn’t mean giving me a gate
|
||
to keep, and a suit of livery clothes, and such; that’s not my mark,
|
||
Jim. What I mean is, would he be likely to come down to the toon of, say
|
||
one thousand pounds out of money that’s as good as a man’s own already?”
|
||
|
||
“I am sure he would,” said I. “As it was, all hands were to share.”
|
||
|
||
“AND a passage home?” he added with a look of great shrewdness.
|
||
|
||
“Why,” I cried, “the squire’s a gentleman. And besides, if we got rid of
|
||
the others, we should want you to help work the vessel home.”
|
||
|
||
“Ah,” said he, “so you would.” And he seemed very much relieved.
|
||
|
||
“Now, I’ll tell you what,” he went on. “So much I’ll tell you, and no
|
||
more. I were in Flint’s ship when he buried the treasure; he and
|
||
six along--six strong seamen. They was ashore nigh on a week, and us
|
||
standing off and on in the old WALRUS. One fine day up went the signal,
|
||
and here come Flint by himself in a little boat, and his head done up in
|
||
a blue scarf. The sun was getting up, and mortal white he looked about
|
||
the cutwater. But, there he was, you mind, and the six all dead--dead
|
||
and buried. How he done it, not a man aboard us could make out. It was
|
||
battle, murder, and sudden death, leastways--him against six. Billy
|
||
Bones was the mate; Long John, he was quartermaster; and they asked him
|
||
where the treasure was. ‘Ah,’ says he, ‘you can go ashore, if you like,
|
||
and stay,’ he says; ‘but as for the ship, she’ll beat up for more, by
|
||
thunder!’ That’s what he said.
|
||
|
||
“Well, I was in another ship three years back, and we sighted this
|
||
island. ‘Boys,’ said I, ‘here’s Flint’s treasure; let’s land and find
|
||
it.’ The cap’n was displeased at that, but my messmates were all of a
|
||
mind and landed. Twelve days they looked for it, and every day they had
|
||
the worse word for me, until one fine morning all hands went aboard. ‘As
|
||
for you, Benjamin Gunn,’ says they, ‘here’s a musket,’ they says, ‘and
|
||
a spade, and pick-axe. You can stay here and find Flint’s money for
|
||
yourself,’ they says.
|
||
|
||
“Well, Jim, three years have I been here, and not a bite of Christian
|
||
diet from that day to this. But now, you look here; look at me. Do I
|
||
look like a man before the mast? No, says you. Nor I weren’t, neither, I
|
||
says.”
|
||
|
||
And with that he winked and pinched me hard.
|
||
|
||
“Just you mention them words to your squire, Jim,” he went on. “Nor he
|
||
weren’t, neither--that’s the words. Three years he were the man of this
|
||
island, light and dark, fair and rain; and sometimes he would maybe
|
||
think upon a prayer (says you), and sometimes he would maybe think of
|
||
his old mother, so be as she’s alive (you’ll say); but the most part
|
||
of Gunn’s time (this is what you’ll say)--the most part of his time was
|
||
took up with another matter. And then you’ll give him a nip, like I do.”
|
||
|
||
And he pinched me again in the most confidential manner.
|
||
|
||
“Then,” he continued, “then you’ll up, and you’ll say this: Gunn is a
|
||
good man (you’ll say), and he puts a precious sight more confidence--a
|
||
precious sight, mind that--in a gen’leman born than in these gen’leman
|
||
of fortune, having been one hisself.”
|
||
|
||
“Well,” I said, “I don’t understand one word that you’ve been saying.
|
||
But that’s neither here nor there; for how am I to get on board?”
|
||
|
||
“Ah,” said he, “that’s the hitch, for sure. Well, there’s my boat, that
|
||
I made with my two hands. I keep her under the white rock. If the worst
|
||
come to the worst, we might try that after dark. Hi!” he broke out.
|
||
“What’s that?”
|
||
|
||
For just then, although the sun had still an hour or two to run, all the
|
||
echoes of the island awoke and bellowed to the thunder of a cannon.
|
||
|
||
“They have begun to fight!” I cried. “Follow me.”
|
||
|
||
And I began to run towards the anchorage, my terrors all forgotten,
|
||
while close at my side the marooned man in his goatskins trotted easily
|
||
and lightly.
|
||
|
||
“Left, left,” says he; “keep to your left hand, mate Jim! Under the
|
||
trees with you! Theer’s where I killed my first goat. They don’t come
|
||
down here now; they’re all mastheaded on them mountings for the fear
|
||
of Benjamin Gunn. Ah! And there’s the cetemery”--cemetery, he must have
|
||
meant. “You see the mounds? I come here and prayed, nows and thens, when
|
||
I thought maybe a Sunday would be about doo. It weren’t quite a chapel,
|
||
but it seemed more solemn like; and then, says you, Ben Gunn was
|
||
short-handed--no chapling, nor so much as a Bible and a flag, you says.”
|
||
|
||
So he kept talking as I ran, neither expecting nor receiving any answer.
|
||
|
||
The cannon-shot was followed after a considerable interval by a volley
|
||
of small arms.
|
||
|
||
Another pause, and then, not a quarter of a mile in front of me, I
|
||
beheld the Union Jack flutter in the air above a wood.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
PART FOUR--The Stockade
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
16
|
||
|
||
Narrative Continued by the Doctor: How the Ship Was Abandoned
|
||
|
||
IT was about half past one--three bells in the sea phrase--that the two
|
||
boats went ashore from the HISPANIOLA. The captain, the squire, and I
|
||
were talking matters over in the cabin. Had there been a breath of wind,
|
||
we should have fallen on the six mutineers who were left aboard with
|
||
us, slipped our cable, and away to sea. But the wind was wanting; and
|
||
to complete our helplessness, down came Hunter with the news that Jim
|
||
Hawkins had slipped into a boat and was gone ashore with the rest.
|
||
|
||
It never occurred to us to doubt Jim Hawkins, but we were alarmed for
|
||
his safety. With the men in the temper they were in, it seemed an even
|
||
chance if we should see the lad again. We ran on deck. The pitch was
|
||
bubbling in the seams; the nasty stench of the place turned me sick;
|
||
if ever a man smelt fever and dysentery, it was in that abominable
|
||
anchorage. The six scoundrels were sitting grumbling under a sail in the
|
||
forecastle; ashore we could see the gigs made fast and a man sitting
|
||
in each, hard by where the river runs in. One of them was whistling
|
||
“Lillibullero.”
|
||
|
||
Waiting was a strain, and it was decided that Hunter and I should go
|
||
ashore with the jolly-boat in quest of information.
|
||
|
||
The gigs had leaned to their right, but Hunter and I pulled straight in,
|
||
in the direction of the stockade upon the chart. The two who were
|
||
left guarding their boats seemed in a bustle at our appearance;
|
||
“Lillibullero” stopped off, and I could see the pair discussing what
|
||
they ought to do. Had they gone and told Silver, all might have turned
|
||
out differently; but they had their orders, I suppose, and decided to
|
||
sit quietly where they were and hark back again to “Lillibullero.”
|
||
|
||
There was a slight bend in the coast, and I steered so as to put it
|
||
between us; even before we landed we had thus lost sight of the gigs.
|
||
I jumped out and came as near running as I durst, with a big silk
|
||
handkerchief under my hat for coolness’ sake and a brace of pistols
|
||
ready primed for safety.
|
||
|
||
I had not gone a hundred yards when I reached the stockade.
|
||
|
||
This was how it was: a spring of clear water rose almost at the top of a
|
||
knoll. Well, on the knoll, and enclosing the spring, they had clapped a
|
||
stout loghouse fit to hold two score of people on a pinch and loopholed
|
||
for musketry on either side. All round this they had cleared a wide
|
||
space, and then the thing was completed by a paling six feet high,
|
||
without door or opening, too strong to pull down without time and labour
|
||
and too open to shelter the besiegers. The people in the log-house had
|
||
them in every way; they stood quiet in shelter and shot the others like
|
||
partridges. All they wanted was a good watch and food; for, short of a
|
||
complete surprise, they might have held the place against a regiment.
|
||
|
||
What particularly took my fancy was the spring. For though we had a good
|
||
enough place of it in the cabin of the HISPANIOLA, with plenty of arms
|
||
and ammunition, and things to eat, and excellent wines, there had been
|
||
one thing overlooked--we had no water. I was thinking this over when
|
||
there came ringing over the island the cry of a man at the point of
|
||
death. I was not new to violent death--I have served his Royal Highness
|
||
the Duke of Cumberland, and got a wound myself at Fontenoy--but I know
|
||
my pulse went dot and carry one. “Jim Hawkins is gone,” was my first
|
||
thought.
|
||
|
||
It is something to have been an old soldier, but more still to have been
|
||
a doctor. There is no time to dilly-dally in our work. And so now I made
|
||
up my mind instantly, and with no time lost returned to the shore and
|
||
jumped on board the jolly-boat.
|
||
|
||
By good fortune Hunter pulled a good oar. We made the water fly, and the
|
||
boat was soon alongside and I aboard the schooner.
|
||
|
||
I found them all shaken, as was natural. The squire was sitting down, as
|
||
white as a sheet, thinking of the harm he had led us to, the good soul!
|
||
And one of the six forecastle hands was little better.
|
||
|
||
“There’s a man,” says Captain Smollett, nodding towards him, “new to
|
||
this work. He came nigh-hand fainting, doctor, when he heard the cry.
|
||
Another touch of the rudder and that man would join us.”
|
||
|
||
I told my plan to the captain, and between us we settled on the details
|
||
of its accomplishment.
|
||
|
||
We put old Redruth in the gallery between the cabin and the forecastle,
|
||
with three or four loaded muskets and a mattress for protection. Hunter
|
||
brought the boat round under the stern-port, and Joyce and I set to work
|
||
loading her with powder tins, muskets, bags of biscuits, kegs of pork, a
|
||
cask of cognac, and my invaluable medicine chest.
|
||
|
||
In the meantime, the squire and the captain stayed on deck, and the
|
||
latter hailed the coxswain, who was the principal man aboard.
|
||
|
||
“Mr. Hands,” he said, “here are two of us with a brace of pistols each.
|
||
If any one of you six make a signal of any description, that man’s
|
||
dead.”
|
||
|
||
They were a good deal taken aback, and after a little consultation one
|
||
and all tumbled down the fore companion, thinking no doubt to take us
|
||
on the rear. But when they saw Redruth waiting for them in the sparred
|
||
galley, they went about ship at once, and a head popped out again on
|
||
deck.
|
||
|
||
“Down, dog!” cries the captain.
|
||
|
||
And the head popped back again; and we heard no more, for the time, of
|
||
these six very faint-hearted seamen.
|
||
|
||
By this time, tumbling things in as they came, we had the jolly-boat
|
||
loaded as much as we dared. Joyce and I got out through the stern-port,
|
||
and we made for shore again as fast as oars could take us.
|
||
|
||
This second trip fairly aroused the watchers along shore. “Lillibullero”
|
||
was dropped again; and just before we lost sight of them behind the
|
||
little point, one of them whipped ashore and disappeared. I had half a
|
||
mind to change my plan and destroy their boats, but I feared that Silver
|
||
and the others might be close at hand, and all might very well be lost
|
||
by trying for too much.
|
||
|
||
We had soon touched land in the same place as before and set to
|
||
provision the block house. All three made the first journey, heavily
|
||
laden, and tossed our stores over the palisade. Then, leaving Joyce to
|
||
guard them--one man, to be sure, but with half a dozen muskets--Hunter
|
||
and I returned to the jolly-boat and loaded ourselves once more. So
|
||
we proceeded without pausing to take breath, till the whole cargo was
|
||
bestowed, when the two servants took up their position in the block
|
||
house, and I, with all my power, sculled back to the HISPANIOLA.
|
||
|
||
That we should have risked a second boat load seems more daring than it
|
||
really was. They had the advantage of numbers, of course, but we had the
|
||
advantage of arms. Not one of the men ashore had a musket, and before
|
||
they could get within range for pistol shooting, we flattered ourselves
|
||
we should be able to give a good account of a half-dozen at least.
|
||
|
||
The squire was waiting for me at the stern window, all his faintness
|
||
gone from him. He caught the painter and made it fast, and we fell to
|
||
loading the boat for our very lives. Pork, powder, and biscuit was the
|
||
cargo, with only a musket and a cutlass apiece for the squire and me
|
||
and Redruth and the captain. The rest of the arms and powder we dropped
|
||
overboard in two fathoms and a half of water, so that we could see
|
||
the bright steel shining far below us in the sun, on the clean, sandy
|
||
bottom.
|
||
|
||
By this time the tide was beginning to ebb, and the ship was swinging
|
||
round to her anchor. Voices were heard faintly halloaing in the
|
||
direction of the two gigs; and though this reassured us for Joyce and
|
||
Hunter, who were well to the eastward, it warned our party to be off.
|
||
|
||
Redruth retreated from his place in the gallery and dropped into the
|
||
boat, which we then brought round to the ship’s counter, to be handier
|
||
for Captain Smollett.
|
||
|
||
“Now, men,” said he, “do you hear me?”
|
||
|
||
There was no answer from the forecastle.
|
||
|
||
“It’s to you, Abraham Gray--it’s to you I am speaking.”
|
||
|
||
Still no reply.
|
||
|
||
“Gray,” resumed Mr. Smollett, a little louder, “I am leaving this ship,
|
||
and I order you to follow your captain. I know you are a good man at
|
||
bottom, and I dare say not one of the lot of you’s as bad as he makes
|
||
out. I have my watch here in my hand; I give you thirty seconds to join
|
||
me in.”
|
||
|
||
There was a pause.
|
||
|
||
“Come, my fine fellow,” continued the captain; “don’t hang so long in
|
||
stays. I’m risking my life and the lives of these good gentlemen every
|
||
second.”
|
||
|
||
There was a sudden scuffle, a sound of blows, and out burst Abraham
|
||
Gray with a knife cut on the side of the cheek, and came running to the
|
||
captain like a dog to the whistle.
|
||
|
||
“I’m with you, sir,” said he.
|
||
|
||
And the next moment he and the captain had dropped aboard of us, and we
|
||
had shoved off and given way.
|
||
|
||
We were clear out of the ship, but not yet ashore in our stockade.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
17
|
||
|
||
Narrative Continued by the Doctor: The Jolly-boat’s Last Trip
|
||
|
||
THIS fifth trip was quite different from any of the others. In the
|
||
first place, the little gallipot of a boat that we were in was gravely
|
||
overloaded. Five grown men, and three of them--Trelawney, Redruth, and
|
||
the captain--over six feet high, was already more than she was meant
|
||
to carry. Add to that the powder, pork, and bread-bags. The gunwale was
|
||
lipping astern. Several times we shipped a little water, and my breeches
|
||
and the tails of my coat were all soaking wet before we had gone a
|
||
hundred yards.
|
||
|
||
The captain made us trim the boat, and we got her to lie a little more
|
||
evenly. All the same, we were afraid to breathe.
|
||
|
||
In the second place, the ebb was now making--a strong rippling current
|
||
running westward through the basin, and then south’ard and seaward down
|
||
the straits by which we had entered in the morning. Even the ripples
|
||
were a danger to our overloaded craft, but the worst of it was that we
|
||
were swept out of our true course and away from our proper landing-place
|
||
behind the point. If we let the current have its way we should come
|
||
ashore beside the gigs, where the pirates might appear at any moment.
|
||
|
||
“I cannot keep her head for the stockade, sir,” said I to the captain.
|
||
I was steering, while he and Redruth, two fresh men, were at the oars.
|
||
“The tide keeps washing her down. Could you pull a little stronger?”
|
||
|
||
“Not without swamping the boat,” said he. “You must bear up, sir, if you
|
||
please--bear up until you see you’re gaining.”
|
||
|
||
I tried and found by experiment that the tide kept sweeping us westward
|
||
until I had laid her head due east, or just about right angles to the
|
||
way we ought to go.
|
||
|
||
“We’ll never get ashore at this rate,” said I.
|
||
|
||
“If it’s the only course that we can lie, sir, we must even lie it,”
|
||
returned the captain. “We must keep upstream. You see, sir,” he went on,
|
||
“if once we dropped to leeward of the landing-place, it’s hard to say
|
||
where we should get ashore, besides the chance of being boarded by the
|
||
gigs; whereas, the way we go the current must slacken, and then we can
|
||
dodge back along the shore.”
|
||
|
||
“The current’s less a’ready, sir,” said the man Gray, who was sitting in
|
||
the fore-sheets; “you can ease her off a bit.”
|
||
|
||
“Thank you, my man,” said I, quite as if nothing had happened, for we
|
||
had all quietly made up our minds to treat him like one of ourselves.
|
||
|
||
Suddenly the captain spoke up again, and I thought his voice was a
|
||
little changed.
|
||
|
||
“The gun!” said he.
|
||
|
||
“I have thought of that,” said I, for I made sure he was thinking of a
|
||
bombardment of the fort. “They could never get the gun ashore, and if
|
||
they did, they could never haul it through the woods.”
|
||
|
||
“Look astern, doctor,” replied the captain.
|
||
|
||
We had entirely forgotten the long nine; and there, to our horror, were
|
||
the five rogues busy about her, getting off her jacket, as they called
|
||
the stout tarpaulin cover under which she sailed. Not only that, but
|
||
it flashed into my mind at the same moment that the round-shot and the
|
||
powder for the gun had been left behind, and a stroke with an axe would
|
||
put it all into the possession of the evil ones abroad.
|
||
|
||
“Israel was Flint’s gunner,” said Gray hoarsely.
|
||
|
||
At any risk, we put the boat’s head direct for the landing-place. By
|
||
this time we had got so far out of the run of the current that we kept
|
||
steerage way even at our necessarily gentle rate of rowing, and I could
|
||
keep her steady for the goal. But the worst of it was that with the
|
||
course I now held we turned our broadside instead of our stern to the
|
||
HISPANIOLA and offered a target like a barn door.
|
||
|
||
I could hear as well as see that brandy-faced rascal Israel Hands
|
||
plumping down a round-shot on the deck.
|
||
|
||
“Who’s the best shot?” asked the captain.
|
||
|
||
“Mr. Trelawney, out and away,” said I.
|
||
|
||
“Mr. Trelawney, will you please pick me off one of these men, sir?
|
||
Hands, if possible,” said the captain.
|
||
|
||
Trelawney was as cool as steel. He looked to the priming of his gun.
|
||
|
||
“Now,” cried the captain, “easy with that gun, sir, or you’ll swamp the
|
||
boat. All hands stand by to trim her when he aims.”
|
||
|
||
The squire raised his gun, the rowing ceased, and we leaned over to the
|
||
other side to keep the balance, and all was so nicely contrived that we
|
||
did not ship a drop.
|
||
|
||
They had the gun, by this time, slewed round upon the swivel, and Hands,
|
||
who was at the muzzle with the rammer, was in consequence the most
|
||
exposed. However, we had no luck, for just as Trelawney fired, down he
|
||
stooped, the ball whistled over him, and it was one of the other four
|
||
who fell.
|
||
|
||
The cry he gave was echoed not only by his companions on board but by a
|
||
great number of voices from the shore, and looking in that direction
|
||
I saw the other pirates trooping out from among the trees and tumbling
|
||
into their places in the boats.
|
||
|
||
“Here come the gigs, sir,” said I.
|
||
|
||
“Give way, then,” cried the captain. “We mustn’t mind if we swamp her
|
||
now. If we can’t get ashore, all’s up.”
|
||
|
||
“Only one of the gigs is being manned, sir,” I added; “the crew of the
|
||
other most likely going round by shore to cut us off.”
|
||
|
||
“They’ll have a hot run, sir,” returned the captain. “Jack ashore, you
|
||
know. It’s not them I mind; it’s the round-shot. Carpet bowls! My lady’s
|
||
maid couldn’t miss. Tell us, squire, when you see the match, and we’ll
|
||
hold water.”
|
||
|
||
In the meanwhile we had been making headway at a good pace for a boat so
|
||
overloaded, and we had shipped but little water in the process. We were
|
||
now close in; thirty or forty strokes and we should beach her, for the
|
||
ebb had already disclosed a narrow belt of sand below the clustering
|
||
trees. The gig was no longer to be feared; the little point had already
|
||
concealed it from our eyes. The ebb-tide, which had so cruelly delayed
|
||
us, was now making reparation and delaying our assailants. The one
|
||
source of danger was the gun.
|
||
|
||
“If I durst,” said the captain, “I’d stop and pick off another man.”
|
||
|
||
But it was plain that they meant nothing should delay their shot. They
|
||
had never so much as looked at their fallen comrade, though he was not
|
||
dead, and I could see him trying to crawl away.
|
||
|
||
“Ready!” cried the squire.
|
||
|
||
“Hold!” cried the captain, quick as an echo.
|
||
|
||
And he and Redruth backed with a great heave that sent her stern bodily
|
||
under water. The report fell in at the same instant of time. This was
|
||
the first that Jim heard, the sound of the squire’s shot not having
|
||
reached him. Where the ball passed, not one of us precisely knew, but I
|
||
fancy it must have been over our heads and that the wind of it may have
|
||
contributed to our disaster.
|
||
|
||
At any rate, the boat sank by the stern, quite gently, in three feet of
|
||
water, leaving the captain and myself, facing each other, on our feet.
|
||
The other three took complete headers, and came up again drenched and
|
||
bubbling.
|
||
|
||
So far there was no great harm. No lives were lost, and we could wade
|
||
ashore in safety. But there were all our stores at the bottom, and to
|
||
make things worse, only two guns out of five remained in a state for
|
||
service. Mine I had snatched from my knees and held over my head, by
|
||
a sort of instinct. As for the captain, he had carried his over his
|
||
shoulder by a bandoleer, and like a wise man, lock uppermost. The other
|
||
three had gone down with the boat.
|
||
|
||
To add to our concern, we heard voices already drawing near us in the
|
||
woods along shore, and we had not only the danger of being cut off from
|
||
the stockade in our half-crippled state but the fear before us whether,
|
||
if Hunter and Joyce were attacked by half a dozen, they would have the
|
||
sense and conduct to stand firm. Hunter was steady, that we knew; Joyce
|
||
was a doubtful case--a pleasant, polite man for a valet and to brush
|
||
one’s clothes, but not entirely fitted for a man of war.
|
||
|
||
With all this in our minds, we waded ashore as fast as we could, leaving
|
||
behind us the poor jolly-boat and a good half of all our powder and
|
||
provisions.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
18
|
||
|
||
Narrative Continued by the Doctor: End of the First Day’s Fighting
|
||
|
||
WE made our best speed across the strip of wood that now divided us from
|
||
the stockade, and at every step we took the voices of the buccaneers
|
||
rang nearer. Soon we could hear their footfalls as they ran and the
|
||
cracking of the branches as they breasted across a bit of thicket.
|
||
|
||
I began to see we should have a brush for it in earnest and looked to my
|
||
priming.
|
||
|
||
“Captain,” said I, “Trelawney is the dead shot. Give him your gun; his
|
||
own is useless.”
|
||
|
||
They exchanged guns, and Trelawney, silent and cool as he had been since
|
||
the beginning of the bustle, hung a moment on his heel to see that all
|
||
was fit for service. At the same time, observing Gray to be unarmed, I
|
||
handed him my cutlass. It did all our hearts good to see him spit in his
|
||
hand, knit his brows, and make the blade sing through the air. It was
|
||
plain from every line of his body that our new hand was worth his salt.
|
||
|
||
Forty paces farther we came to the edge of the wood and saw the stockade
|
||
in front of us. We struck the enclosure about the middle of the south
|
||
side, and almost at the same time, seven mutineers--Job Anderson, the
|
||
boatswain, at their head--appeared in full cry at the southwestern
|
||
corner.
|
||
|
||
They paused as if taken aback, and before they recovered, not only the
|
||
squire and I, but Hunter and Joyce from the block house, had time to
|
||
fire. The four shots came in rather a scattering volley, but they did
|
||
the business: one of the enemy actually fell, and the rest, without
|
||
hesitation, turned and plunged into the trees.
|
||
|
||
After reloading, we walked down the outside of the palisade to see to
|
||
the fallen enemy. He was stone dead--shot through the heart.
|
||
|
||
We began to rejoice over our good success when just at that moment a
|
||
pistol cracked in the bush, a ball whistled close past my ear, and poor
|
||
Tom Redruth stumbled and fell his length on the ground. Both the squire
|
||
and I returned the shot, but as we had nothing to aim at, it is probable
|
||
we only wasted powder. Then we reloaded and turned our attention to poor
|
||
Tom.
|
||
|
||
The captain and Gray were already examining him, and I saw with half an
|
||
eye that all was over.
|
||
|
||
I believe the readiness of our return volley had scattered the mutineers
|
||
once more, for we were suffered without further molestation to get the
|
||
poor old gamekeeper hoisted over the stockade and carried, groaning and
|
||
bleeding, into the log-house.
|
||
|
||
Poor old fellow, he had not uttered one word of surprise, complaint,
|
||
fear, or even acquiescence from the very beginning of our troubles till
|
||
now, when we had laid him down in the log-house to die. He had lain like
|
||
a Trojan behind his mattress in the gallery; he had followed every order
|
||
silently, doggedly, and well; he was the oldest of our party by a score
|
||
of years; and now, sullen, old, serviceable servant, it was he that was
|
||
to die.
|
||
|
||
The squire dropped down beside him on his knees and kissed his hand,
|
||
crying like a child.
|
||
|
||
“Be I going, doctor?” he asked.
|
||
|
||
“Tom, my man,” said I, “you’re going home.”
|
||
|
||
“I wish I had had a lick at them with the gun first,” he replied.
|
||
|
||
“Tom,” said the squire, “say you forgive me, won’t you?”
|
||
|
||
“Would that be respectful like, from me to you, squire?” was the answer.
|
||
“Howsoever, so be it, amen!”
|
||
|
||
After a little while of silence, he said he thought somebody might read
|
||
a prayer. “It’s the custom, sir,” he added apologetically. And not long
|
||
after, without another word, he passed away.
|
||
|
||
In the meantime the captain, whom I had observed to be wonderfully
|
||
swollen about the chest and pockets, had turned out a great many various
|
||
stores--the British colours, a Bible, a coil of stoutish rope, pen, ink,
|
||
the log-book, and pounds of tobacco. He had found a longish fir-tree
|
||
lying felled and trimmed in the enclosure, and with the help of Hunter
|
||
he had set it up at the corner of the log-house where the trunks crossed
|
||
and made an angle. Then, climbing on the roof, he had with his own hand
|
||
bent and run up the colours.
|
||
|
||
This seemed mightily to relieve him. He re-entered the log-house and set
|
||
about counting up the stores as if nothing else existed. But he had an
|
||
eye on Tom’s passage for all that, and as soon as all was over, came
|
||
forward with another flag and reverently spread it on the body.
|
||
|
||
“Don’t you take on, sir,” he said, shaking the squire’s hand. “All’s
|
||
well with him; no fear for a hand that’s been shot down in his duty to
|
||
captain and owner. It mayn’t be good divinity, but it’s a fact.”
|
||
|
||
Then he pulled me aside.
|
||
|
||
“Dr. Livesey,” he said, “in how many weeks do you and squire expect the
|
||
consort?”
|
||
|
||
I told him it was a question not of weeks but of months, that if we
|
||
were not back by the end of August Blandly was to send to find us, but
|
||
neither sooner nor later. “You can calculate for yourself,” I said.
|
||
|
||
“Why, yes,” returned the captain, scratching his head; “and making a
|
||
large allowance, sir, for all the gifts of Providence, I should say we
|
||
were pretty close hauled.”
|
||
|
||
“How do you mean?” I asked.
|
||
|
||
“It’s a pity, sir, we lost that second load. That’s what I mean,”
|
||
replied the captain. “As for powder and shot, we’ll do. But the rations
|
||
are short, very short--so short, Dr. Livesey, that we’re perhaps as well
|
||
without that extra mouth.”
|
||
|
||
And he pointed to the dead body under the flag.
|
||
|
||
Just then, with a roar and a whistle, a round-shot passed high above the
|
||
roof of the log-house and plumped far beyond us in the wood.
|
||
|
||
“Oho!” said the captain. “Blaze away! You’ve little enough powder
|
||
already, my lads.”
|
||
|
||
At the second trial, the aim was better, and the ball descended inside
|
||
the stockade, scattering a cloud of sand but doing no further damage.
|
||
|
||
“Captain,” said the squire, “the house is quite invisible from the ship.
|
||
It must be the flag they are aiming at. Would it not be wiser to take it
|
||
in?”
|
||
|
||
“Strike my colours!” cried the captain. “No, sir, not I”; and as soon
|
||
as he had said the words, I think we all agreed with him. For it was
|
||
not only a piece of stout, seamanly, good feeling; it was good policy
|
||
besides and showed our enemies that we despised their cannonade.
|
||
|
||
All through the evening they kept thundering away. Ball after ball flew
|
||
over or fell short or kicked up the sand in the enclosure, but they had
|
||
to fire so high that the shot fell dead and buried itself in the soft
|
||
sand. We had no ricochet to fear, and though one popped in through the
|
||
roof of the log-house and out again through the floor, we soon got used
|
||
to that sort of horse-play and minded it no more than cricket.
|
||
|
||
“There is one good thing about all this,” observed the captain; “the
|
||
wood in front of us is likely clear. The ebb has made a good while; our
|
||
stores should be uncovered. Volunteers to go and bring in pork.”
|
||
|
||
Gray and Hunter were the first to come forward. Well armed, they stole
|
||
out of the stockade, but it proved a useless mission. The mutineers were
|
||
bolder than we fancied or they put more trust in Israel’s gunnery. For
|
||
four or five of them were busy carrying off our stores and wading out
|
||
with them to one of the gigs that lay close by, pulling an oar or so to
|
||
hold her steady against the current. Silver was in the stern-sheets in
|
||
command; and every man of them was now provided with a musket from some
|
||
secret magazine of their own.
|
||
|
||
The captain sat down to his log, and here is the beginning of the entry:
|
||
|
||
Alexander Smollett, master; David Livesey, ship’s
|
||
doctor; Abraham Gray, carpenter’s mate; John
|
||
Trelawney, owner; John Hunter and Richard Joyce,
|
||
owner’s servants, landsmen--being all that is left
|
||
faithful of the ship’s company--with stores for ten
|
||
days at short rations, came ashore this day and flew
|
||
British colours on the log-house in Treasure Island.
|
||
Thomas Redruth, owner’s servant, landsman, shot by the
|
||
mutineers; James Hawkins, cabin-boy--
|
||
|
||
And at the same time, I was wondering over poor Jim Hawkins’ fate.
|
||
|
||
A hail on the land side.
|
||
|
||
“Somebody hailing us,” said Hunter, who was on guard.
|
||
|
||
“Doctor! Squire! Captain! Hullo, Hunter, is that you?” came the cries.
|
||
|
||
And I ran to the door in time to see Jim Hawkins, safe and sound, come
|
||
climbing over the stockade.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
19
|
||
|
||
Narrative Resumed by Jim Hawkins: The Garrison in the Stockade
|
||
|
||
AS soon as Ben Gunn saw the colours he came to a halt, stopped me by the
|
||
arm, and sat down.
|
||
|
||
“Now,” said he, “there’s your friends, sure enough.”
|
||
|
||
“Far more likely it’s the mutineers,” I answered.
|
||
|
||
“That!” he cried. “Why, in a place like this, where nobody puts in but
|
||
gen’lemen of fortune, Silver would fly the Jolly Roger, you don’t make
|
||
no doubt of that. No, that’s your friends. There’s been blows too, and I
|
||
reckon your friends has had the best of it; and here they are ashore in
|
||
the old stockade, as was made years and years ago by Flint. Ah, he was
|
||
the man to have a headpiece, was Flint! Barring rum, his match were
|
||
never seen. He were afraid of none, not he; on’y Silver--Silver was that
|
||
genteel.”
|
||
|
||
“Well,” said I, “that may be so, and so be it; all the more reason that
|
||
I should hurry on and join my friends.”
|
||
|
||
“Nay, mate,” returned Ben, “not you. You’re a good boy, or I’m mistook;
|
||
but you’re on’y a boy, all told. Now, Ben Gunn is fly. Rum wouldn’t
|
||
bring me there, where you’re going--not rum wouldn’t, till I see your
|
||
born gen’leman and gets it on his word of honour. And you won’t forget
|
||
my words; ‘A precious sight (that’s what you’ll say), a precious sight
|
||
more confidence’--and then nips him.”
|
||
|
||
And he pinched me the third time with the same air of cleverness.
|
||
|
||
“And when Ben Gunn is wanted, you know where to find him, Jim. Just
|
||
wheer you found him today. And him that comes is to have a white thing
|
||
in his hand, and he’s to come alone. Oh! And you’ll say this: ‘Ben
|
||
Gunn,’ says you, ‘has reasons of his own.’”
|
||
|
||
“Well,” said I, “I believe I understand. You have something to propose,
|
||
and you wish to see the squire or the doctor, and you’re to be found
|
||
where I found you. Is that all?”
|
||
|
||
“And when? says you,” he added. “Why, from about noon observation to
|
||
about six bells.”
|
||
|
||
“Good,” said I, “and now may I go?”
|
||
|
||
“You won’t forget?” he inquired anxiously. “Precious sight, and reasons
|
||
of his own, says you. Reasons of his own; that’s the mainstay; as
|
||
between man and man. Well, then”--still holding me--“I reckon you can
|
||
go, Jim. And, Jim, if you was to see Silver, you wouldn’t go for to sell
|
||
Ben Gunn? Wild horses wouldn’t draw it from you? No, says you. And if
|
||
them pirates camp ashore, Jim, what would you say but there’d be widders
|
||
in the morning?”
|
||
|
||
Here he was interrupted by a loud report, and a cannonball came tearing
|
||
through the trees and pitched in the sand not a hundred yards from where
|
||
we two were talking. The next moment each of us had taken to his heels
|
||
in a different direction.
|
||
|
||
For a good hour to come frequent reports shook the island, and
|
||
balls kept crashing through the woods. I moved from hiding-place to
|
||
hiding-place, always pursued, or so it seemed to me, by these terrifying
|
||
missiles. But towards the end of the bombardment, though still I durst
|
||
not venture in the direction of the stockade, where the balls fell
|
||
oftenest, I had begun, in a manner, to pluck up my heart again, and
|
||
after a long detour to the east, crept down among the shore-side trees.
|
||
|
||
The sun had just set, the sea breeze was rustling and tumbling in the
|
||
woods and ruffling the grey surface of the anchorage; the tide, too, was
|
||
far out, and great tracts of sand lay uncovered; the air, after the heat
|
||
of the day, chilled me through my jacket.
|
||
|
||
The HISPANIOLA still lay where she had anchored; but, sure enough, there
|
||
was the Jolly Roger--the black flag of piracy--flying from her peak.
|
||
Even as I looked, there came another red flash and another report that
|
||
sent the echoes clattering, and one more round-shot whistled through the
|
||
air. It was the last of the cannonade.
|
||
|
||
I lay for some time watching the bustle which succeeded the attack. Men
|
||
were demolishing something with axes on the beach near the stockade--the
|
||
poor jolly-boat, I afterwards discovered. Away, near the mouth of the
|
||
river, a great fire was glowing among the trees, and between that point
|
||
and the ship one of the gigs kept coming and going, the men, whom I
|
||
had seen so gloomy, shouting at the oars like children. But there was a
|
||
sound in their voices which suggested rum.
|
||
|
||
At length I thought I might return towards the stockade. I was pretty
|
||
far down on the low, sandy spit that encloses the anchorage to the east,
|
||
and is joined at half-water to Skeleton Island; and now, as I rose to my
|
||
feet, I saw, some distance further down the spit and rising from among
|
||
low bushes, an isolated rock, pretty high, and peculiarly white in
|
||
colour. It occurred to me that this might be the white rock of which Ben
|
||
Gunn had spoken and that some day or other a boat might be wanted and I
|
||
should know where to look for one.
|
||
|
||
Then I skirted among the woods until I had regained the rear, or
|
||
shoreward side, of the stockade, and was soon warmly welcomed by the
|
||
faithful party.
|
||
|
||
I had soon told my story and began to look about me. The log-house was
|
||
made of unsquared trunks of pine--roof, walls, and floor. The latter
|
||
stood in several places as much as a foot or a foot and a half above the
|
||
surface of the sand. There was a porch at the door, and under this porch
|
||
the little spring welled up into an artificial basin of a rather odd
|
||
kind--no other than a great ship’s kettle of iron, with the bottom
|
||
knocked out, and sunk “to her bearings,” as the captain said, among the
|
||
sand.
|
||
|
||
Little had been left besides the framework of the house, but in one
|
||
corner there was a stone slab laid down by way of hearth and an old
|
||
rusty iron basket to contain the fire.
|
||
|
||
The slopes of the knoll and all the inside of the stockade had been
|
||
cleared of timber to build the house, and we could see by the stumps
|
||
what a fine and lofty grove had been destroyed. Most of the soil had
|
||
been washed away or buried in drift after the removal of the trees; only
|
||
where the streamlet ran down from the kettle a thick bed of moss and
|
||
some ferns and little creeping bushes were still green among the sand.
|
||
Very close around the stockade--too close for defence, they said--the
|
||
wood still flourished high and dense, all of fir on the land side, but
|
||
towards the sea with a large admixture of live-oaks.
|
||
|
||
The cold evening breeze, of which I have spoken, whistled through every
|
||
chink of the rude building and sprinkled the floor with a continual rain
|
||
of fine sand. There was sand in our eyes, sand in our teeth, sand in our
|
||
suppers, sand dancing in the spring at the bottom of the kettle, for all
|
||
the world like porridge beginning to boil. Our chimney was a square hole
|
||
in the roof; it was but a little part of the smoke that found its way
|
||
out, and the rest eddied about the house and kept us coughing and piping
|
||
the eye.
|
||
|
||
Add to this that Gray, the new man, had his face tied up in a bandage
|
||
for a cut he had got in breaking away from the mutineers and that poor
|
||
old Tom Redruth, still unburied, lay along the wall, stiff and stark,
|
||
under the Union Jack.
|
||
|
||
If we had been allowed to sit idle, we should all have fallen in the
|
||
blues, but Captain Smollett was never the man for that. All hands were
|
||
called up before him, and he divided us into watches. The doctor and
|
||
Gray and I for one; the squire, Hunter, and Joyce upon the other. Tired
|
||
though we all were, two were sent out for firewood; two more were set to
|
||
dig a grave for Redruth; the doctor was named cook; I was put sentry at
|
||
the door; and the captain himself went from one to another, keeping up
|
||
our spirits and lending a hand wherever it was wanted.
|
||
|
||
From time to time the doctor came to the door for a little air and to
|
||
rest his eyes, which were almost smoked out of his head, and whenever he
|
||
did so, he had a word for me.
|
||
|
||
“That man Smollett,” he said once, “is a better man than I am. And when
|
||
I say that it means a deal, Jim.”
|
||
|
||
Another time he came and was silent for a while. Then he put his head on
|
||
one side, and looked at me.
|
||
|
||
“Is this Ben Gunn a man?” he asked.
|
||
|
||
“I do not know, sir,” said I. “I am not very sure whether he’s sane.”
|
||
|
||
“If there’s any doubt about the matter, he is,” returned the doctor. “A
|
||
man who has been three years biting his nails on a desert island, Jim,
|
||
can’t expect to appear as sane as you or me. It doesn’t lie in human
|
||
nature. Was it cheese you said he had a fancy for?”
|
||
|
||
“Yes, sir, cheese,” I answered.
|
||
|
||
“Well, Jim,” says he, “just see the good that comes of being dainty in
|
||
your food. You’ve seen my snuff-box, haven’t you? And you never saw me
|
||
take snuff, the reason being that in my snuff-box I carry a piece of
|
||
Parmesan cheese--a cheese made in Italy, very nutritious. Well, that’s
|
||
for Ben Gunn!”
|
||
|
||
Before supper was eaten we buried old Tom in the sand and stood round
|
||
him for a while bare-headed in the breeze. A good deal of firewood had
|
||
been got in, but not enough for the captain’s fancy, and he shook his
|
||
head over it and told us we “must get back to this tomorrow rather
|
||
livelier.” Then, when we had eaten our pork and each had a good stiff
|
||
glass of brandy grog, the three chiefs got together in a corner to
|
||
discuss our prospects.
|
||
|
||
It appears they were at their wits’ end what to do, the stores being so
|
||
low that we must have been starved into surrender long before help came.
|
||
But our best hope, it was decided, was to kill off the buccaneers until
|
||
they either hauled down their flag or ran away with the HISPANIOLA. From
|
||
nineteen they were already reduced to fifteen, two others were wounded,
|
||
and one at least--the man shot beside the gun--severely wounded, if he
|
||
were not dead. Every time we had a crack at them, we were to take it,
|
||
saving our own lives, with the extremest care. And besides that, we had
|
||
two able allies--rum and the climate.
|
||
|
||
As for the first, though we were about half a mile away, we could hear
|
||
them roaring and singing late into the night; and as for the second,
|
||
the doctor staked his wig that, camped where they were in the marsh
|
||
and unprovided with remedies, the half of them would be on their backs
|
||
before a week.
|
||
|
||
“So,” he added, “if we are not all shot down first they’ll be glad to
|
||
be packing in the schooner. It’s always a ship, and they can get to
|
||
buccaneering again, I suppose.”
|
||
|
||
“First ship that ever I lost,” said Captain Smollett.
|
||
|
||
I was dead tired, as you may fancy; and when I got to sleep, which was
|
||
not till after a great deal of tossing, I slept like a log of wood.
|
||
|
||
The rest had long been up and had already breakfasted and increased the
|
||
pile of firewood by about half as much again when I was wakened by a
|
||
bustle and the sound of voices.
|
||
|
||
“Flag of truce!” I heard someone say; and then, immediately after, with
|
||
a cry of surprise, “Silver himself!”
|
||
|
||
And at that, up I jumped, and rubbing my eyes, ran to a loophole in the
|
||
wall.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
20
|
||
|
||
Silver’s Embassy
|
||
|
||
SURE enough, there were two men just outside the stockade, one of them
|
||
waving a white cloth, the other, no less a person than Silver himself,
|
||
standing placidly by.
|
||
|
||
It was still quite early, and the coldest morning that I think I ever
|
||
was abroad in--a chill that pierced into the marrow. The sky was bright
|
||
and cloudless overhead, and the tops of the trees shone rosily in
|
||
the sun. But where Silver stood with his lieutenant, all was still in
|
||
shadow, and they waded knee-deep in a low white vapour that had crawled
|
||
during the night out of the morass. The chill and the vapour taken
|
||
together told a poor tale of the island. It was plainly a damp,
|
||
feverish, unhealthy spot.
|
||
|
||
“Keep indoors, men,” said the captain. “Ten to one this is a trick.”
|
||
|
||
Then he hailed the buccaneer.
|
||
|
||
“Who goes? Stand, or we fire.”
|
||
|
||
“Flag of truce,” cried Silver.
|
||
|
||
The captain was in the porch, keeping himself carefully out of the way
|
||
of a treacherous shot, should any be intended. He turned and spoke to
|
||
us, “Doctor’s watch on the lookout. Dr. Livesey take the north side,
|
||
if you please; Jim, the east; Gray, west. The watch below, all hands to
|
||
load muskets. Lively, men, and careful.”
|
||
|
||
And then he turned again to the mutineers.
|
||
|
||
“And what do you want with your flag of truce?” he cried.
|
||
|
||
This time it was the other man who replied.
|
||
|
||
“Cap’n Silver, sir, to come on board and make terms,” he shouted.
|
||
|
||
“Cap’n Silver! Don’t know him. Who’s he?” cried the captain. And we
|
||
could hear him adding to himself, “Cap’n, is it? My heart, and here’s
|
||
promotion!”
|
||
|
||
Long John answered for himself. “Me, sir. These poor lads have chosen me
|
||
cap’n, after your desertion, sir”--laying a particular emphasis upon the
|
||
word “desertion.” “We’re willing to submit, if we can come to terms,
|
||
and no bones about it. All I ask is your word, Cap’n Smollett, to let me
|
||
safe and sound out of this here stockade, and one minute to get out o’
|
||
shot before a gun is fired.”
|
||
|
||
“My man,” said Captain Smollett, “I have not the slightest desire to
|
||
talk to you. If you wish to talk to me, you can come, that’s all. If
|
||
there’s any treachery, it’ll be on your side, and the Lord help you.”
|
||
|
||
“That’s enough, cap’n,” shouted Long John cheerily. “A word from you’s
|
||
enough. I know a gentleman, and you may lay to that.”
|
||
|
||
We could see the man who carried the flag of truce attempting to hold
|
||
Silver back. Nor was that wonderful, seeing how cavalier had been the
|
||
captain’s answer. But Silver laughed at him aloud and slapped him on the
|
||
back as if the idea of alarm had been absurd. Then he advanced to the
|
||
stockade, threw over his crutch, got a leg up, and with great vigour
|
||
and skill succeeded in surmounting the fence and dropping safely to the
|
||
other side.
|
||
|
||
I will confess that I was far too much taken up with what was going on
|
||
to be of the slightest use as sentry; indeed, I had already deserted
|
||
my eastern loophole and crept up behind the captain, who had now seated
|
||
himself on the threshold, with his elbows on his knees, his head in his
|
||
hands, and his eyes fixed on the water as it bubbled out of the old iron
|
||
kettle in the sand. He was whistling “Come, Lasses and Lads.”
|
||
|
||
Silver had terrible hard work getting up the knoll. What with the
|
||
steepness of the incline, the thick tree stumps, and the soft sand, he
|
||
and his crutch were as helpless as a ship in stays. But he stuck to it
|
||
like a man in silence, and at last arrived before the captain, whom
|
||
he saluted in the handsomest style. He was tricked out in his best;
|
||
an immense blue coat, thick with brass buttons, hung as low as to his
|
||
knees, and a fine laced hat was set on the back of his head.
|
||
|
||
“Here you are, my man,” said the captain, raising his head. “You had
|
||
better sit down.”
|
||
|
||
“You ain’t a-going to let me inside, cap’n?” complained Long John. “It’s
|
||
a main cold morning, to be sure, sir, to sit outside upon the sand.”
|
||
|
||
“Why, Silver,” said the captain, “if you had pleased to be an honest
|
||
man, you might have been sitting in your galley. It’s your own doing.
|
||
You’re either my ship’s cook--and then you were treated handsome--or
|
||
Cap’n Silver, a common mutineer and pirate, and then you can go hang!”
|
||
|
||
“Well, well, cap’n,” returned the sea-cook, sitting down as he was
|
||
bidden on the sand, “you’ll have to give me a hand up again, that’s all.
|
||
A sweet pretty place you have of it here. Ah, there’s Jim! The top of
|
||
the morning to you, Jim. Doctor, here’s my service. Why, there you all
|
||
are together like a happy family, in a manner of speaking.”
|
||
|
||
“If you have anything to say, my man, better say it,” said the captain.
|
||
|
||
“Right you were, Cap’n Smollett,” replied Silver. “Dooty is dooty, to be
|
||
sure. Well now, you look here, that was a good lay of yours last
|
||
night. I don’t deny it was a good lay. Some of you pretty handy with a
|
||
handspike-end. And I’ll not deny neither but what some of my people was
|
||
shook--maybe all was shook; maybe I was shook myself; maybe that’s
|
||
why I’m here for terms. But you mark me, cap’n, it won’t do twice, by
|
||
thunder! We’ll have to do sentry-go and ease off a point or so on the
|
||
rum. Maybe you think we were all a sheet in the wind’s eye. But I’ll
|
||
tell you I was sober; I was on’y dog tired; and if I’d awoke a second
|
||
sooner, I’d ’a caught you at the act, I would. He wasn’t dead when I got
|
||
round to him, not he.”
|
||
|
||
“Well?” says Captain Smollett as cool as can be.
|
||
|
||
All that Silver said was a riddle to him, but you would never have
|
||
guessed it from his tone. As for me, I began to have an inkling. Ben
|
||
Gunn’s last words came back to my mind. I began to suppose that he had
|
||
paid the buccaneers a visit while they all lay drunk together round
|
||
their fire, and I reckoned up with glee that we had only fourteen
|
||
enemies to deal with.
|
||
|
||
“Well, here it is,” said Silver. “We want that treasure, and we’ll have
|
||
it--that’s our point! You would just as soon save your lives, I reckon;
|
||
and that’s yours. You have a chart, haven’t you?”
|
||
|
||
“That’s as may be,” replied the captain.
|
||
|
||
“Oh, well, you have, I know that,” returned Long John. “You needn’t be
|
||
so husky with a man; there ain’t a particle of service in that, and you
|
||
may lay to it. What I mean is, we want your chart. Now, I never meant
|
||
you no harm, myself.”
|
||
|
||
“That won’t do with me, my man,” interrupted the captain. “We know
|
||
exactly what you meant to do, and we don’t care, for now, you see, you
|
||
can’t do it.”
|
||
|
||
And the captain looked at him calmly and proceeded to fill a pipe.
|
||
|
||
“If Abe Gray--” Silver broke out.
|
||
|
||
“Avast there!” cried Mr. Smollett. “Gray told me nothing, and I asked
|
||
him nothing; and what’s more, I would see you and him and this whole
|
||
island blown clean out of the water into blazes first. So there’s my
|
||
mind for you, my man, on that.”
|
||
|
||
This little whiff of temper seemed to cool Silver down. He had been
|
||
growing nettled before, but now he pulled himself together.
|
||
|
||
“Like enough,” said he. “I would set no limits to what gentlemen might
|
||
consider shipshape, or might not, as the case were. And seein’ as how
|
||
you are about to take a pipe, cap’n, I’ll make so free as do likewise.”
|
||
|
||
And he filled a pipe and lighted it; and the two men sat silently
|
||
smoking for quite a while, now looking each other in the face, now
|
||
stopping their tobacco, now leaning forward to spit. It was as good as
|
||
the play to see them.
|
||
|
||
“Now,” resumed Silver, “here it is. You give us the chart to get the
|
||
treasure by, and drop shooting poor seamen and stoving of their heads in
|
||
while asleep. You do that, and we’ll offer you a choice. Either you come
|
||
aboard along of us, once the treasure shipped, and then I’ll give you my
|
||
affy-davy, upon my word of honour, to clap you somewhere safe ashore. Or
|
||
if that ain’t to your fancy, some of my hands being rough and having
|
||
old scores on account of hazing, then you can stay here, you can. We’ll
|
||
divide stores with you, man for man; and I’ll give my affy-davy, as
|
||
before to speak the first ship I sight, and send ’em here to pick you
|
||
up. Now, you’ll own that’s talking. Handsomer you couldn’t look to get,
|
||
now you. And I hope”--raising his voice--“that all hands in this here
|
||
block house will overhaul my words, for what is spoke to one is spoke to
|
||
all.”
|
||
|
||
Captain Smollett rose from his seat and knocked out the ashes of his
|
||
pipe in the palm of his left hand.
|
||
|
||
“Is that all?” he asked.
|
||
|
||
“Every last word, by thunder!” answered John. “Refuse that, and you’ve
|
||
seen the last of me but musket-balls.”
|
||
|
||
“Very good,” said the captain. “Now you’ll hear me. If you’ll come up
|
||
one by one, unarmed, I’ll engage to clap you all in irons and take you
|
||
home to a fair trial in England. If you won’t, my name is Alexander
|
||
Smollett, I’ve flown my sovereign’s colours, and I’ll see you all
|
||
to Davy Jones. You can’t find the treasure. You can’t sail the
|
||
ship--there’s not a man among you fit to sail the ship. You can’t fight
|
||
us--Gray, there, got away from five of you. Your ship’s in irons, Master
|
||
Silver; you’re on a lee shore, and so you’ll find. I stand here and tell
|
||
you so; and they’re the last good words you’ll get from me, for in the
|
||
name of heaven, I’ll put a bullet in your back when next I meet you.
|
||
Tramp, my lad. Bundle out of this, please, hand over hand, and double
|
||
quick.”
|
||
|
||
Silver’s face was a picture; his eyes started in his head with wrath. He
|
||
shook the fire out of his pipe.
|
||
|
||
“Give me a hand up!” he cried.
|
||
|
||
“Not I,” returned the captain.
|
||
|
||
“Who’ll give me a hand up?” he roared.
|
||
|
||
Not a man among us moved. Growling the foulest imprecations, he crawled
|
||
along the sand till he got hold of the porch and could hoist himself
|
||
again upon his crutch. Then he spat into the spring.
|
||
|
||
“There!” he cried. “That’s what I think of ye. Before an hour’s out,
|
||
I’ll stove in your old block house like a rum puncheon. Laugh, by
|
||
thunder, laugh! Before an hour’s out, ye’ll laugh upon the other side.
|
||
Them that die’ll be the lucky ones.”
|
||
|
||
And with a dreadful oath he stumbled off, ploughed down the sand, was
|
||
helped across the stockade, after four or five failures, by the man with
|
||
the flag of truce, and disappeared in an instant afterwards among the
|
||
trees.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
21
|
||
|
||
The Attack
|
||
|
||
AS soon as Silver disappeared, the captain, who had been closely
|
||
watching him, turned towards the interior of the house and found not a
|
||
man of us at his post but Gray. It was the first time we had ever seen
|
||
him angry.
|
||
|
||
“Quarters!” he roared. And then, as we all slunk back to our places,
|
||
“Gray,” he said, “I’ll put your name in the log; you’ve stood by your
|
||
duty like a seaman. Mr. Trelawney, I’m surprised at you, sir. Doctor,
|
||
I thought you had worn the king’s coat! If that was how you served at
|
||
Fontenoy, sir, you’d have been better in your berth.”
|
||
|
||
The doctor’s watch were all back at their loopholes, the rest were busy
|
||
loading the spare muskets, and everyone with a red face, you may be
|
||
certain, and a flea in his ear, as the saying is.
|
||
|
||
The captain looked on for a while in silence. Then he spoke.
|
||
|
||
“My lads,” said he, “I’ve given Silver a broadside. I pitched it in
|
||
red-hot on purpose; and before the hour’s out, as he said, we shall be
|
||
boarded. We’re outnumbered, I needn’t tell you that, but we fight in
|
||
shelter; and a minute ago I should have said we fought with discipline.
|
||
I’ve no manner of doubt that we can drub them, if you choose.”
|
||
|
||
Then he went the rounds and saw, as he said, that all was clear.
|
||
|
||
On the two short sides of the house, east and west, there were only two
|
||
loopholes; on the south side where the porch was, two again; and on the
|
||
north side, five. There was a round score of muskets for the seven
|
||
of us; the firewood had been built into four piles--tables, you might
|
||
say--one about the middle of each side, and on each of these tables some
|
||
ammunition and four loaded muskets were laid ready to the hand of the
|
||
defenders. In the middle, the cutlasses lay ranged.
|
||
|
||
“Toss out the fire,” said the captain; “the chill is past, and we
|
||
mustn’t have smoke in our eyes.”
|
||
|
||
The iron fire-basket was carried bodily out by Mr. Trelawney, and the
|
||
embers smothered among sand.
|
||
|
||
“Hawkins hasn’t had his breakfast. Hawkins, help yourself, and back to
|
||
your post to eat it,” continued Captain Smollett. “Lively, now, my lad;
|
||
you’ll want it before you’ve done. Hunter, serve out a round of brandy
|
||
to all hands.”
|
||
|
||
And while this was going on, the captain completed, in his own mind, the
|
||
plan of the defence.
|
||
|
||
“Doctor, you will take the door,” he resumed. “See, and don’t expose
|
||
yourself; keep within, and fire through the porch. Hunter, take the east
|
||
side, there. Joyce, you stand by the west, my man. Mr. Trelawney, you
|
||
are the best shot--you and Gray will take this long north side, with the
|
||
five loopholes; it’s there the danger is. If they can get up to it and
|
||
fire in upon us through our own ports, things would begin to look dirty.
|
||
Hawkins, neither you nor I are much account at the shooting; we’ll stand
|
||
by to load and bear a hand.”
|
||
|
||
As the captain had said, the chill was past. As soon as the sun had
|
||
climbed above our girdle of trees, it fell with all its force upon the
|
||
clearing and drank up the vapours at a draught. Soon the sand was baking
|
||
and the resin melting in the logs of the block house. Jackets and coats
|
||
were flung aside, shirts thrown open at the neck and rolled up to the
|
||
shoulders; and we stood there, each at his post, in a fever of heat and
|
||
anxiety.
|
||
|
||
An hour passed away.
|
||
|
||
“Hang them!” said the captain. “This is as dull as the doldrums. Gray,
|
||
whistle for a wind.”
|
||
|
||
And just at that moment came the first news of the attack.
|
||
|
||
“If you please, sir,” said Joyce, “if I see anyone, am I to fire?”
|
||
|
||
“I told you so!” cried the captain.
|
||
|
||
“Thank you, sir,” returned Joyce with the same quiet civility.
|
||
|
||
Nothing followed for a time, but the remark had set us all on the alert,
|
||
straining ears and eyes--the musketeers with their pieces balanced in
|
||
their hands, the captain out in the middle of the block house with his
|
||
mouth very tight and a frown on his face.
|
||
|
||
So some seconds passed, till suddenly Joyce whipped up his musket
|
||
and fired. The report had scarcely died away ere it was repeated and
|
||
repeated from without in a scattering volley, shot behind shot, like
|
||
a string of geese, from every side of the enclosure. Several bullets
|
||
struck the log-house, but not one entered; and as the smoke cleared away
|
||
and vanished, the stockade and the woods around it looked as quiet and
|
||
empty as before. Not a bough waved, not the gleam of a musket-barrel
|
||
betrayed the presence of our foes.
|
||
|
||
“Did you hit your man?” asked the captain.
|
||
|
||
“No, sir,” replied Joyce. “I believe not, sir.”
|
||
|
||
“Next best thing to tell the truth,” muttered Captain Smollett. “Load
|
||
his gun, Hawkins. How many should say there were on your side, doctor?”
|
||
|
||
“I know precisely,” said Dr. Livesey. “Three shots were fired on this
|
||
side. I saw the three flashes--two close together--one farther to the
|
||
west.”
|
||
|
||
“Three!” repeated the captain. “And how many on yours, Mr. Trelawney?”
|
||
|
||
But this was not so easily answered. There had come many from the
|
||
north--seven by the squire’s computation, eight or nine according to
|
||
Gray. From the east and west only a single shot had been fired. It was
|
||
plain, therefore, that the attack would be developed from the north and
|
||
that on the other three sides we were only to be annoyed by a show of
|
||
hostilities. But Captain Smollett made no change in his arrangements. If
|
||
the mutineers succeeded in crossing the stockade, he argued, they would
|
||
take possession of any unprotected loophole and shoot us down like rats
|
||
in our own stronghold.
|
||
|
||
Nor had we much time left to us for thought. Suddenly, with a loud
|
||
huzza, a little cloud of pirates leaped from the woods on the north side
|
||
and ran straight on the stockade. At the same moment, the fire was once
|
||
more opened from the woods, and a rifle ball sang through the doorway
|
||
and knocked the doctor’s musket into bits.
|
||
|
||
The boarders swarmed over the fence like monkeys. Squire and Gray fired
|
||
again and yet again; three men fell, one forwards into the enclosure,
|
||
two back on the outside. But of these, one was evidently more frightened
|
||
than hurt, for he was on his feet again in a crack and instantly
|
||
disappeared among the trees.
|
||
|
||
Two had bit the dust, one had fled, four had made good their footing
|
||
inside our defences, while from the shelter of the woods seven or eight
|
||
men, each evidently supplied with several muskets, kept up a hot though
|
||
useless fire on the log-house.
|
||
|
||
The four who had boarded made straight before them for the building,
|
||
shouting as they ran, and the men among the trees shouted back to
|
||
encourage them. Several shots were fired, but such was the hurry of the
|
||
marksmen that not one appears to have taken effect. In a moment, the
|
||
four pirates had swarmed up the mound and were upon us.
|
||
|
||
The head of Job Anderson, the boatswain, appeared at the middle
|
||
loophole.
|
||
|
||
“At ’em, all hands--all hands!” he roared in a voice of thunder.
|
||
|
||
At the same moment, another pirate grasped Hunter’s musket by the
|
||
muzzle, wrenched it from his hands, plucked it through the loophole,
|
||
and with one stunning blow, laid the poor fellow senseless on the floor.
|
||
Meanwhile a third, running unharmed all around the house, appeared
|
||
suddenly in the doorway and fell with his cutlass on the doctor.
|
||
|
||
Our position was utterly reversed. A moment since we were firing, under
|
||
cover, at an exposed enemy; now it was we who lay uncovered and could
|
||
not return a blow.
|
||
|
||
The log-house was full of smoke, to which we owed our comparative
|
||
safety. Cries and confusion, the flashes and reports of pistol-shots,
|
||
and one loud groan rang in my ears.
|
||
|
||
“Out, lads, out, and fight ’em in the open! Cutlasses!” cried the
|
||
captain.
|
||
|
||
I snatched a cutlass from the pile, and someone, at the same time
|
||
snatching another, gave me a cut across the knuckles which I hardly
|
||
felt. I dashed out of the door into the clear sunlight. Someone was
|
||
close behind, I knew not whom. Right in front, the doctor was pursuing
|
||
his assailant down the hill, and just as my eyes fell upon him, beat
|
||
down his guard and sent him sprawling on his back with a great slash
|
||
across the face.
|
||
|
||
“Round the house, lads! Round the house!” cried the captain; and even in
|
||
the hurly-burly, I perceived a change in his voice.
|
||
|
||
Mechanically, I obeyed, turned eastwards, and with my cutlass raised,
|
||
ran round the corner of the house. Next moment I was face to face
|
||
with Anderson. He roared aloud, and his hanger went up above his head,
|
||
flashing in the sunlight. I had not time to be afraid, but as the blow
|
||
still hung impending, leaped in a trice upon one side, and missing my
|
||
foot in the soft sand, rolled headlong down the slope.
|
||
|
||
When I had first sallied from the door, the other mutineers had been
|
||
already swarming up the palisade to make an end of us. One man, in a red
|
||
night-cap, with his cutlass in his mouth, had even got upon the top and
|
||
thrown a leg across. Well, so short had been the interval that when I
|
||
found my feet again all was in the same posture, the fellow with the red
|
||
night-cap still half-way over, another still just showing his head above
|
||
the top of the stockade. And yet, in this breath of time, the fight was
|
||
over and the victory was ours.
|
||
|
||
Gray, following close behind me, had cut down the big boatswain ere
|
||
he had time to recover from his last blow. Another had been shot at a
|
||
loophole in the very act of firing into the house and now lay in agony,
|
||
the pistol still smoking in his hand. A third, as I had seen, the doctor
|
||
had disposed of at a blow. Of the four who had scaled the palisade, one
|
||
only remained unaccounted for, and he, having left his cutlass on the
|
||
field, was now clambering out again with the fear of death upon him.
|
||
|
||
“Fire--fire from the house!” cried the doctor. “And you, lads, back into
|
||
cover.”
|
||
|
||
But his words were unheeded, no shot was fired, and the last boarder
|
||
made good his escape and disappeared with the rest into the wood. In
|
||
three seconds nothing remained of the attacking party but the five who
|
||
had fallen, four on the inside and one on the outside of the palisade.
|
||
|
||
The doctor and Gray and I ran full speed for shelter. The survivors
|
||
would soon be back where they had left their muskets, and at any moment
|
||
the fire might recommence.
|
||
|
||
The house was by this time somewhat cleared of smoke, and we saw at
|
||
a glance the price we had paid for victory. Hunter lay beside his
|
||
loophole, stunned; Joyce by his, shot through the head, never to move
|
||
again; while right in the centre, the squire was supporting the captain,
|
||
one as pale as the other.
|
||
|
||
“The captain’s wounded,” said Mr. Trelawney.
|
||
|
||
“Have they run?” asked Mr. Smollett.
|
||
|
||
“All that could, you may be bound,” returned the doctor; “but there’s
|
||
five of them will never run again.”
|
||
|
||
“Five!” cried the captain. “Come, that’s better. Five against three
|
||
leaves us four to nine. That’s better odds than we had at starting. We
|
||
were seven to nineteen then, or thought we were, and that’s as bad to
|
||
bear.” *
|
||
|
||
*The mutineers were soon only eight in number, for the man shot by Mr.
|
||
Trelawney on board the schooner died that same evening of his wound. But
|
||
this was, of course, not known till after by the faithful party.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
PART FIVE--My Sea Adventure
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
22
|
||
|
||
How My Sea Adventure Began
|
||
|
||
THERE was no return of the mutineers--not so much as another shot out of
|
||
the woods. They had “got their rations for that day,” as the captain put
|
||
it, and we had the place to ourselves and a quiet time to overhaul the
|
||
wounded and get dinner. Squire and I cooked outside in spite of the
|
||
danger, and even outside we could hardly tell what we were at, for
|
||
horror of the loud groans that reached us from the doctor’s patients.
|
||
|
||
Out of the eight men who had fallen in the action, only three still
|
||
breathed--that one of the pirates who had been shot at the loophole,
|
||
Hunter, and Captain Smollett; and of these, the first two were as good
|
||
as dead; the mutineer indeed died under the doctor’s knife, and Hunter,
|
||
do what we could, never recovered consciousness in this world. He
|
||
lingered all day, breathing loudly like the old buccaneer at home in his
|
||
apoplectic fit, but the bones of his chest had been crushed by the
|
||
blow and his skull fractured in falling, and some time in the following
|
||
night, without sign or sound, he went to his Maker.
|
||
|
||
As for the captain, his wounds were grievous indeed, but not dangerous.
|
||
No organ was fatally injured. Anderson’s ball--for it was Job that
|
||
shot him first--had broken his shoulder-blade and touched the lung, not
|
||
badly; the second had only torn and displaced some muscles in the calf.
|
||
He was sure to recover, the doctor said, but in the meantime, and for
|
||
weeks to come, he must not walk nor move his arm, nor so much as speak
|
||
when he could help it.
|
||
|
||
My own accidental cut across the knuckles was a flea-bite. Doctor
|
||
Livesey patched it up with plaster and pulled my ears for me into the
|
||
bargain.
|
||
|
||
After dinner the squire and the doctor sat by the captain’s side awhile
|
||
in consultation; and when they had talked to their hearts’ content, it
|
||
being then a little past noon, the doctor took up his hat and pistols,
|
||
girt on a cutlass, put the chart in his pocket, and with a musket over
|
||
his shoulder crossed the palisade on the north side and set off briskly
|
||
through the trees.
|
||
|
||
Gray and I were sitting together at the far end of the block house, to
|
||
be out of earshot of our officers consulting; and Gray took his pipe out
|
||
of his mouth and fairly forgot to put it back again, so thunder-struck
|
||
he was at this occurrence.
|
||
|
||
“Why, in the name of Davy Jones,” said he, “is Dr. Livesey mad?”
|
||
|
||
“Why no,” says I. “He’s about the last of this crew for that, I take
|
||
it.”
|
||
|
||
“Well, shipmate,” said Gray, “mad he may not be; but if HE’S not, you
|
||
mark my words, I am.”
|
||
|
||
“I take it,” replied I, “the doctor has his idea; and if I am right,
|
||
he’s going now to see Ben Gunn.”
|
||
|
||
I was right, as appeared later; but in the meantime, the house being
|
||
stifling hot and the little patch of sand inside the palisade ablaze
|
||
with midday sun, I began to get another thought into my head, which was
|
||
not by any means so right. What I began to do was to envy the doctor
|
||
walking in the cool shadow of the woods with the birds about him and the
|
||
pleasant smell of the pines, while I sat grilling, with my clothes
|
||
stuck to the hot resin, and so much blood about me and so many poor
|
||
dead bodies lying all around that I took a disgust of the place that was
|
||
almost as strong as fear.
|
||
|
||
All the time I was washing out the block house, and then washing up
|
||
the things from dinner, this disgust and envy kept growing stronger
|
||
and stronger, till at last, being near a bread-bag, and no one then
|
||
observing me, I took the first step towards my escapade and filled both
|
||
pockets of my coat with biscuit.
|
||
|
||
I was a fool, if you like, and certainly I was going to do a foolish,
|
||
over-bold act; but I was determined to do it with all the precautions in
|
||
my power. These biscuits, should anything befall me, would keep me, at
|
||
least, from starving till far on in the next day.
|
||
|
||
The next thing I laid hold of was a brace of pistols, and as I already
|
||
had a powder-horn and bullets, I felt myself well supplied with arms.
|
||
|
||
As for the scheme I had in my head, it was not a bad one in itself. I
|
||
was to go down the sandy spit that divides the anchorage on the east
|
||
from the open sea, find the white rock I had observed last evening, and
|
||
ascertain whether it was there or not that Ben Gunn had hidden his boat,
|
||
a thing quite worth doing, as I still believe. But as I was certain I
|
||
should not be allowed to leave the enclosure, my only plan was to take
|
||
French leave and slip out when nobody was watching, and that was so bad
|
||
a way of doing it as made the thing itself wrong. But I was only a boy,
|
||
and I had made my mind up.
|
||
|
||
Well, as things at last fell out, I found an admirable opportunity. The
|
||
squire and Gray were busy helping the captain with his bandages, the
|
||
coast was clear, I made a bolt for it over the stockade and into the
|
||
thickest of the trees, and before my absence was observed I was out of
|
||
cry of my companions.
|
||
|
||
This was my second folly, far worse than the first, as I left but two
|
||
sound men to guard the house; but like the first, it was a help towards
|
||
saving all of us.
|
||
|
||
I took my way straight for the east coast of the island, for I was
|
||
determined to go down the sea side of the spit to avoid all chance of
|
||
observation from the anchorage. It was already late in the afternoon,
|
||
although still warm and sunny. As I continued to thread the tall woods,
|
||
I could hear from far before me not only the continuous thunder of the
|
||
surf, but a certain tossing of foliage and grinding of boughs which
|
||
showed me the sea breeze had set in higher than usual. Soon cool
|
||
draughts of air began to reach me, and a few steps farther I came forth
|
||
into the open borders of the grove, and saw the sea lying blue and sunny
|
||
to the horizon and the surf tumbling and tossing its foam along the
|
||
beach.
|
||
|
||
I have never seen the sea quiet round Treasure Island. The sun might
|
||
blaze overhead, the air be without a breath, the surface smooth and
|
||
blue, but still these great rollers would be running along all the
|
||
external coast, thundering and thundering by day and night; and I scarce
|
||
believe there is one spot in the island where a man would be out of
|
||
earshot of their noise.
|
||
|
||
I walked along beside the surf with great enjoyment, till, thinking
|
||
I was now got far enough to the south, I took the cover of some thick
|
||
bushes and crept warily up to the ridge of the spit.
|
||
|
||
Behind me was the sea, in front the anchorage. The sea breeze, as though
|
||
it had the sooner blown itself out by its unusual violence, was already
|
||
at an end; it had been succeeded by light, variable airs from the south
|
||
and south-east, carrying great banks of fog; and the anchorage, under
|
||
lee of Skeleton Island, lay still and leaden as when first we entered
|
||
it. The HISPANIOLA, in that unbroken mirror, was exactly portrayed from
|
||
the truck to the waterline, the Jolly Roger hanging from her peak.
|
||
|
||
Alongside lay one of the gigs, Silver in the stern-sheets--him I could
|
||
always recognize--while a couple of men were leaning over the stern
|
||
bulwarks, one of them with a red cap--the very rogue that I had seen
|
||
some hours before stride-legs upon the palisade. Apparently they were
|
||
talking and laughing, though at that distance--upwards of a mile--I
|
||
could, of course, hear no word of what was said. All at once there began
|
||
the most horrid, unearthly screaming, which at first startled me badly,
|
||
though I had soon remembered the voice of Captain Flint and even thought
|
||
I could make out the bird by her bright plumage as she sat perched upon
|
||
her master’s wrist.
|
||
|
||
Soon after, the jolly-boat shoved off and pulled for shore, and the man
|
||
with the red cap and his comrade went below by the cabin companion.
|
||
|
||
Just about the same time, the sun had gone down behind the Spy-glass,
|
||
and as the fog was collecting rapidly, it began to grow dark in earnest.
|
||
I saw I must lose no time if I were to find the boat that evening.
|
||
|
||
The white rock, visible enough above the brush, was still some eighth of
|
||
a mile further down the spit, and it took me a goodish while to get up
|
||
with it, crawling, often on all fours, among the scrub. Night had almost
|
||
come when I laid my hand on its rough sides. Right below it there was
|
||
an exceedingly small hollow of green turf, hidden by banks and a thick
|
||
underwood about knee-deep, that grew there very plentifully; and in the
|
||
centre of the dell, sure enough, a little tent of goat-skins, like what
|
||
the gipsies carry about with them in England.
|
||
|
||
I dropped into the hollow, lifted the side of the tent, and there was
|
||
Ben Gunn’s boat--home-made if ever anything was home-made; a rude,
|
||
lop-sided framework of tough wood, and stretched upon that a covering of
|
||
goat-skin, with the hair inside. The thing was extremely small, even
|
||
for me, and I can hardly imagine that it could have floated with a
|
||
full-sized man. There was one thwart set as low as possible, a kind of
|
||
stretcher in the bows, and a double paddle for propulsion.
|
||
|
||
I had not then seen a coracle, such as the ancient Britons made, but
|
||
I have seen one since, and I can give you no fairer idea of Ben Gunn’s
|
||
boat than by saying it was like the first and the worst coracle ever
|
||
made by man. But the great advantage of the coracle it certainly
|
||
possessed, for it was exceedingly light and portable.
|
||
|
||
Well, now that I had found the boat, you would have thought I had had
|
||
enough of truantry for once, but in the meantime I had taken another
|
||
notion and become so obstinately fond of it that I would have carried
|
||
it out, I believe, in the teeth of Captain Smollett himself. This was
|
||
to slip out under cover of the night, cut the HISPANIOLA adrift, and let
|
||
her go ashore where she fancied. I had quite made up my mind that the
|
||
mutineers, after their repulse of the morning, had nothing nearer their
|
||
hearts than to up anchor and away to sea; this, I thought, it would be
|
||
a fine thing to prevent, and now that I had seen how they left their
|
||
watchmen unprovided with a boat, I thought it might be done with little
|
||
risk.
|
||
|
||
Down I sat to wait for darkness, and made a hearty meal of biscuit. It
|
||
was a night out of ten thousand for my purpose. The fog had now buried
|
||
all heaven. As the last rays of daylight dwindled and disappeared,
|
||
absolute blackness settled down on Treasure Island. And when, at last,
|
||
I shouldered the coracle and groped my way stumblingly out of the hollow
|
||
where I had supped, there were but two points visible on the whole
|
||
anchorage.
|
||
|
||
One was the great fire on shore, by which the defeated pirates lay
|
||
carousing in the swamp. The other, a mere blur of light upon the
|
||
darkness, indicated the position of the anchored ship. She had swung
|
||
round to the ebb--her bow was now towards me--the only lights on board
|
||
were in the cabin, and what I saw was merely a reflection on the fog of
|
||
the strong rays that flowed from the stern window.
|
||
|
||
The ebb had already run some time, and I had to wade through a long belt
|
||
of swampy sand, where I sank several times above the ankle, before I
|
||
came to the edge of the retreating water, and wading a little way in,
|
||
with some strength and dexterity, set my coracle, keel downwards, on the
|
||
surface.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
23
|
||
|
||
The Ebb-tide Runs
|
||
|
||
THE coracle--as I had ample reason to know before I was done with
|
||
her--was a very safe boat for a person of my height and weight, both
|
||
buoyant and clever in a seaway; but she was the most cross-grained,
|
||
lop-sided craft to manage. Do as you pleased, she always made more
|
||
leeway than anything else, and turning round and round was the manoeuvre
|
||
she was best at. Even Ben Gunn himself has admitted that she was “queer
|
||
to handle till you knew her way.”
|
||
|
||
Certainly I did not know her way. She turned in every direction but the
|
||
one I was bound to go; the most part of the time we were broadside on,
|
||
and I am very sure I never should have made the ship at all but for the
|
||
tide. By good fortune, paddle as I pleased, the tide was still sweeping
|
||
me down; and there lay the HISPANIOLA right in the fairway, hardly to be
|
||
missed.
|
||
|
||
First she loomed before me like a blot of something yet blacker than
|
||
darkness, then her spars and hull began to take shape, and the next
|
||
moment, as it seemed (for, the farther I went, the brisker grew the
|
||
current of the ebb), I was alongside of her hawser and had laid hold.
|
||
|
||
The hawser was as taut as a bowstring, and the current so strong she
|
||
pulled upon her anchor. All round the hull, in the blackness, the
|
||
rippling current bubbled and chattered like a little mountain stream.
|
||
One cut with my sea-gully and the HISPANIOLA would go humming down the
|
||
tide.
|
||
|
||
So far so good, but it next occurred to my recollection that a taut
|
||
hawser, suddenly cut, is a thing as dangerous as a kicking horse. Ten to
|
||
one, if I were so foolhardy as to cut the HISPANIOLA from her anchor, I
|
||
and the coracle would be knocked clean out of the water.
|
||
|
||
This brought me to a full stop, and if fortune had not again
|
||
particularly favoured me, I should have had to abandon my design. But
|
||
the light airs which had begun blowing from the south-east and south
|
||
had hauled round after nightfall into the south-west. Just while I was
|
||
meditating, a puff came, caught the HISPANIOLA, and forced her up into
|
||
the current; and to my great joy, I felt the hawser slacken in my grasp,
|
||
and the hand by which I held it dip for a second under water.
|
||
|
||
With that I made my mind up, took out my gully, opened it with my teeth,
|
||
and cut one strand after another, till the vessel swung only by two.
|
||
Then I lay quiet, waiting to sever these last when the strain should be
|
||
once more lightened by a breath of wind.
|
||
|
||
All this time I had heard the sound of loud voices from the cabin, but
|
||
to say truth, my mind had been so entirely taken up with other thoughts
|
||
that I had scarcely given ear. Now, however, when I had nothing else to
|
||
do, I began to pay more heed.
|
||
|
||
One I recognized for the coxswain’s, Israel Hands, that had been Flint’s
|
||
gunner in former days. The other was, of course, my friend of the red
|
||
night-cap. Both men were plainly the worse of drink, and they were still
|
||
drinking, for even while I was listening, one of them, with a drunken
|
||
cry, opened the stern window and threw out something, which I divined to
|
||
be an empty bottle. But they were not only tipsy; it was plain that they
|
||
were furiously angry. Oaths flew like hailstones, and every now and
|
||
then there came forth such an explosion as I thought was sure to end
|
||
in blows. But each time the quarrel passed off and the voices grumbled
|
||
lower for a while, until the next crisis came and in its turn passed
|
||
away without result.
|
||
|
||
On shore, I could see the glow of the great camp-fire burning warmly
|
||
through the shore-side trees. Someone was singing, a dull, old, droning
|
||
sailor’s song, with a droop and a quaver at the end of every verse,
|
||
and seemingly no end to it at all but the patience of the singer. I had
|
||
heard it on the voyage more than once and remembered these words:
|
||
|
||
“But one man of her crew alive,
|
||
What put to sea with seventy-five.”
|
||
|
||
And I thought it was a ditty rather too dolefully appropriate for a
|
||
company that had met such cruel losses in the morning. But, indeed, from
|
||
what I saw, all these buccaneers were as callous as the sea they sailed
|
||
on.
|
||
|
||
At last the breeze came; the schooner sidled and drew nearer in the
|
||
dark; I felt the hawser slacken once more, and with a good, tough
|
||
effort, cut the last fibres through.
|
||
|
||
The breeze had but little action on the coracle, and I was almost
|
||
instantly swept against the bows of the HISPANIOLA. At the same time,
|
||
the schooner began to turn upon her heel, spinning slowly, end for end,
|
||
across the current.
|
||
|
||
I wrought like a fiend, for I expected every moment to be swamped; and
|
||
since I found I could not push the coracle directly off, I now shoved
|
||
straight astern. At length I was clear of my dangerous neighbour, and
|
||
just as I gave the last impulsion, my hands came across a light cord
|
||
that was trailing overboard across the stern bulwarks. Instantly I
|
||
grasped it.
|
||
|
||
Why I should have done so I can hardly say. It was at first mere
|
||
instinct, but once I had it in my hands and found it fast, curiosity
|
||
began to get the upper hand, and I determined I should have one look
|
||
through the cabin window.
|
||
|
||
I pulled in hand over hand on the cord, and when I judged myself near
|
||
enough, rose at infinite risk to about half my height and thus commanded
|
||
the roof and a slice of the interior of the cabin.
|
||
|
||
By this time the schooner and her little consort were gliding pretty
|
||
swiftly through the water; indeed, we had already fetched up level with
|
||
the camp-fire. The ship was talking, as sailors say, loudly, treading
|
||
the innumerable ripples with an incessant weltering splash; and until I
|
||
got my eye above the window-sill I could not comprehend why the watchmen
|
||
had taken no alarm. One glance, however, was sufficient; and it was
|
||
only one glance that I durst take from that unsteady skiff. It showed me
|
||
Hands and his companion locked together in deadly wrestle, each with a
|
||
hand upon the other’s throat.
|
||
|
||
I dropped upon the thwart again, none too soon, for I was near
|
||
overboard. I could see nothing for the moment but these two furious,
|
||
encrimsoned faces swaying together under the smoky lamp, and I shut my
|
||
eyes to let them grow once more familiar with the darkness.
|
||
|
||
The endless ballad had come to an end at last, and the whole diminished
|
||
company about the camp-fire had broken into the chorus I had heard so
|
||
often:
|
||
|
||
“Fifteen men on the dead man’s chest--
|
||
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum!
|
||
Drink and the devil had done for the rest--
|
||
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum!”
|
||
|
||
I was just thinking how busy drink and the devil were at that very
|
||
moment in the cabin of the HISPANIOLA, when I was surprised by a sudden
|
||
lurch of the coracle. At the same moment, she yawed sharply and seemed
|
||
to change her course. The speed in the meantime had strangely increased.
|
||
|
||
I opened my eyes at once. All round me were little ripples, combing
|
||
over with a sharp, bristling sound and slightly phosphorescent. The
|
||
HISPANIOLA herself, a few yards in whose wake I was still being whirled
|
||
along, seemed to stagger in her course, and I saw her spars toss a
|
||
little against the blackness of the night; nay, as I looked longer, I
|
||
made sure she also was wheeling to the southward.
|
||
|
||
I glanced over my shoulder, and my heart jumped against my ribs. There,
|
||
right behind me, was the glow of the camp-fire. The current had turned
|
||
at right angles, sweeping round along with it the tall schooner and
|
||
the little dancing coracle; ever quickening, ever bubbling higher, ever
|
||
muttering louder, it went spinning through the narrows for the open sea.
|
||
|
||
Suddenly the schooner in front of me gave a violent yaw, turning,
|
||
perhaps, through twenty degrees; and almost at the same moment one
|
||
shout followed another from on board; I could hear feet pounding on
|
||
the companion ladder and I knew that the two drunkards had at last been
|
||
interrupted in their quarrel and awakened to a sense of their disaster.
|
||
|
||
I lay down flat in the bottom of that wretched skiff and devoutly
|
||
recommended my spirit to its Maker. At the end of the straits, I
|
||
made sure we must fall into some bar of raging breakers, where all my
|
||
troubles would be ended speedily; and though I could, perhaps, bear to
|
||
die, I could not bear to look upon my fate as it approached.
|
||
|
||
So I must have lain for hours, continually beaten to and fro upon the
|
||
billows, now and again wetted with flying sprays, and never ceasing to
|
||
expect death at the next plunge. Gradually weariness grew upon me; a
|
||
numbness, an occasional stupor, fell upon my mind even in the midst of
|
||
my terrors, until sleep at last supervened and in my sea-tossed coracle
|
||
I lay and dreamed of home and the old Admiral Benbow.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
24
|
||
|
||
The Cruise of the Coracle
|
||
|
||
IT was broad day when I awoke and found myself tossing at the south-west
|
||
end of Treasure Island. The sun was up but was still hid from me behind
|
||
the great bulk of the Spy-glass, which on this side descended almost to
|
||
the sea in formidable cliffs.
|
||
|
||
Haulbowline Head and Mizzen-mast Hill were at my elbow, the hill bare
|
||
and dark, the head bound with cliffs forty or fifty feet high and
|
||
fringed with great masses of fallen rock. I was scarce a quarter of a
|
||
mile to seaward, and it was my first thought to paddle in and land.
|
||
|
||
That notion was soon given over. Among the fallen rocks the breakers
|
||
spouted and bellowed; loud reverberations, heavy sprays flying and
|
||
falling, succeeded one another from second to second; and I saw myself,
|
||
if I ventured nearer, dashed to death upon the rough shore or spending
|
||
my strength in vain to scale the beetling crags.
|
||
|
||
Nor was that all, for crawling together on flat tables of rock or
|
||
letting themselves drop into the sea with loud reports I beheld huge
|
||
slimy monsters--soft snails, as it were, of incredible bigness--two
|
||
or three score of them together, making the rocks to echo with their
|
||
barkings.
|
||
|
||
I have understood since that they were sea lions, and entirely harmless.
|
||
But the look of them, added to the difficulty of the shore and the
|
||
high running of the surf, was more than enough to disgust me of that
|
||
landing-place. I felt willing rather to starve at sea than to confront
|
||
such perils.
|
||
|
||
In the meantime I had a better chance, as I supposed, before me. North
|
||
of Haulbowline Head, the land runs in a long way, leaving at low tide
|
||
a long stretch of yellow sand. To the north of that, again, there comes
|
||
another cape--Cape of the Woods, as it was marked upon the chart--buried
|
||
in tall green pines, which descended to the margin of the sea.
|
||
|
||
I remembered what Silver had said about the current that sets northward
|
||
along the whole west coast of Treasure Island, and seeing from my
|
||
position that I was already under its influence, I preferred to leave
|
||
Haulbowline Head behind me and reserve my strength for an attempt to
|
||
land upon the kindlier-looking Cape of the Woods.
|
||
|
||
There was a great, smooth swell upon the sea. The wind blowing steady
|
||
and gentle from the south, there was no contrariety between that and the
|
||
current, and the billows rose and fell unbroken.
|
||
|
||
Had it been otherwise, I must long ago have perished; but as it was,
|
||
it is surprising how easily and securely my little and light boat could
|
||
ride. Often, as I still lay at the bottom and kept no more than an eye
|
||
above the gunwale, I would see a big blue summit heaving close above me;
|
||
yet the coracle would but bounce a little, dance as if on springs, and
|
||
subside on the other side into the trough as lightly as a bird.
|
||
|
||
I began after a little to grow very bold and sat up to try my skill at
|
||
paddling. But even a small change in the disposition of the weight will
|
||
produce violent changes in the behaviour of a coracle. And I had hardly
|
||
moved before the boat, giving up at once her gentle dancing movement,
|
||
ran straight down a slope of water so steep that it made me giddy, and
|
||
struck her nose, with a spout of spray, deep into the side of the next
|
||
wave.
|
||
|
||
I was drenched and terrified, and fell instantly back into my old
|
||
position, whereupon the coracle seemed to find her head again and led
|
||
me as softly as before among the billows. It was plain she was not to be
|
||
interfered with, and at that rate, since I could in no way influence her
|
||
course, what hope had I left of reaching land?
|
||
|
||
I began to be horribly frightened, but I kept my head, for all that.
|
||
First, moving with all care, I gradually baled out the coracle with my
|
||
sea-cap; then, getting my eye once more above the gunwale, I set myself
|
||
to study how it was she managed to slip so quietly through the rollers.
|
||
|
||
I found each wave, instead of the big, smooth glossy mountain it looks
|
||
from shore or from a vessel’s deck, was for all the world like any range
|
||
of hills on dry land, full of peaks and smooth places and valleys. The
|
||
coracle, left to herself, turning from side to side, threaded, so to
|
||
speak, her way through these lower parts and avoided the steep slopes
|
||
and higher, toppling summits of the wave.
|
||
|
||
“Well, now,” thought I to myself, “it is plain I must lie where I am and
|
||
not disturb the balance; but it is plain also that I can put the paddle
|
||
over the side and from time to time, in smooth places, give her a shove
|
||
or two towards land.” No sooner thought upon than done. There I lay on
|
||
my elbows in the most trying attitude, and every now and again gave a
|
||
weak stroke or two to turn her head to shore.
|
||
|
||
It was very tiring and slow work, yet I did visibly gain ground; and as
|
||
we drew near the Cape of the Woods, though I saw I must infallibly
|
||
miss that point, I had still made some hundred yards of easting. I was,
|
||
indeed, close in. I could see the cool green tree-tops swaying together
|
||
in the breeze, and I felt sure I should make the next promontory without
|
||
fail.
|
||
|
||
It was high time, for I now began to be tortured with thirst. The glow
|
||
of the sun from above, its thousandfold reflection from the waves, the
|
||
sea-water that fell and dried upon me, caking my very lips with salt,
|
||
combined to make my throat burn and my brain ache. The sight of the
|
||
trees so near at hand had almost made me sick with longing, but the
|
||
current had soon carried me past the point, and as the next reach of sea
|
||
opened out, I beheld a sight that changed the nature of my thoughts.
|
||
|
||
Right in front of me, not half a mile away, I beheld the HISPANIOLA
|
||
under sail. I made sure, of course, that I should be taken; but I was
|
||
so distressed for want of water that I scarce knew whether to be glad
|
||
or sorry at the thought, and long before I had come to a conclusion,
|
||
surprise had taken entire possession of my mind and I could do nothing
|
||
but stare and wonder.
|
||
|
||
The HISPANIOLA was under her main-sail and two jibs, and the beautiful
|
||
white canvas shone in the sun like snow or silver. When I first
|
||
sighted her, all her sails were drawing; she was lying a course about
|
||
north-west, and I presumed the men on board were going round the island
|
||
on their way back to the anchorage. Presently she began to fetch more
|
||
and more to the westward, so that I thought they had sighted me and were
|
||
going about in chase. At last, however, she fell right into the wind’s
|
||
eye, was taken dead aback, and stood there awhile helpless, with her
|
||
sails shivering.
|
||
|
||
“Clumsy fellows,” said I; “they must still be drunk as owls.” And I
|
||
thought how Captain Smollett would have set them skipping.
|
||
|
||
Meanwhile the schooner gradually fell off and filled again upon another
|
||
tack, sailed swiftly for a minute or so, and brought up once more dead
|
||
in the wind’s eye. Again and again was this repeated. To and fro, up and
|
||
down, north, south, east, and west, the HISPANIOLA sailed by swoops
|
||
and dashes, and at each repetition ended as she had begun, with idly
|
||
flapping canvas. It became plain to me that nobody was steering. And if
|
||
so, where were the men? Either they were dead drunk or had deserted her,
|
||
I thought, and perhaps if I could get on board I might return the vessel
|
||
to her captain.
|
||
|
||
The current was bearing coracle and schooner southward at an equal rate.
|
||
As for the latter’s sailing, it was so wild and intermittent, and she
|
||
hung each time so long in irons, that she certainly gained nothing, if
|
||
she did not even lose. If only I dared to sit up and paddle, I made
|
||
sure that I could overhaul her. The scheme had an air of adventure
|
||
that inspired me, and the thought of the water breaker beside the fore
|
||
companion doubled my growing courage.
|
||
|
||
Up I got, was welcomed almost instantly by another cloud of spray, but
|
||
this time stuck to my purpose and set myself, with all my strength and
|
||
caution, to paddle after the unsteered HISPANIOLA. Once I shipped a sea
|
||
so heavy that I had to stop and bail, with my heart fluttering like
|
||
a bird, but gradually I got into the way of the thing and guided my
|
||
coracle among the waves, with only now and then a blow upon her bows and
|
||
a dash of foam in my face.
|
||
|
||
I was now gaining rapidly on the schooner; I could see the brass glisten
|
||
on the tiller as it banged about, and still no soul appeared upon her
|
||
decks. I could not choose but suppose she was deserted. If not, the men
|
||
were lying drunk below, where I might batten them down, perhaps, and do
|
||
what I chose with the ship.
|
||
|
||
For some time she had been doing the worse thing possible for
|
||
me--standing still. She headed nearly due south, yawing, of course, all
|
||
the time. Each time she fell off, her sails partly filled, and these
|
||
brought her in a moment right to the wind again. I have said this was
|
||
the worst thing possible for me, for helpless as she looked in this
|
||
situation, with the canvas cracking like cannon and the blocks trundling
|
||
and banging on the deck, she still continued to run away from me, not
|
||
only with the speed of the current, but by the whole amount of her
|
||
leeway, which was naturally great.
|
||
|
||
But now, at last, I had my chance. The breeze fell for some seconds,
|
||
very low, and the current gradually turning her, the HISPANIOLA revolved
|
||
slowly round her centre and at last presented me her stern, with the
|
||
cabin window still gaping open and the lamp over the table still burning
|
||
on into the day. The main-sail hung drooped like a banner. She was
|
||
stock-still but for the current.
|
||
|
||
For the last little while I had even lost, but now redoubling my
|
||
efforts, I began once more to overhaul the chase.
|
||
|
||
I was not a hundred yards from her when the wind came again in a clap;
|
||
she filled on the port tack and was off again, stooping and skimming
|
||
like a swallow.
|
||
|
||
My first impulse was one of despair, but my second was towards joy.
|
||
Round she came, till she was broadside on to me--round still till she
|
||
had covered a half and then two thirds and then three quarters of the
|
||
distance that separated us. I could see the waves boiling white under
|
||
her forefoot. Immensely tall she looked to me from my low station in the
|
||
coracle.
|
||
|
||
And then, of a sudden, I began to comprehend. I had scarce time to
|
||
think--scarce time to act and save myself. I was on the summit of one
|
||
swell when the schooner came stooping over the next. The bowsprit was
|
||
over my head. I sprang to my feet and leaped, stamping the coracle under
|
||
water. With one hand I caught the jib-boom, while my foot was lodged
|
||
between the stay and the brace; and as I still clung there panting, a
|
||
dull blow told me that the schooner had charged down upon and struck the
|
||
coracle and that I was left without retreat on the HISPANIOLA.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
25
|
||
|
||
I Strike the Jolly Roger
|
||
|
||
I HAD scarce gained a position on the bowsprit when the flying jib
|
||
flapped and filled upon the other tack, with a report like a gun. The
|
||
schooner trembled to her keel under the reverse, but next moment, the
|
||
other sails still drawing, the jib flapped back again and hung idle.
|
||
|
||
This had nearly tossed me off into the sea; and now I lost no time,
|
||
crawled back along the bowsprit, and tumbled head foremost on the deck.
|
||
|
||
I was on the lee side of the forecastle, and the mainsail, which was
|
||
still drawing, concealed from me a certain portion of the after-deck.
|
||
Not a soul was to be seen. The planks, which had not been swabbed since
|
||
the mutiny, bore the print of many feet, and an empty bottle, broken by
|
||
the neck, tumbled to and fro like a live thing in the scuppers.
|
||
|
||
Suddenly the HISPANIOLA came right into the wind. The jibs behind me
|
||
cracked aloud, the rudder slammed to, the whole ship gave a sickening
|
||
heave and shudder, and at the same moment the main-boom swung inboard,
|
||
the sheet groaning in the blocks, and showed me the lee after-deck.
|
||
|
||
There were the two watchmen, sure enough: red-cap on his back, as stiff
|
||
as a handspike, with his arms stretched out like those of a crucifix and
|
||
his teeth showing through his open lips; Israel Hands propped against
|
||
the bulwarks, his chin on his chest, his hands lying open before him on
|
||
the deck, his face as white, under its tan, as a tallow candle.
|
||
|
||
For a while the ship kept bucking and sidling like a vicious horse, the
|
||
sails filling, now on one tack, now on another, and the boom swinging to
|
||
and fro till the mast groaned aloud under the strain. Now and again too
|
||
there would come a cloud of light sprays over the bulwark and a heavy
|
||
blow of the ship’s bows against the swell; so much heavier weather was
|
||
made of it by this great rigged ship than by my home-made, lop-sided
|
||
coracle, now gone to the bottom of the sea.
|
||
|
||
At every jump of the schooner, red-cap slipped to and fro, but--what was
|
||
ghastly to behold--neither his attitude nor his fixed teeth-disclosing
|
||
grin was anyway disturbed by this rough usage. At every jump too, Hands
|
||
appeared still more to sink into himself and settle down upon the
|
||
deck, his feet sliding ever the farther out, and the whole body canting
|
||
towards the stern, so that his face became, little by little, hid
|
||
from me; and at last I could see nothing beyond his ear and the frayed
|
||
ringlet of one whisker.
|
||
|
||
At the same time, I observed, around both of them, splashes of dark
|
||
blood upon the planks and began to feel sure that they had killed each
|
||
other in their drunken wrath.
|
||
|
||
While I was thus looking and wondering, in a calm moment, when the ship
|
||
was still, Israel Hands turned partly round and with a low moan writhed
|
||
himself back to the position in which I had seen him first. The moan,
|
||
which told of pain and deadly weakness, and the way in which his jaw
|
||
hung open went right to my heart. But when I remembered the talk I had
|
||
overheard from the apple barrel, all pity left me.
|
||
|
||
I walked aft until I reached the main-mast.
|
||
|
||
“Come aboard, Mr. Hands,” I said ironically.
|
||
|
||
He rolled his eyes round heavily, but he was too far gone to express
|
||
surprise. All he could do was to utter one word, “Brandy.”
|
||
|
||
It occurred to me there was no time to lose, and dodging the boom as it
|
||
once more lurched across the deck, I slipped aft and down the companion
|
||
stairs into the cabin.
|
||
|
||
It was such a scene of confusion as you can hardly fancy. All the
|
||
lockfast places had been broken open in quest of the chart. The floor
|
||
was thick with mud where ruffians had sat down to drink or consult after
|
||
wading in the marshes round their camp. The bulkheads, all painted in
|
||
clear white and beaded round with gilt, bore a pattern of dirty hands.
|
||
Dozens of empty bottles clinked together in corners to the rolling of
|
||
the ship. One of the doctor’s medical books lay open on the table, half
|
||
of the leaves gutted out, I suppose, for pipelights. In the midst of all
|
||
this the lamp still cast a smoky glow, obscure and brown as umber.
|
||
|
||
I went into the cellar; all the barrels were gone, and of the bottles
|
||
a most surprising number had been drunk out and thrown away. Certainly,
|
||
since the mutiny began, not a man of them could ever have been sober.
|
||
|
||
Foraging about, I found a bottle with some brandy left, for Hands; and
|
||
for myself I routed out some biscuit, some pickled fruits, a great bunch
|
||
of raisins, and a piece of cheese. With these I came on deck, put down
|
||
my own stock behind the rudder head and well out of the coxswain’s
|
||
reach, went forward to the water-breaker, and had a good deep drink of
|
||
water, and then, and not till then, gave Hands the brandy.
|
||
|
||
He must have drunk a gill before he took the bottle from his mouth.
|
||
|
||
“Aye,” said he, “by thunder, but I wanted some o’ that!”
|
||
|
||
I had sat down already in my own corner and begun to eat.
|
||
|
||
“Much hurt?” I asked him.
|
||
|
||
He grunted, or rather, I might say, he barked.
|
||
|
||
“If that doctor was aboard,” he said, “I’d be right enough in a couple
|
||
of turns, but I don’t have no manner of luck, you see, and that’s what’s
|
||
the matter with me. As for that swab, he’s good and dead, he is,” he
|
||
added, indicating the man with the red cap. “He warn’t no seaman anyhow.
|
||
And where mought you have come from?”
|
||
|
||
“Well,” said I, “I’ve come aboard to take possession of this ship,
|
||
Mr. Hands; and you’ll please regard me as your captain until further
|
||
notice.”
|
||
|
||
He looked at me sourly enough but said nothing. Some of the colour had
|
||
come back into his cheeks, though he still looked very sick and still
|
||
continued to slip out and settle down as the ship banged about.
|
||
|
||
“By the by,” I continued, “I can’t have these colours, Mr. Hands; and by
|
||
your leave, I’ll strike ’em. Better none than these.”
|
||
|
||
And again dodging the boom, I ran to the colour lines, handed down their
|
||
cursed black flag, and chucked it overboard.
|
||
|
||
“God save the king!” said I, waving my cap. “And there’s an end to
|
||
Captain Silver!”
|
||
|
||
He watched me keenly and slyly, his chin all the while on his breast.
|
||
|
||
“I reckon,” he said at last, “I reckon, Cap’n Hawkins, you’ll kind of
|
||
want to get ashore now. S’pose we talks.”
|
||
|
||
“Why, yes,” says I, “with all my heart, Mr. Hands. Say on.” And I went
|
||
back to my meal with a good appetite.
|
||
|
||
“This man,” he began, nodding feebly at the corpse “--O’Brien were his
|
||
name, a rank Irelander--this man and me got the canvas on her, meaning
|
||
for to sail her back. Well, HE’S dead now, he is--as dead as bilge; and
|
||
who’s to sail this ship, I don’t see. Without I gives you a hint, you
|
||
ain’t that man, as far’s I can tell. Now, look here, you gives me food
|
||
and drink and a old scarf or ankecher to tie my wound up, you do, and
|
||
I’ll tell you how to sail her, and that’s about square all round, I take
|
||
it.”
|
||
|
||
“I’ll tell you one thing,” says I: “I’m not going back to Captain Kidd’s
|
||
anchorage. I mean to get into North Inlet and beach her quietly there.”
|
||
|
||
“To be sure you did,” he cried. “Why, I ain’t sich an infernal lubber
|
||
after all. I can see, can’t I? I’ve tried my fling, I have, and I’ve
|
||
lost, and it’s you has the wind of me. North Inlet? Why, I haven’t no
|
||
ch’ice, not I! I’d help you sail her up to Execution Dock, by thunder!
|
||
So I would.”
|
||
|
||
Well, as it seemed to me, there was some sense in this. We struck our
|
||
bargain on the spot. In three minutes I had the HISPANIOLA sailing
|
||
easily before the wind along the coast of Treasure Island, with good
|
||
hopes of turning the northern point ere noon and beating down again as
|
||
far as North Inlet before high water, when we might beach her safely and
|
||
wait till the subsiding tide permitted us to land.
|
||
|
||
Then I lashed the tiller and went below to my own chest, where I got a
|
||
soft silk handkerchief of my mother’s. With this, and with my aid, Hands
|
||
bound up the great bleeding stab he had received in the thigh, and after
|
||
he had eaten a little and had a swallow or two more of the brandy, he
|
||
began to pick up visibly, sat straighter up, spoke louder and clearer,
|
||
and looked in every way another man.
|
||
|
||
The breeze served us admirably. We skimmed before it like a bird, the
|
||
coast of the island flashing by and the view changing every minute.
|
||
Soon we were past the high lands and bowling beside low, sandy country,
|
||
sparsely dotted with dwarf pines, and soon we were beyond that again
|
||
and had turned the corner of the rocky hill that ends the island on the
|
||
north.
|
||
|
||
I was greatly elated with my new command, and pleased with the bright,
|
||
sunshiny weather and these different prospects of the coast. I had now
|
||
plenty of water and good things to eat, and my conscience, which had
|
||
smitten me hard for my desertion, was quieted by the great conquest I
|
||
had made. I should, I think, have had nothing left me to desire but for
|
||
the eyes of the coxswain as they followed me derisively about the deck
|
||
and the odd smile that appeared continually on his face. It was a smile
|
||
that had in it something both of pain and weakness--a haggard old man’s
|
||
smile; but there was, besides that, a grain of derision, a shadow of
|
||
treachery, in his expression as he craftily watched, and watched, and
|
||
watched me at my work.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
26
|
||
|
||
Israel Hands
|
||
|
||
THE wind, serving us to a desire, now hauled into the west. We could run
|
||
so much the easier from the north-east corner of the island to the mouth
|
||
of the North Inlet. Only, as we had no power to anchor and dared not
|
||
beach her till the tide had flowed a good deal farther, time hung on our
|
||
hands. The coxswain told me how to lay the ship to; after a good many
|
||
trials I succeeded, and we both sat in silence over another meal.
|
||
|
||
“Cap’n,” said he at length with that same uncomfortable smile, “here’s
|
||
my old shipmate, O’Brien; s’pose you was to heave him overboard. I ain’t
|
||
partic’lar as a rule, and I don’t take no blame for settling his hash,
|
||
but I don’t reckon him ornamental now, do you?”
|
||
|
||
“I’m not strong enough, and I don’t like the job; and there he lies, for
|
||
me,” said I.
|
||
|
||
“This here’s an unlucky ship, this HISPANIOLA, Jim,” he went on,
|
||
blinking. “There’s a power of men been killed in this HISPANIOLA--a
|
||
sight o’ poor seamen dead and gone since you and me took ship to
|
||
Bristol. I never seen sich dirty luck, not I. There was this here
|
||
O’Brien now--he’s dead, ain’t he? Well now, I’m no scholar, and you’re a
|
||
lad as can read and figure, and to put it straight, do you take it as a
|
||
dead man is dead for good, or do he come alive again?”
|
||
|
||
“You can kill the body, Mr. Hands, but not the spirit; you must know
|
||
that already,” I replied. “O’Brien there is in another world, and may be
|
||
watching us.”
|
||
|
||
“Ah!” says he. “Well, that’s unfort’nate--appears as if killing parties
|
||
was a waste of time. Howsomever, sperrits don’t reckon for much, by what
|
||
I’ve seen. I’ll chance it with the sperrits, Jim. And now, you’ve spoke
|
||
up free, and I’ll take it kind if you’d step down into that there cabin
|
||
and get me a--well, a--shiver my timbers! I can’t hit the name on ’t;
|
||
well, you get me a bottle of wine, Jim--this here brandy’s too strong
|
||
for my head.”
|
||
|
||
Now, the coxswain’s hesitation seemed to be unnatural, and as for the
|
||
notion of his preferring wine to brandy, I entirely disbelieved it. The
|
||
whole story was a pretext. He wanted me to leave the deck--so much was
|
||
plain; but with what purpose I could in no way imagine. His eyes never
|
||
met mine; they kept wandering to and fro, up and down, now with a look
|
||
to the sky, now with a flitting glance upon the dead O’Brien. All the
|
||
time he kept smiling and putting his tongue out in the most guilty,
|
||
embarrassed manner, so that a child could have told that he was bent on
|
||
some deception. I was prompt with my answer, however, for I saw where
|
||
my advantage lay and that with a fellow so densely stupid I could easily
|
||
conceal my suspicions to the end.
|
||
|
||
“Some wine?” I said. “Far better. Will you have white or red?”
|
||
|
||
“Well, I reckon it’s about the blessed same to me, shipmate,” he
|
||
replied; “so it’s strong, and plenty of it, what’s the odds?”
|
||
|
||
“All right,” I answered. “I’ll bring you port, Mr. Hands. But I’ll have
|
||
to dig for it.”
|
||
|
||
With that I scuttled down the companion with all the noise I could,
|
||
slipped off my shoes, ran quietly along the sparred gallery, mounted the
|
||
forecastle ladder, and popped my head out of the fore companion. I
|
||
knew he would not expect to see me there, yet I took every precaution
|
||
possible, and certainly the worst of my suspicions proved too true.
|
||
|
||
He had risen from his position to his hands and knees, and though his
|
||
leg obviously hurt him pretty sharply when he moved--for I could hear
|
||
him stifle a groan--yet it was at a good, rattling rate that he trailed
|
||
himself across the deck. In half a minute he had reached the port
|
||
scuppers and picked, out of a coil of rope, a long knife, or rather a
|
||
short dirk, discoloured to the hilt with blood. He looked upon it for
|
||
a moment, thrusting forth his under jaw, tried the point upon his hand,
|
||
and then, hastily concealing it in the bosom of his jacket, trundled
|
||
back again into his old place against the bulwark.
|
||
|
||
This was all that I required to know. Israel could move about, he was
|
||
now armed, and if he had been at so much trouble to get rid of me,
|
||
it was plain that I was meant to be the victim. What he would do
|
||
afterwards--whether he would try to crawl right across the island from
|
||
North Inlet to the camp among the swamps or whether he would fire Long
|
||
Tom, trusting that his own comrades might come first to help him--was,
|
||
of course, more than I could say.
|
||
|
||
Yet I felt sure that I could trust him in one point, since in that
|
||
our interests jumped together, and that was in the disposition of
|
||
the schooner. We both desired to have her stranded safe enough, in a
|
||
sheltered place, and so that, when the time came, she could be got off
|
||
again with as little labour and danger as might be; and until that was
|
||
done I considered that my life would certainly be spared.
|
||
|
||
While I was thus turning the business over in my mind, I had not been
|
||
idle with my body. I had stolen back to the cabin, slipped once more
|
||
into my shoes, and laid my hand at random on a bottle of wine, and now,
|
||
with this for an excuse, I made my reappearance on the deck.
|
||
|
||
Hands lay as I had left him, all fallen together in a bundle and with
|
||
his eyelids lowered as though he were too weak to bear the light. He
|
||
looked up, however, at my coming, knocked the neck off the bottle like
|
||
a man who had done the same thing often, and took a good swig, with his
|
||
favourite toast of “Here’s luck!” Then he lay quiet for a little, and
|
||
then, pulling out a stick of tobacco, begged me to cut him a quid.
|
||
|
||
“Cut me a junk o’ that,” says he, “for I haven’t no knife and hardly
|
||
strength enough, so be as I had. Ah, Jim, Jim, I reckon I’ve missed
|
||
stays! Cut me a quid, as’ll likely be the last, lad, for I’m for my long
|
||
home, and no mistake.”
|
||
|
||
“Well,” said I, “I’ll cut you some tobacco, but if I was you and thought
|
||
myself so badly, I would go to my prayers like a Christian man.”
|
||
|
||
“Why?” said he. “Now, you tell me why.”
|
||
|
||
“Why?” I cried. “You were asking me just now about the dead. You’ve
|
||
broken your trust; you’ve lived in sin and lies and blood; there’s a man
|
||
you killed lying at your feet this moment, and you ask me why! For God’s
|
||
mercy, Mr. Hands, that’s why.”
|
||
|
||
I spoke with a little heat, thinking of the bloody dirk he had hidden
|
||
in his pocket and designed, in his ill thoughts, to end me with. He,
|
||
for his part, took a great draught of the wine and spoke with the most
|
||
unusual solemnity.
|
||
|
||
“For thirty years,” he said, “I’ve sailed the seas and seen good and
|
||
bad, better and worse, fair weather and foul, provisions running out,
|
||
knives going, and what not. Well, now I tell you, I never seen good come
|
||
o’ goodness yet. Him as strikes first is my fancy; dead men don’t bite;
|
||
them’s my views--amen, so be it. And now, you look here,” he added,
|
||
suddenly changing his tone, “we’ve had about enough of this foolery. The
|
||
tide’s made good enough by now. You just take my orders, Cap’n Hawkins,
|
||
and we’ll sail slap in and be done with it.”
|
||
|
||
All told, we had scarce two miles to run; but the navigation was
|
||
delicate, the entrance to this northern anchorage was not only narrow
|
||
and shoal, but lay east and west, so that the schooner must be nicely
|
||
handled to be got in. I think I was a good, prompt subaltern, and I am
|
||
very sure that Hands was an excellent pilot, for we went about and about
|
||
and dodged in, shaving the banks, with a certainty and a neatness that
|
||
were a pleasure to behold.
|
||
|
||
Scarcely had we passed the heads before the land closed around us. The
|
||
shores of North Inlet were as thickly wooded as those of the southern
|
||
anchorage, but the space was longer and narrower and more like, what in
|
||
truth it was, the estuary of a river. Right before us, at the southern
|
||
end, we saw the wreck of a ship in the last stages of dilapidation. It
|
||
had been a great vessel of three masts but had lain so long exposed to
|
||
the injuries of the weather that it was hung about with great webs of
|
||
dripping seaweed, and on the deck of it shore bushes had taken root and
|
||
now flourished thick with flowers. It was a sad sight, but it showed us
|
||
that the anchorage was calm.
|
||
|
||
“Now,” said Hands, “look there; there’s a pet bit for to beach a ship
|
||
in. Fine flat sand, never a cat’s paw, trees all around of it, and
|
||
flowers a-blowing like a garding on that old ship.”
|
||
|
||
“And once beached,” I inquired, “how shall we get her off again?”
|
||
|
||
“Why, so,” he replied: “you take a line ashore there on the other side
|
||
at low water, take a turn about one of them big pines; bring it back,
|
||
take a turn around the capstan, and lie to for the tide. Come high
|
||
water, all hands take a pull upon the line, and off she comes as sweet
|
||
as natur’. And now, boy, you stand by. We’re near the bit now, and she’s
|
||
too much way on her. Starboard a little--so--steady--starboard--larboard
|
||
a little--steady--steady!”
|
||
|
||
So he issued his commands, which I breathlessly obeyed, till, all of a
|
||
sudden, he cried, “Now, my hearty, luff!” And I put the helm hard up,
|
||
and the HISPANIOLA swung round rapidly and ran stem on for the low,
|
||
wooded shore.
|
||
|
||
The excitement of these last manoeuvres had somewhat interfered with the
|
||
watch I had kept hitherto, sharply enough, upon the coxswain. Even then
|
||
I was still so much interested, waiting for the ship to touch, that I
|
||
had quite forgot the peril that hung over my head and stood craning over
|
||
the starboard bulwarks and watching the ripples spreading wide before
|
||
the bows. I might have fallen without a struggle for my life had not a
|
||
sudden disquietude seized upon me and made me turn my head. Perhaps I
|
||
had heard a creak or seen his shadow moving with the tail of my eye;
|
||
perhaps it was an instinct like a cat’s; but, sure enough, when I looked
|
||
round, there was Hands, already half-way towards me, with the dirk in
|
||
his right hand.
|
||
|
||
We must both have cried out aloud when our eyes met, but while mine
|
||
was the shrill cry of terror, his was a roar of fury like a charging
|
||
bully’s. At the same instant, he threw himself forward and I leapt
|
||
sideways towards the bows. As I did so, I let go of the tiller, which
|
||
sprang sharp to leeward, and I think this saved my life, for it struck
|
||
Hands across the chest and stopped him, for the moment, dead.
|
||
|
||
Before he could recover, I was safe out of the corner where he had me
|
||
trapped, with all the deck to dodge about. Just forward of the main-mast
|
||
I stopped, drew a pistol from my pocket, took a cool aim, though he had
|
||
already turned and was once more coming directly after me, and drew the
|
||
trigger. The hammer fell, but there followed neither flash nor sound;
|
||
the priming was useless with sea-water. I cursed myself for my neglect.
|
||
Why had not I, long before, reprimed and reloaded my only weapons? Then
|
||
I should not have been as now, a mere fleeing sheep before this butcher.
|
||
|
||
Wounded as he was, it was wonderful how fast he could move, his grizzled
|
||
hair tumbling over his face, and his face itself as red as a red ensign
|
||
with his haste and fury. I had no time to try my other pistol, nor
|
||
indeed much inclination, for I was sure it would be useless. One thing I
|
||
saw plainly: I must not simply retreat before him, or he would speedily
|
||
hold me boxed into the bows, as a moment since he had so nearly boxed
|
||
me in the stern. Once so caught, and nine or ten inches of the
|
||
blood-stained dirk would be my last experience on this side of eternity.
|
||
I placed my palms against the main-mast, which was of a goodish bigness,
|
||
and waited, every nerve upon the stretch.
|
||
|
||
Seeing that I meant to dodge, he also paused; and a moment or two passed
|
||
in feints on his part and corresponding movements upon mine. It was such
|
||
a game as I had often played at home about the rocks of Black Hill Cove,
|
||
but never before, you may be sure, with such a wildly beating heart as
|
||
now. Still, as I say, it was a boy’s game, and I thought I could hold
|
||
my own at it against an elderly seaman with a wounded thigh. Indeed my
|
||
courage had begun to rise so high that I allowed myself a few darting
|
||
thoughts on what would be the end of the affair, and while I saw
|
||
certainly that I could spin it out for long, I saw no hope of any
|
||
ultimate escape.
|
||
|
||
Well, while things stood thus, suddenly the HISPANIOLA struck,
|
||
staggered, ground for an instant in the sand, and then, swift as a
|
||
blow, canted over to the port side till the deck stood at an angle
|
||
of forty-five degrees and about a puncheon of water splashed into the
|
||
scupper holes and lay, in a pool, between the deck and bulwark.
|
||
|
||
We were both of us capsized in a second, and both of us rolled, almost
|
||
together, into the scuppers, the dead red-cap, with his arms still
|
||
spread out, tumbling stiffly after us. So near were we, indeed, that my
|
||
head came against the coxswain’s foot with a crack that made my teeth
|
||
rattle. Blow and all, I was the first afoot again, for Hands had got
|
||
involved with the dead body. The sudden canting of the ship had made the
|
||
deck no place for running on; I had to find some new way of escape,
|
||
and that upon the instant, for my foe was almost touching me. Quick as
|
||
thought, I sprang into the mizzen shrouds, rattled up hand over hand,
|
||
and did not draw a breath till I was seated on the cross-trees.
|
||
|
||
I had been saved by being prompt; the dirk had struck not half a foot
|
||
below me as I pursued my upward flight; and there stood Israel Hands
|
||
with his mouth open and his face upturned to mine, a perfect statue of
|
||
surprise and disappointment.
|
||
|
||
Now that I had a moment to myself, I lost no time in changing the
|
||
priming of my pistol, and then, having one ready for service, and to
|
||
make assurance doubly sure, I proceeded to draw the load of the other
|
||
and recharge it afresh from the beginning.
|
||
|
||
My new employment struck Hands all of a heap; he began to see the dice
|
||
going against him, and after an obvious hesitation, he also hauled
|
||
himself heavily into the shrouds, and with the dirk in his teeth, began
|
||
slowly and painfully to mount. It cost him no end of time and groans
|
||
to haul his wounded leg behind him, and I had quietly finished my
|
||
arrangements before he was much more than a third of the way up. Then,
|
||
with a pistol in either hand, I addressed him.
|
||
|
||
“One more step, Mr. Hands,” said I, “and I’ll blow your brains out! Dead
|
||
men don’t bite, you know,” I added with a chuckle.
|
||
|
||
He stopped instantly. I could see by the working of his face that he was
|
||
trying to think, and the process was so slow and laborious that, in my
|
||
new-found security, I laughed aloud. At last, with a swallow or two, he
|
||
spoke, his face still wearing the same expression of extreme perplexity.
|
||
In order to speak he had to take the dagger from his mouth, but in all
|
||
else he remained unmoved.
|
||
|
||
“Jim,” says he, “I reckon we’re fouled, you and me, and we’ll have to
|
||
sign articles. I’d have had you but for that there lurch, but I don’t
|
||
have no luck, not I; and I reckon I’ll have to strike, which comes hard,
|
||
you see, for a master mariner to a ship’s younker like you, Jim.”
|
||
|
||
I was drinking in his words and smiling away, as conceited as a cock
|
||
upon a wall, when, all in a breath, back went his right hand over his
|
||
shoulder. Something sang like an arrow through the air; I felt a blow
|
||
and then a sharp pang, and there I was pinned by the shoulder to the
|
||
mast. In the horrid pain and surprise of the moment--I scarce can say
|
||
it was by my own volition, and I am sure it was without a conscious
|
||
aim--both my pistols went off, and both escaped out of my hands. They
|
||
did not fall alone; with a choked cry, the coxswain loosed his grasp
|
||
upon the shrouds and plunged head first into the water.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
27
|
||
|
||
“Pieces of Eight”
|
||
|
||
OWING to the cant of the vessel, the masts hung far out over the water,
|
||
and from my perch on the cross-trees I had nothing below me but the
|
||
surface of the bay. Hands, who was not so far up, was in consequence
|
||
nearer to the ship and fell between me and the bulwarks. He rose once to
|
||
the surface in a lather of foam and blood and then sank again for good.
|
||
As the water settled, I could see him lying huddled together on the
|
||
clean, bright sand in the shadow of the vessel’s sides. A fish or two
|
||
whipped past his body. Sometimes, by the quivering of the water, he
|
||
appeared to move a little, as if he were trying to rise. But he was dead
|
||
enough, for all that, being both shot and drowned, and was food for fish
|
||
in the very place where he had designed my slaughter.
|
||
|
||
I was no sooner certain of this than I began to feel sick, faint, and
|
||
terrified. The hot blood was running over my back and chest. The dirk,
|
||
where it had pinned my shoulder to the mast, seemed to burn like a hot
|
||
iron; yet it was not so much these real sufferings that distressed me,
|
||
for these, it seemed to me, I could bear without a murmur; it was the
|
||
horror I had upon my mind of falling from the cross-trees into that
|
||
still green water, beside the body of the coxswain.
|
||
|
||
I clung with both hands till my nails ached, and I shut my eyes as if to
|
||
cover up the peril. Gradually my mind came back again, my pulses quieted
|
||
down to a more natural time, and I was once more in possession of
|
||
myself.
|
||
|
||
It was my first thought to pluck forth the dirk, but either it stuck too
|
||
hard or my nerve failed me, and I desisted with a violent shudder. Oddly
|
||
enough, that very shudder did the business. The knife, in fact, had come
|
||
the nearest in the world to missing me altogether; it held me by a mere
|
||
pinch of skin, and this the shudder tore away. The blood ran down the
|
||
faster, to be sure, but I was my own master again and only tacked to the
|
||
mast by my coat and shirt.
|
||
|
||
These last I broke through with a sudden jerk, and then regained the
|
||
deck by the starboard shrouds. For nothing in the world would I have
|
||
again ventured, shaken as I was, upon the overhanging port shrouds from
|
||
which Israel had so lately fallen.
|
||
|
||
I went below and did what I could for my wound; it pained me a good deal
|
||
and still bled freely, but it was neither deep nor dangerous, nor did it
|
||
greatly gall me when I used my arm. Then I looked around me, and as the
|
||
ship was now, in a sense, my own, I began to think of clearing it from
|
||
its last passenger--the dead man, O’Brien.
|
||
|
||
He had pitched, as I have said, against the bulwarks, where he lay
|
||
like some horrible, ungainly sort of puppet, life-size, indeed, but how
|
||
different from life’s colour or life’s comeliness! In that position
|
||
I could easily have my way with him, and as the habit of tragical
|
||
adventures had worn off almost all my terror for the dead, I took him
|
||
by the waist as if he had been a sack of bran and with one good heave,
|
||
tumbled him overboard. He went in with a sounding plunge; the red cap
|
||
came off and remained floating on the surface; and as soon as the splash
|
||
subsided, I could see him and Israel lying side by side, both wavering
|
||
with the tremulous movement of the water. O’Brien, though still quite a
|
||
young man, was very bald. There he lay, with that bald head across the
|
||
knees of the man who had killed him and the quick fishes steering to and
|
||
fro over both.
|
||
|
||
I was now alone upon the ship; the tide had just turned. The sun was
|
||
within so few degrees of setting that already the shadow of the pines
|
||
upon the western shore began to reach right across the anchorage and
|
||
fall in patterns on the deck. The evening breeze had sprung up, and
|
||
though it was well warded off by the hill with the two peaks upon the
|
||
east, the cordage had begun to sing a little softly to itself and the
|
||
idle sails to rattle to and fro.
|
||
|
||
I began to see a danger to the ship. The jibs I speedily doused and
|
||
brought tumbling to the deck, but the main-sail was a harder matter. Of
|
||
course, when the schooner canted over, the boom had swung out-board, and
|
||
the cap of it and a foot or two of sail hung even under water. I thought
|
||
this made it still more dangerous; yet the strain was so heavy that I
|
||
half feared to meddle. At last I got my knife and cut the halyards. The
|
||
peak dropped instantly, a great belly of loose canvas floated broad upon
|
||
the water, and since, pull as I liked, I could not budge the downhall,
|
||
that was the extent of what I could accomplish. For the rest, the
|
||
HISPANIOLA must trust to luck, like myself.
|
||
|
||
By this time the whole anchorage had fallen into shadow--the last rays,
|
||
I remember, falling through a glade of the wood and shining bright as
|
||
jewels on the flowery mantle of the wreck. It began to be chill; the
|
||
tide was rapidly fleeting seaward, the schooner settling more and more
|
||
on her beam-ends.
|
||
|
||
I scrambled forward and looked over. It seemed shallow enough, and
|
||
holding the cut hawser in both hands for a last security, I let myself
|
||
drop softly overboard. The water scarcely reached my waist; the sand was
|
||
firm and covered with ripple marks, and I waded ashore in great spirits,
|
||
leaving the HISPANIOLA on her side, with her main-sail trailing wide
|
||
upon the surface of the bay. About the same time, the sun went fairly
|
||
down and the breeze whistled low in the dusk among the tossing pines.
|
||
|
||
At least, and at last, I was off the sea, nor had I returned thence
|
||
empty-handed. There lay the schooner, clear at last from buccaneers
|
||
and ready for our own men to board and get to sea again. I had nothing
|
||
nearer my fancy than to get home to the stockade and boast of my
|
||
achievements. Possibly I might be blamed a bit for my truantry, but the
|
||
recapture of the HISPANIOLA was a clenching answer, and I hoped that
|
||
even Captain Smollett would confess I had not lost my time.
|
||
|
||
So thinking, and in famous spirits, I began to set my face homeward for
|
||
the block house and my companions. I remembered that the most easterly
|
||
of the rivers which drain into Captain Kidd’s anchorage ran from the
|
||
two-peaked hill upon my left, and I bent my course in that direction
|
||
that I might pass the stream while it was small. The wood was pretty
|
||
open, and keeping along the lower spurs, I had soon turned the corner
|
||
of that hill, and not long after waded to the mid-calf across the
|
||
watercourse.
|
||
|
||
This brought me near to where I had encountered Ben Gunn, the maroon;
|
||
and I walked more circumspectly, keeping an eye on every side. The dusk
|
||
had come nigh hand completely, and as I opened out the cleft between the
|
||
two peaks, I became aware of a wavering glow against the sky, where, as
|
||
I judged, the man of the island was cooking his supper before a roaring
|
||
fire. And yet I wondered, in my heart, that he should show himself so
|
||
careless. For if I could see this radiance, might it not reach the eyes
|
||
of Silver himself where he camped upon the shore among the marshes?
|
||
|
||
Gradually the night fell blacker; it was all I could do to guide myself
|
||
even roughly towards my destination; the double hill behind me and the
|
||
Spy-glass on my right hand loomed faint and fainter; the stars were few
|
||
and pale; and in the low ground where I wandered I kept tripping among
|
||
bushes and rolling into sandy pits.
|
||
|
||
Suddenly a kind of brightness fell about me. I looked up; a pale glimmer
|
||
of moonbeams had alighted on the summit of the Spy-glass, and soon after
|
||
I saw something broad and silvery moving low down behind the trees, and
|
||
knew the moon had risen.
|
||
|
||
With this to help me, I passed rapidly over what remained to me of my
|
||
journey, and sometimes walking, sometimes running, impatiently drew near
|
||
to the stockade. Yet, as I began to thread the grove that lies before
|
||
it, I was not so thoughtless but that I slacked my pace and went a
|
||
trifle warily. It would have been a poor end of my adventures to get
|
||
shot down by my own party in mistake.
|
||
|
||
The moon was climbing higher and higher, its light began to fall here
|
||
and there in masses through the more open districts of the wood, and
|
||
right in front of me a glow of a different colour appeared among
|
||
the trees. It was red and hot, and now and again it was a little
|
||
darkened--as it were, the embers of a bonfire smouldering.
|
||
|
||
For the life of me I could not think what it might be.
|
||
|
||
At last I came right down upon the borders of the clearing. The western
|
||
end was already steeped in moonshine; the rest, and the block house
|
||
itself, still lay in a black shadow chequered with long silvery streaks
|
||
of light. On the other side of the house an immense fire had burned
|
||
itself into clear embers and shed a steady, red reverberation,
|
||
contrasted strongly with the mellow paleness of the moon. There was not
|
||
a soul stirring nor a sound beside the noises of the breeze.
|
||
|
||
I stopped, with much wonder in my heart, and perhaps a little terror
|
||
also. It had not been our way to build great fires; we were, indeed,
|
||
by the captain’s orders, somewhat niggardly of firewood, and I began to
|
||
fear that something had gone wrong while I was absent.
|
||
|
||
I stole round by the eastern end, keeping close in shadow, and at a
|
||
convenient place, where the darkness was thickest, crossed the palisade.
|
||
|
||
To make assurance surer, I got upon my hands and knees and crawled,
|
||
without a sound, towards the corner of the house. As I drew nearer, my
|
||
heart was suddenly and greatly lightened. It is not a pleasant noise in
|
||
itself, and I have often complained of it at other times, but just
|
||
then it was like music to hear my friends snoring together so loud and
|
||
peaceful in their sleep. The sea-cry of the watch, that beautiful “All’s
|
||
well,” never fell more reassuringly on my ear.
|
||
|
||
In the meantime, there was no doubt of one thing; they kept an infamous
|
||
bad watch. If it had been Silver and his lads that were now creeping
|
||
in on them, not a soul would have seen daybreak. That was what it
|
||
was, thought I, to have the captain wounded; and again I blamed myself
|
||
sharply for leaving them in that danger with so few to mount guard.
|
||
|
||
By this time I had got to the door and stood up. All was dark within,
|
||
so that I could distinguish nothing by the eye. As for sounds, there
|
||
was the steady drone of the snorers and a small occasional noise, a
|
||
flickering or pecking that I could in no way account for.
|
||
|
||
With my arms before me I walked steadily in. I should lie down in my own
|
||
place (I thought with a silent chuckle) and enjoy their faces when they
|
||
found me in the morning.
|
||
|
||
My foot struck something yielding--it was a sleeper’s leg; and he turned
|
||
and groaned, but without awaking.
|
||
|
||
And then, all of a sudden, a shrill voice broke forth out of the
|
||
darkness:
|
||
|
||
“Pieces of eight! Pieces of eight! Pieces of eight! Pieces of eight!
|
||
Pieces of eight!” and so forth, without pause or change, like the
|
||
clacking of a tiny mill.
|
||
|
||
Silver’s green parrot, Captain Flint! It was she whom I had heard
|
||
pecking at a piece of bark; it was she, keeping better watch than any
|
||
human being, who thus announced my arrival with her wearisome refrain.
|
||
|
||
I had no time left me to recover. At the sharp, clipping tone of the
|
||
parrot, the sleepers awoke and sprang up; and with a mighty oath, the
|
||
voice of Silver cried, “Who goes?”
|
||
|
||
I turned to run, struck violently against one person, recoiled, and ran
|
||
full into the arms of a second, who for his part closed upon and held me
|
||
tight.
|
||
|
||
“Bring a torch, Dick,” said Silver when my capture was thus assured.
|
||
|
||
And one of the men left the log-house and presently returned with a
|
||
lighted brand.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
PART SIX--Captain Silver
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
28
|
||
|
||
In the Enemy’s Camp
|
||
|
||
THE red glare of the torch, lighting up the interior of the block house,
|
||
showed me the worst of my apprehensions realized. The pirates were in
|
||
possession of the house and stores: there was the cask of cognac,
|
||
there were the pork and bread, as before, and what tenfold increased
|
||
my horror, not a sign of any prisoner. I could only judge that all had
|
||
perished, and my heart smote me sorely that I had not been there to
|
||
perish with them.
|
||
|
||
There were six of the buccaneers, all told; not another man was left
|
||
alive. Five of them were on their feet, flushed and swollen, suddenly
|
||
called out of the first sleep of drunkenness. The sixth had only risen
|
||
upon his elbow; he was deadly pale, and the blood-stained bandage round
|
||
his head told that he had recently been wounded, and still more recently
|
||
dressed. I remembered the man who had been shot and had run back among
|
||
the woods in the great attack, and doubted not that this was he.
|
||
|
||
The parrot sat, preening her plumage, on Long John’s shoulder. He
|
||
himself, I thought, looked somewhat paler and more stern than I was used
|
||
to. He still wore the fine broadcloth suit in which he had fulfilled his
|
||
mission, but it was bitterly the worse for wear, daubed with clay and
|
||
torn with the sharp briers of the wood.
|
||
|
||
“So,” said he, “here’s Jim Hawkins, shiver my timbers! Dropped in, like,
|
||
eh? Well, come, I take that friendly.”
|
||
|
||
And thereupon he sat down across the brandy cask and began to fill a
|
||
pipe.
|
||
|
||
“Give me a loan of the link, Dick,” said he; and then, when he had a
|
||
good light, “That’ll do, lad,” he added; “stick the glim in the wood
|
||
heap; and you, gentlemen, bring yourselves to! You needn’t stand up
|
||
for Mr. Hawkins; HE’LL excuse you, you may lay to that. And so,
|
||
Jim”--stopping the tobacco--“here you were, and quite a pleasant
|
||
surprise for poor old John. I see you were smart when first I set my
|
||
eyes on you, but this here gets away from me clean, it do.”
|
||
|
||
To all this, as may be well supposed, I made no answer. They had set me
|
||
with my back against the wall, and I stood there, looking Silver in the
|
||
face, pluckily enough, I hope, to all outward appearance, but with black
|
||
despair in my heart.
|
||
|
||
Silver took a whiff or two of his pipe with great composure and then ran
|
||
on again.
|
||
|
||
“Now, you see, Jim, so be as you ARE here,” says he, “I’ll give you a
|
||
piece of my mind. I’ve always liked you, I have, for a lad of spirit,
|
||
and the picter of my own self when I was young and handsome. I always
|
||
wanted you to jine and take your share, and die a gentleman, and now, my
|
||
cock, you’ve got to. Cap’n Smollett’s a fine seaman, as I’ll own up to
|
||
any day, but stiff on discipline. ‘Dooty is dooty,’ says he, and right
|
||
he is. Just you keep clear of the cap’n. The doctor himself is gone dead
|
||
again you--‘ungrateful scamp’ was what he said; and the short and the
|
||
long of the whole story is about here: you can’t go back to your own
|
||
lot, for they won’t have you; and without you start a third ship’s
|
||
company all by yourself, which might be lonely, you’ll have to jine with
|
||
Cap’n Silver.”
|
||
|
||
So far so good. My friends, then, were still alive, and though I partly
|
||
believed the truth of Silver’s statement, that the cabin party were
|
||
incensed at me for my desertion, I was more relieved than distressed by
|
||
what I heard.
|
||
|
||
“I don’t say nothing as to your being in our hands,” continued Silver,
|
||
“though there you are, and you may lay to it. I’m all for argyment; I
|
||
never seen good come out o’ threatening. If you like the service, well,
|
||
you’ll jine; and if you don’t, Jim, why, you’re free to answer no--free
|
||
and welcome, shipmate; and if fairer can be said by mortal seaman,
|
||
shiver my sides!”
|
||
|
||
“Am I to answer, then?” I asked with a very tremulous voice. Through all
|
||
this sneering talk, I was made to feel the threat of death that overhung
|
||
me, and my cheeks burned and my heart beat painfully in my breast.
|
||
|
||
“Lad,” said Silver, “no one’s a-pressing of you. Take your bearings.
|
||
None of us won’t hurry you, mate; time goes so pleasant in your company,
|
||
you see.”
|
||
|
||
“Well,” says I, growing a bit bolder, “if I’m to choose, I declare I
|
||
have a right to know what’s what, and why you’re here, and where my
|
||
friends are.”
|
||
|
||
“Wot’s wot?” repeated one of the buccaneers in a deep growl. “Ah, he’d
|
||
be a lucky one as knowed that!”
|
||
|
||
“You’ll perhaps batten down your hatches till you’re spoke to, my
|
||
friend,” cried Silver truculently to this speaker. And then, in
|
||
his first gracious tones, he replied to me, “Yesterday morning, Mr.
|
||
Hawkins,” said he, “in the dog-watch, down came Doctor Livesey with a
|
||
flag of truce. Says he, ‘Cap’n Silver, you’re sold out. Ship’s gone.’
|
||
Well, maybe we’d been taking a glass, and a song to help it round. I
|
||
won’t say no. Leastways, none of us had looked out. We looked out, and
|
||
by thunder, the old ship was gone! I never seen a pack o’ fools look
|
||
fishier; and you may lay to that, if I tells you that looked the
|
||
fishiest. ‘Well,’ says the doctor, ‘let’s bargain.’ We bargained, him
|
||
and I, and here we are: stores, brandy, block house, the firewood you
|
||
was thoughtful enough to cut, and in a manner of speaking, the whole
|
||
blessed boat, from cross-trees to kelson. As for them, they’ve tramped;
|
||
I don’t know where’s they are.”
|
||
|
||
He drew again quietly at his pipe.
|
||
|
||
“And lest you should take it into that head of yours,” he went on, “that
|
||
you was included in the treaty, here’s the last word that was said: ‘How
|
||
many are you,’ says I, ‘to leave?’ ‘Four,’ says he; ‘four, and one of us
|
||
wounded. As for that boy, I don’t know where he is, confound him,’ says
|
||
he, ‘nor I don’t much care. We’re about sick of him.’ These was his
|
||
words.
|
||
|
||
“Is that all?” I asked.
|
||
|
||
“Well, it’s all that you’re to hear, my son,” returned Silver.
|
||
|
||
“And now I am to choose?”
|
||
|
||
“And now you are to choose, and you may lay to that,” said Silver.
|
||
|
||
“Well,” said I, “I am not such a fool but I know pretty well what I have
|
||
to look for. Let the worst come to the worst, it’s little I care. I’ve
|
||
seen too many die since I fell in with you. But there’s a thing or two
|
||
I have to tell you,” I said, and by this time I was quite excited; “and
|
||
the first is this: here you are, in a bad way--ship lost, treasure lost,
|
||
men lost, your whole business gone to wreck; and if you want to know who
|
||
did it--it was I! I was in the apple barrel the night we sighted land,
|
||
and I heard you, John, and you, Dick Johnson, and Hands, who is now at
|
||
the bottom of the sea, and told every word you said before the hour was
|
||
out. And as for the schooner, it was I who cut her cable, and it was I
|
||
that killed the men you had aboard of her, and it was I who brought her
|
||
where you’ll never see her more, not one of you. The laugh’s on my side;
|
||
I’ve had the top of this business from the first; I no more fear you
|
||
than I fear a fly. Kill me, if you please, or spare me. But one thing
|
||
I’ll say, and no more; if you spare me, bygones are bygones, and when
|
||
you fellows are in court for piracy, I’ll save you all I can. It is for
|
||
you to choose. Kill another and do yourselves no good, or spare me and
|
||
keep a witness to save you from the gallows.”
|
||
|
||
I stopped, for, I tell you, I was out of breath, and to my wonder, not
|
||
a man of them moved, but all sat staring at me like as many sheep. And
|
||
while they were still staring, I broke out again, “And now, Mr. Silver,”
|
||
I said, “I believe you’re the best man here, and if things go to the
|
||
worst, I’ll take it kind of you to let the doctor know the way I took
|
||
it.”
|
||
|
||
“I’ll bear it in mind,” said Silver with an accent so curious that I
|
||
could not, for the life of me, decide whether he were laughing at my
|
||
request or had been favourably affected by my courage.
|
||
|
||
“I’ll put one to that,” cried the old mahogany-faced seaman--Morgan
|
||
by name--whom I had seen in Long John’s public-house upon the quays of
|
||
Bristol. “It was him that knowed Black Dog.”
|
||
|
||
“Well, and see here,” added the sea-cook. “I’ll put another again to
|
||
that, by thunder! For it was this same boy that faked the chart from
|
||
Billy Bones. First and last, we’ve split upon Jim Hawkins!”
|
||
|
||
“Then here goes!” said Morgan with an oath.
|
||
|
||
And he sprang up, drawing his knife as if he had been twenty.
|
||
|
||
“Avast, there!” cried Silver. “Who are you, Tom Morgan? Maybe you
|
||
thought you was cap’n here, perhaps. By the powers, but I’ll teach you
|
||
better! Cross me, and you’ll go where many a good man’s gone before you,
|
||
first and last, these thirty year back--some to the yard-arm, shiver
|
||
my timbers, and some by the board, and all to feed the fishes. There’s
|
||
never a man looked me between the eyes and seen a good day a’terwards,
|
||
Tom Morgan, you may lay to that.”
|
||
|
||
Morgan paused, but a hoarse murmur rose from the others.
|
||
|
||
“Tom’s right,” said one.
|
||
|
||
“I stood hazing long enough from one,” added another. “I’ll be hanged if
|
||
I’ll be hazed by you, John Silver.”
|
||
|
||
“Did any of you gentlemen want to have it out with ME?” roared Silver,
|
||
bending far forward from his position on the keg, with his pipe still
|
||
glowing in his right hand. “Put a name on what you’re at; you ain’t
|
||
dumb, I reckon. Him that wants shall get it. Have I lived this many
|
||
years, and a son of a rum puncheon cock his hat athwart my hawse at the
|
||
latter end of it? You know the way; you’re all gentlemen o’ fortune, by
|
||
your account. Well, I’m ready. Take a cutlass, him that dares, and I’ll
|
||
see the colour of his inside, crutch and all, before that pipe’s empty.”
|
||
|
||
Not a man stirred; not a man answered.
|
||
|
||
“That’s your sort, is it?” he added, returning his pipe to his mouth.
|
||
“Well, you’re a gay lot to look at, anyway. Not much worth to fight, you
|
||
ain’t. P’r’aps you can understand King George’s English. I’m cap’n here
|
||
by ’lection. I’m cap’n here because I’m the best man by a long sea-mile.
|
||
You won’t fight, as gentlemen o’ fortune should; then, by thunder,
|
||
you’ll obey, and you may lay to it! I like that boy, now; I never seen
|
||
a better boy than that. He’s more a man than any pair of rats of you in
|
||
this here house, and what I say is this: let me see him that’ll lay a
|
||
hand on him--that’s what I say, and you may lay to it.”
|
||
|
||
There was a long pause after this. I stood straight up against the wall,
|
||
my heart still going like a sledge-hammer, but with a ray of hope
|
||
now shining in my bosom. Silver leant back against the wall, his arms
|
||
crossed, his pipe in the corner of his mouth, as calm as though he had
|
||
been in church; yet his eye kept wandering furtively, and he kept the
|
||
tail of it on his unruly followers. They, on their part, drew gradually
|
||
together towards the far end of the block house, and the low hiss of
|
||
their whispering sounded in my ear continuously, like a stream. One
|
||
after another, they would look up, and the red light of the torch would
|
||
fall for a second on their nervous faces; but it was not towards me, it
|
||
was towards Silver that they turned their eyes.
|
||
|
||
“You seem to have a lot to say,” remarked Silver, spitting far into the
|
||
air. “Pipe up and let me hear it, or lay to.”
|
||
|
||
“Ax your pardon, sir,” returned one of the men; “you’re pretty free with
|
||
some of the rules; maybe you’ll kindly keep an eye upon the rest. This
|
||
crew’s dissatisfied; this crew don’t vally bullying a marlin-spike; this
|
||
crew has its rights like other crews, I’ll make so free as that; and by
|
||
your own rules, I take it we can talk together. I ax your pardon, sir,
|
||
acknowledging you for to be captaing at this present; but I claim my
|
||
right, and steps outside for a council.”
|
||
|
||
And with an elaborate sea-salute, this fellow, a long, ill-looking,
|
||
yellow-eyed man of five and thirty, stepped coolly towards the door and
|
||
disappeared out of the house. One after another the rest followed his
|
||
example, each making a salute as he passed, each adding some apology.
|
||
“According to rules,” said one. “Forecastle council,” said Morgan. And
|
||
so with one remark or another all marched out and left Silver and me
|
||
alone with the torch.
|
||
|
||
The sea-cook instantly removed his pipe.
|
||
|
||
“Now, look you here, Jim Hawkins,” he said in a steady whisper that was
|
||
no more than audible, “you’re within half a plank of death, and what’s
|
||
a long sight worse, of torture. They’re going to throw me off. But, you
|
||
mark, I stand by you through thick and thin. I didn’t mean to; no, not
|
||
till you spoke up. I was about desperate to lose that much blunt, and
|
||
be hanged into the bargain. But I see you was the right sort. I says to
|
||
myself, you stand by Hawkins, John, and Hawkins’ll stand by you. You’re
|
||
his last card, and by the living thunder, John, he’s yours! Back to
|
||
back, says I. You save your witness, and he’ll save your neck!”
|
||
|
||
I began dimly to understand.
|
||
|
||
“You mean all’s lost?” I asked.
|
||
|
||
“Aye, by gum, I do!” he answered. “Ship gone, neck gone--that’s the
|
||
size of it. Once I looked into that bay, Jim Hawkins, and seen no
|
||
schooner--well, I’m tough, but I gave out. As for that lot and their
|
||
council, mark me, they’re outright fools and cowards. I’ll save your
|
||
life--if so be as I can--from them. But, see here, Jim--tit for tat--you
|
||
save Long John from swinging.”
|
||
|
||
I was bewildered; it seemed a thing so hopeless he was asking--he, the
|
||
old buccaneer, the ringleader throughout.
|
||
|
||
“What I can do, that I’ll do,” I said.
|
||
|
||
“It’s a bargain!” cried Long John. “You speak up plucky, and by thunder,
|
||
I’ve a chance!”
|
||
|
||
He hobbled to the torch, where it stood propped among the firewood, and
|
||
took a fresh light to his pipe.
|
||
|
||
“Understand me, Jim,” he said, returning. “I’ve a head on my shoulders,
|
||
I have. I’m on squire’s side now. I know you’ve got that ship safe
|
||
somewheres. How you done it, I don’t know, but safe it is. I guess Hands
|
||
and O’Brien turned soft. I never much believed in neither of THEM. Now
|
||
you mark me. I ask no questions, nor I won’t let others. I know when
|
||
a game’s up, I do; and I know a lad that’s staunch. Ah, you that’s
|
||
young--you and me might have done a power of good together!”
|
||
|
||
He drew some cognac from the cask into a tin cannikin.
|
||
|
||
“Will you taste, messmate?” he asked; and when I had refused: “Well,
|
||
I’ll take a dram myself, Jim,” said he. “I need a caulker, for there’s
|
||
trouble on hand. And talking o’ trouble, why did that doctor give me the
|
||
chart, Jim?”
|
||
|
||
My face expressed a wonder so unaffected that he saw the needlessness of
|
||
further questions.
|
||
|
||
“Ah, well, he did, though,” said he. “And there’s something under that,
|
||
no doubt--something, surely, under that, Jim--bad or good.”
|
||
|
||
And he took another swallow of the brandy, shaking his great fair head
|
||
like a man who looks forward to the worst.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
29
|
||
|
||
The Black Spot Again
|
||
|
||
THE council of buccaneers had lasted some time, when one of them
|
||
re-entered the house, and with a repetition of the same salute, which
|
||
had in my eyes an ironical air, begged for a moment’s loan of the torch.
|
||
Silver briefly agreed, and this emissary retired again, leaving us
|
||
together in the dark.
|
||
|
||
“There’s a breeze coming, Jim,” said Silver, who had by this time
|
||
adopted quite a friendly and familiar tone.
|
||
|
||
I turned to the loophole nearest me and looked out. The embers of the
|
||
great fire had so far burned themselves out and now glowed so low and
|
||
duskily that I understood why these conspirators desired a torch. About
|
||
half-way down the slope to the stockade, they were collected in a group;
|
||
one held the light, another was on his knees in their midst, and I saw
|
||
the blade of an open knife shine in his hand with varying colours in
|
||
the moon and torchlight. The rest were all somewhat stooping, as though
|
||
watching the manoeuvres of this last. I could just make out that he
|
||
had a book as well as a knife in his hand, and was still wondering how
|
||
anything so incongruous had come in their possession when the kneeling
|
||
figure rose once more to his feet and the whole party began to move
|
||
together towards the house.
|
||
|
||
“Here they come,” said I; and I returned to my former position, for it
|
||
seemed beneath my dignity that they should find me watching them.
|
||
|
||
“Well, let ’em come, lad--let ’em come,” said Silver cheerily. “I’ve
|
||
still a shot in my locker.”
|
||
|
||
The door opened, and the five men, standing huddled together just
|
||
inside, pushed one of their number forward. In any other circumstances
|
||
it would have been comical to see his slow advance, hesitating as he set
|
||
down each foot, but holding his closed right hand in front of him.
|
||
|
||
“Step up, lad,” cried Silver. “I won’t eat you. Hand it over, lubber. I
|
||
know the rules, I do; I won’t hurt a depytation.”
|
||
|
||
Thus encouraged, the buccaneer stepped forth more briskly, and having
|
||
passed something to Silver, from hand to hand, slipped yet more smartly
|
||
back again to his companions.
|
||
|
||
The sea-cook looked at what had been given him.
|
||
|
||
“The black spot! I thought so,” he observed. “Where might you have got
|
||
the paper? Why, hillo! Look here, now; this ain’t lucky! You’ve gone and
|
||
cut this out of a Bible. What fool’s cut a Bible?”
|
||
|
||
“Ah, there!” said Morgan. “There! Wot did I say? No good’ll come o’
|
||
that, I said.”
|
||
|
||
“Well, you’ve about fixed it now, among you,” continued Silver. “You’ll
|
||
all swing now, I reckon. What soft-headed lubber had a Bible?”
|
||
|
||
“It was Dick,” said one.
|
||
|
||
“Dick, was it? Then Dick can get to prayers,” said Silver. “He’s seen
|
||
his slice of luck, has Dick, and you may lay to that.”
|
||
|
||
But here the long man with the yellow eyes struck in.
|
||
|
||
“Belay that talk, John Silver,” he said. “This crew has tipped you the
|
||
black spot in full council, as in dooty bound; just you turn it over, as
|
||
in dooty bound, and see what’s wrote there. Then you can talk.”
|
||
|
||
“Thanky, George,” replied the sea-cook. “You always was brisk for
|
||
business, and has the rules by heart, George, as I’m pleased to see.
|
||
Well, what is it, anyway? Ah! ‘Deposed’--that’s it, is it? Very pretty
|
||
wrote, to be sure; like print, I swear. Your hand o’ write, George? Why,
|
||
you was gettin’ quite a leadin’ man in this here crew. You’ll be cap’n
|
||
next, I shouldn’t wonder. Just oblige me with that torch again, will
|
||
you? This pipe don’t draw.”
|
||
|
||
“Come, now,” said George, “you don’t fool this crew no more. You’re a
|
||
funny man, by your account; but you’re over now, and you’ll maybe step
|
||
down off that barrel and help vote.”
|
||
|
||
“I thought you said you knowed the rules,” returned Silver
|
||
contemptuously. “Leastways, if you don’t, I do; and I wait here--and I’m
|
||
still your cap’n, mind--till you outs with your grievances and I reply;
|
||
in the meantime, your black spot ain’t worth a biscuit. After that,
|
||
we’ll see.”
|
||
|
||
“Oh,” replied George, “you don’t be under no kind of apprehension; WE’RE
|
||
all square, we are. First, you’ve made a hash of this cruise--you’ll be
|
||
a bold man to say no to that. Second, you let the enemy out o’ this here
|
||
trap for nothing. Why did they want out? I dunno, but it’s pretty plain
|
||
they wanted it. Third, you wouldn’t let us go at them upon the march.
|
||
Oh, we see through you, John Silver; you want to play booty, that’s
|
||
what’s wrong with you. And then, fourth, there’s this here boy.”
|
||
|
||
“Is that all?” asked Silver quietly.
|
||
|
||
“Enough, too,” retorted George. “We’ll all swing and sun-dry for your
|
||
bungling.”
|
||
|
||
“Well now, look here, I’ll answer these four p’ints; one after another
|
||
I’ll answer ’em. I made a hash o’ this cruise, did I? Well now, you all
|
||
know what I wanted, and you all know if that had been done that we’d
|
||
’a been aboard the HISPANIOLA this night as ever was, every man of us
|
||
alive, and fit, and full of good plum-duff, and the treasure in the hold
|
||
of her, by thunder! Well, who crossed me? Who forced my hand, as was the
|
||
lawful cap’n? Who tipped me the black spot the day we landed and began
|
||
this dance? Ah, it’s a fine dance--I’m with you there--and looks mighty
|
||
like a hornpipe in a rope’s end at Execution Dock by London town, it
|
||
does. But who done it? Why, it was Anderson, and Hands, and you, George
|
||
Merry! And you’re the last above board of that same meddling crew;
|
||
and you have the Davy Jones’s insolence to up and stand for cap’n over
|
||
me--you, that sank the lot of us! By the powers! But this tops the
|
||
stiffest yarn to nothing.”
|
||
|
||
Silver paused, and I could see by the faces of George and his late
|
||
comrades that these words had not been said in vain.
|
||
|
||
“That’s for number one,” cried the accused, wiping the sweat from his
|
||
brow, for he had been talking with a vehemence that shook the house.
|
||
“Why, I give you my word, I’m sick to speak to you. You’ve neither sense
|
||
nor memory, and I leave it to fancy where your mothers was that let you
|
||
come to sea. Sea! Gentlemen o’ fortune! I reckon tailors is your trade.”
|
||
|
||
“Go on, John,” said Morgan. “Speak up to the others.”
|
||
|
||
“Ah, the others!” returned John. “They’re a nice lot, ain’t they? You
|
||
say this cruise is bungled. Ah! By gum, if you could understand how bad
|
||
it’s bungled, you would see! We’re that near the gibbet that my neck’s
|
||
stiff with thinking on it. You’ve seen ’em, maybe, hanged in chains,
|
||
birds about ’em, seamen p’inting ’em out as they go down with the tide.
|
||
‘Who’s that?’ says one. ‘That! Why, that’s John Silver. I knowed him
|
||
well,’ says another. And you can hear the chains a-jangle as you go
|
||
about and reach for the other buoy. Now, that’s about where we are,
|
||
every mother’s son of us, thanks to him, and Hands, and Anderson, and
|
||
other ruination fools of you. And if you want to know about number four,
|
||
and that boy, why, shiver my timbers, isn’t he a hostage? Are we a-going
|
||
to waste a hostage? No, not us; he might be our last chance, and I
|
||
shouldn’t wonder. Kill that boy? Not me, mates! And number three? Ah,
|
||
well, there’s a deal to say to number three. Maybe you don’t count it
|
||
nothing to have a real college doctor to see you every day--you, John,
|
||
with your head broke--or you, George Merry, that had the ague shakes
|
||
upon you not six hours agone, and has your eyes the colour of lemon peel
|
||
to this same moment on the clock? And maybe, perhaps, you didn’t know
|
||
there was a consort coming either? But there is, and not so long till
|
||
then; and we’ll see who’ll be glad to have a hostage when it comes to
|
||
that. And as for number two, and why I made a bargain--well, you came
|
||
crawling on your knees to me to make it--on your knees you came, you was
|
||
that downhearted--and you’d have starved too if I hadn’t--but that’s a
|
||
trifle! You look there--that’s why!”
|
||
|
||
And he cast down upon the floor a paper that I instantly
|
||
recognized--none other than the chart on yellow paper, with the three
|
||
red crosses, that I had found in the oilcloth at the bottom of the
|
||
captain’s chest. Why the doctor had given it to him was more than I
|
||
could fancy.
|
||
|
||
But if it were inexplicable to me, the appearance of the chart was
|
||
incredible to the surviving mutineers. They leaped upon it like cats
|
||
upon a mouse. It went from hand to hand, one tearing it from another;
|
||
and by the oaths and the cries and the childish laughter with which they
|
||
accompanied their examination, you would have thought, not only they
|
||
were fingering the very gold, but were at sea with it, besides, in
|
||
safety.
|
||
|
||
“Yes,” said one, “that’s Flint, sure enough. J. F., and a score below,
|
||
with a clove hitch to it; so he done ever.”
|
||
|
||
“Mighty pretty,” said George. “But how are we to get away with it, and
|
||
us no ship.”
|
||
|
||
Silver suddenly sprang up, and supporting himself with a hand against
|
||
the wall: “Now I give you warning, George,” he cried. “One more word
|
||
of your sauce, and I’ll call you down and fight you. How? Why, how do I
|
||
know? You had ought to tell me that--you and the rest, that lost me my
|
||
schooner, with your interference, burn you! But not you, you can’t; you
|
||
hain’t got the invention of a cockroach. But civil you can speak, and
|
||
shall, George Merry, you may lay to that.”
|
||
|
||
“That’s fair enow,” said the old man Morgan.
|
||
|
||
“Fair! I reckon so,” said the sea-cook. “You lost the ship; I found the
|
||
treasure. Who’s the better man at that? And now I resign, by thunder!
|
||
Elect whom you please to be your cap’n now; I’m done with it.”
|
||
|
||
“Silver!” they cried. “Barbecue forever! Barbecue for cap’n!”
|
||
|
||
“So that’s the toon, is it?” cried the cook. “George, I reckon you’ll
|
||
have to wait another turn, friend; and lucky for you as I’m not a
|
||
revengeful man. But that was never my way. And now, shipmates, this
|
||
black spot? ’Tain’t much good now, is it? Dick’s crossed his luck and
|
||
spoiled his Bible, and that’s about all.”
|
||
|
||
“It’ll do to kiss the book on still, won’t it?” growled Dick, who was
|
||
evidently uneasy at the curse he had brought upon himself.
|
||
|
||
“A Bible with a bit cut out!” returned Silver derisively. “Not it. It
|
||
don’t bind no more’n a ballad-book.”
|
||
|
||
“Don’t it, though?” cried Dick with a sort of joy. “Well, I reckon
|
||
that’s worth having too.”
|
||
|
||
“Here, Jim--here’s a cur’osity for you,” said Silver, and he tossed me
|
||
the paper.
|
||
|
||
It was around about the size of a crown piece. One side was blank,
|
||
for it had been the last leaf; the other contained a verse or two of
|
||
Revelation--these words among the rest, which struck sharply home upon
|
||
my mind: “Without are dogs and murderers.” The printed side had been
|
||
blackened with wood ash, which already began to come off and soil my
|
||
fingers; on the blank side had been written with the same material the
|
||
one word “Depposed.” I have that curiosity beside me at this moment, but
|
||
not a trace of writing now remains beyond a single scratch, such as a
|
||
man might make with his thumb-nail.
|
||
|
||
That was the end of the night’s business. Soon after, with a drink all
|
||
round, we lay down to sleep, and the outside of Silver’s vengeance was
|
||
to put George Merry up for sentinel and threaten him with death if he
|
||
should prove unfaithful.
|
||
|
||
It was long ere I could close an eye, and heaven knows I had matter
|
||
enough for thought in the man whom I had slain that afternoon, in my own
|
||
most perilous position, and above all, in the remarkable game that I saw
|
||
Silver now engaged upon--keeping the mutineers together with one hand
|
||
and grasping with the other after every means, possible and impossible,
|
||
to make his peace and save his miserable life. He himself slept
|
||
peacefully and snored aloud, yet my heart was sore for him, wicked as he
|
||
was, to think on the dark perils that environed and the shameful gibbet
|
||
that awaited him.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
30
|
||
|
||
On Parole
|
||
|
||
I WAS wakened--indeed, we were all wakened, for I could see even the
|
||
sentinel shake himself together from where he had fallen against the
|
||
door-post--by a clear, hearty voice hailing us from the margin of the
|
||
wood:
|
||
|
||
“Block house, ahoy!” it cried. “Here’s the doctor.”
|
||
|
||
And the doctor it was. Although I was glad to hear the sound, yet my
|
||
gladness was not without admixture. I remembered with confusion my
|
||
insubordinate and stealthy conduct, and when I saw where it had brought
|
||
me--among what companions and surrounded by what dangers--I felt ashamed
|
||
to look him in the face.
|
||
|
||
He must have risen in the dark, for the day had hardly come; and when I
|
||
ran to a loophole and looked out, I saw him standing, like Silver once
|
||
before, up to the mid-leg in creeping vapour.
|
||
|
||
“You, doctor! Top o’ the morning to you, sir!” cried Silver, broad awake
|
||
and beaming with good nature in a moment. “Bright and early, to be sure;
|
||
and it’s the early bird, as the saying goes, that gets the rations.
|
||
George, shake up your timbers, son, and help Dr. Livesey over the ship’s
|
||
side. All a-doin’ well, your patients was--all well and merry.”
|
||
|
||
So he pattered on, standing on the hilltop with his crutch under his
|
||
elbow and one hand upon the side of the log-house--quite the old John in
|
||
voice, manner, and expression.
|
||
|
||
“We’ve quite a surprise for you too, sir,” he continued. “We’ve a little
|
||
stranger here--he! he! A noo boarder and lodger, sir, and looking fit
|
||
and taut as a fiddle; slep’ like a supercargo, he did, right alongside
|
||
of John--stem to stem we was, all night.”
|
||
|
||
Dr. Livesey was by this time across the stockade and pretty near the
|
||
cook, and I could hear the alteration in his voice as he said, “Not
|
||
Jim?”
|
||
|
||
“The very same Jim as ever was,” says Silver.
|
||
|
||
The doctor stopped outright, although he did not speak, and it was some
|
||
seconds before he seemed able to move on.
|
||
|
||
“Well, well,” he said at last, “duty first and pleasure afterwards, as
|
||
you might have said yourself, Silver. Let us overhaul these patients of
|
||
yours.”
|
||
|
||
A moment afterwards he had entered the block house and with one grim
|
||
nod to me proceeded with his work among the sick. He seemed under no
|
||
apprehension, though he must have known that his life, among these
|
||
treacherous demons, depended on a hair; and he rattled on to his
|
||
patients as if he were paying an ordinary professional visit in a quiet
|
||
English family. His manner, I suppose, reacted on the men, for they
|
||
behaved to him as if nothing had occurred, as if he were still ship’s
|
||
doctor and they still faithful hands before the mast.
|
||
|
||
“You’re doing well, my friend,” he said to the fellow with the bandaged
|
||
head, “and if ever any person had a close shave, it was you; your head
|
||
must be as hard as iron. Well, George, how goes it? You’re a pretty
|
||
colour, certainly; why, your liver, man, is upside down. Did you take
|
||
that medicine? Did he take that medicine, men?”
|
||
|
||
“Aye, aye, sir, he took it, sure enough,” returned Morgan.
|
||
|
||
“Because, you see, since I am mutineers’ doctor, or prison doctor as I
|
||
prefer to call it,” says Doctor Livesey in his pleasantest way, “I make
|
||
it a point of honour not to lose a man for King George (God bless him!)
|
||
and the gallows.”
|
||
|
||
The rogues looked at each other but swallowed the home-thrust in
|
||
silence.
|
||
|
||
“Dick don’t feel well, sir,” said one.
|
||
|
||
“Don’t he?” replied the doctor. “Well, step up here, Dick, and let me
|
||
see your tongue. No, I should be surprised if he did! The man’s tongue
|
||
is fit to frighten the French. Another fever.”
|
||
|
||
“Ah, there,” said Morgan, “that comed of sp’iling Bibles.”
|
||
|
||
“That comes--as you call it--of being arrant asses,” retorted the
|
||
doctor, “and not having sense enough to know honest air from poison,
|
||
and the dry land from a vile, pestiferous slough. I think it most
|
||
probable--though of course it’s only an opinion--that you’ll all have
|
||
the deuce to pay before you get that malaria out of your systems. Camp
|
||
in a bog, would you? Silver, I’m surprised at you. You’re less of a fool
|
||
than many, take you all round; but you don’t appear to me to have the
|
||
rudiments of a notion of the rules of health.
|
||
|
||
“Well,” he added after he had dosed them round and they had taken
|
||
his prescriptions, with really laughable humility, more like charity
|
||
schoolchildren than blood-guilty mutineers and pirates--“well, that’s
|
||
done for today. And now I should wish to have a talk with that boy,
|
||
please.”
|
||
|
||
And he nodded his head in my direction carelessly.
|
||
|
||
George Merry was at the door, spitting and spluttering over some
|
||
bad-tasted medicine; but at the first word of the doctor’s proposal he
|
||
swung round with a deep flush and cried “No!” and swore.
|
||
|
||
Silver struck the barrel with his open hand.
|
||
|
||
“Si-lence!” he roared and looked about him positively like a lion.
|
||
“Doctor,” he went on in his usual tones, “I was a-thinking of that,
|
||
knowing as how you had a fancy for the boy. We’re all humbly grateful
|
||
for your kindness, and as you see, puts faith in you and takes the drugs
|
||
down like that much grog. And I take it I’ve found a way as’ll suit all.
|
||
Hawkins, will you give me your word of honour as a young gentleman--for
|
||
a young gentleman you are, although poor born--your word of honour not
|
||
to slip your cable?”
|
||
|
||
I readily gave the pledge required.
|
||
|
||
“Then, doctor,” said Silver, “you just step outside o’ that stockade,
|
||
and once you’re there I’ll bring the boy down on the inside, and I
|
||
reckon you can yarn through the spars. Good day to you, sir, and all our
|
||
dooties to the squire and Cap’n Smollett.”
|
||
|
||
The explosion of disapproval, which nothing but Silver’s black looks had
|
||
restrained, broke out immediately the doctor had left the house. Silver
|
||
was roundly accused of playing double--of trying to make a separate
|
||
peace for himself, of sacrificing the interests of his accomplices and
|
||
victims, and, in one word, of the identical, exact thing that he was
|
||
doing. It seemed to me so obvious, in this case, that I could not
|
||
imagine how he was to turn their anger. But he was twice the man
|
||
the rest were, and his last night’s victory had given him a huge
|
||
preponderance on their minds. He called them all the fools and dolts
|
||
you can imagine, said it was necessary I should talk to the doctor,
|
||
fluttered the chart in their faces, asked them if they could afford to
|
||
break the treaty the very day they were bound a-treasure-hunting.
|
||
|
||
“No, by thunder!” he cried. “It’s us must break the treaty when the time
|
||
comes; and till then I’ll gammon that doctor, if I have to ile his boots
|
||
with brandy.”
|
||
|
||
And then he bade them get the fire lit, and stalked out upon his crutch,
|
||
with his hand on my shoulder, leaving them in a disarray, and silenced
|
||
by his volubility rather than convinced.
|
||
|
||
“Slow, lad, slow,” he said. “They might round upon us in a twinkle of an
|
||
eye if we was seen to hurry.”
|
||
|
||
Very deliberately, then, did we advance across the sand to where the
|
||
doctor awaited us on the other side of the stockade, and as soon as we
|
||
were within easy speaking distance Silver stopped.
|
||
|
||
“You’ll make a note of this here also, doctor,” says he, “and the boy’ll
|
||
tell you how I saved his life, and were deposed for it too, and you
|
||
may lay to that. Doctor, when a man’s steering as near the wind as
|
||
me--playing chuck-farthing with the last breath in his body, like--you
|
||
wouldn’t think it too much, mayhap, to give him one good word? You’ll
|
||
please bear in mind it’s not my life only now--it’s that boy’s into the
|
||
bargain; and you’ll speak me fair, doctor, and give me a bit o’ hope to
|
||
go on, for the sake of mercy.”
|
||
|
||
Silver was a changed man once he was out there and had his back to his
|
||
friends and the block house; his cheeks seemed to have fallen in, his
|
||
voice trembled; never was a soul more dead in earnest.
|
||
|
||
“Why, John, you’re not afraid?” asked Dr. Livesey.
|
||
|
||
“Doctor, I’m no coward; no, not I--not SO much!” and he snapped his
|
||
fingers. “If I was I wouldn’t say it. But I’ll own up fairly, I’ve the
|
||
shakes upon me for the gallows. You’re a good man and a true; I never
|
||
seen a better man! And you’ll not forget what I done good, not any more
|
||
than you’ll forget the bad, I know. And I step aside--see here--and
|
||
leave you and Jim alone. And you’ll put that down for me too, for it’s a
|
||
long stretch, is that!”
|
||
|
||
So saying, he stepped back a little way, till he was out of earshot, and
|
||
there sat down upon a tree-stump and began to whistle, spinning round
|
||
now and again upon his seat so as to command a sight, sometimes of me
|
||
and the doctor and sometimes of his unruly ruffians as they went to and
|
||
fro in the sand between the fire--which they were busy rekindling--and
|
||
the house, from which they brought forth pork and bread to make the
|
||
breakfast.
|
||
|
||
“So, Jim,” said the doctor sadly, “here you are. As you have brewed, so
|
||
shall you drink, my boy. Heaven knows, I cannot find it in my heart to
|
||
blame you, but this much I will say, be it kind or unkind: when Captain
|
||
Smollett was well, you dared not have gone off; and when he was ill and
|
||
couldn’t help it, by George, it was downright cowardly!”
|
||
|
||
I will own that I here began to weep. “Doctor,” I said, “you might spare
|
||
me. I have blamed myself enough; my life’s forfeit anyway, and I should
|
||
have been dead by now if Silver hadn’t stood for me; and doctor,
|
||
believe this, I can die--and I dare say I deserve it--but what I fear is
|
||
torture. If they come to torture me--”
|
||
|
||
“Jim,” the doctor interrupted, and his voice was quite changed, “Jim, I
|
||
can’t have this. Whip over, and we’ll run for it.”
|
||
|
||
“Doctor,” said I, “I passed my word.”
|
||
|
||
“I know, I know,” he cried. “We can’t help that, Jim, now. I’ll take it
|
||
on my shoulders, holus bolus, blame and shame, my boy; but stay here,
|
||
I cannot let you. Jump! One jump, and you’re out, and we’ll run for it
|
||
like antelopes.”
|
||
|
||
“No,” I replied; “you know right well you wouldn’t do the thing
|
||
yourself--neither you nor squire nor captain; and no more will I. Silver
|
||
trusted me; I passed my word, and back I go. But, doctor, you did not
|
||
let me finish. If they come to torture me, I might let slip a word of
|
||
where the ship is, for I got the ship, part by luck and part by risking,
|
||
and she lies in North Inlet, on the southern beach, and just below high
|
||
water. At half tide she must be high and dry.”
|
||
|
||
“The ship!” exclaimed the doctor.
|
||
|
||
Rapidly I described to him my adventures, and he heard me out in
|
||
silence.
|
||
|
||
“There is a kind of fate in this,” he observed when I had done. “Every
|
||
step, it’s you that saves our lives; and do you suppose by any chance
|
||
that we are going to let you lose yours? That would be a poor return, my
|
||
boy. You found out the plot; you found Ben Gunn--the best deed that
|
||
ever you did, or will do, though you live to ninety. Oh, by Jupiter, and
|
||
talking of Ben Gunn! Why, this is the mischief in person. Silver!” he
|
||
cried. “Silver! I’ll give you a piece of advice,” he continued as
|
||
the cook drew near again; “don’t you be in any great hurry after that
|
||
treasure.”
|
||
|
||
“Why, sir, I do my possible, which that ain’t,” said Silver. “I can
|
||
only, asking your pardon, save my life and the boy’s by seeking for that
|
||
treasure; and you may lay to that.”
|
||
|
||
“Well, Silver,” replied the doctor, “if that is so, I’ll go one step
|
||
further: look out for squalls when you find it.”
|
||
|
||
“Sir,” said Silver, “as between man and man, that’s too much and too
|
||
little. What you’re after, why you left the block house, why you given
|
||
me that there chart, I don’t know, now, do I? And yet I done your
|
||
bidding with my eyes shut and never a word of hope! But no, this here’s
|
||
too much. If you won’t tell me what you mean plain out, just say so and
|
||
I’ll leave the helm.”
|
||
|
||
“No,” said the doctor musingly; “I’ve no right to say more; it’s not my
|
||
secret, you see, Silver, or, I give you my word, I’d tell it you. But
|
||
I’ll go as far with you as I dare go, and a step beyond, for I’ll have
|
||
my wig sorted by the captain or I’m mistaken! And first, I’ll give you a
|
||
bit of hope; Silver, if we both get alive out of this wolf-trap, I’ll do
|
||
my best to save you, short of perjury.”
|
||
|
||
Silver’s face was radiant. “You couldn’t say more, I’m sure, sir, not if
|
||
you was my mother,” he cried.
|
||
|
||
“Well, that’s my first concession,” added the doctor. “My second is a
|
||
piece of advice: keep the boy close beside you, and when you need help,
|
||
halloo. I’m off to seek it for you, and that itself will show you if I
|
||
speak at random. Good-bye, Jim.”
|
||
|
||
And Dr. Livesey shook hands with me through the stockade, nodded to
|
||
Silver, and set off at a brisk pace into the wood.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
31
|
||
|
||
The Treasure-hunt--Flint’s Pointer
|
||
|
||
“JIM,” said Silver when we were alone, “if I saved your life, you saved
|
||
mine; and I’ll not forget it. I seen the doctor waving you to run for
|
||
it--with the tail of my eye, I did; and I seen you say no, as plain as
|
||
hearing. Jim, that’s one to you. This is the first glint of hope I had
|
||
since the attack failed, and I owe it you. And now, Jim, we’re to go in
|
||
for this here treasure-hunting, with sealed orders too, and I don’t like
|
||
it; and you and me must stick close, back to back like, and we’ll save
|
||
our necks in spite o’ fate and fortune.”
|
||
|
||
Just then a man hailed us from the fire that breakfast was ready, and
|
||
we were soon seated here and there about the sand over biscuit and fried
|
||
junk. They had lit a fire fit to roast an ox, and it was now grown so
|
||
hot that they could only approach it from the windward, and even there
|
||
not without precaution. In the same wasteful spirit, they had cooked,
|
||
I suppose, three times more than we could eat; and one of them, with an
|
||
empty laugh, threw what was left into the fire, which blazed and roared
|
||
again over this unusual fuel. I never in my life saw men so careless of
|
||
the morrow; hand to mouth is the only word that can describe their way
|
||
of doing; and what with wasted food and sleeping sentries, though they
|
||
were bold enough for a brush and be done with it, I could see their
|
||
entire unfitness for anything like a prolonged campaign.
|
||
|
||
Even Silver, eating away, with Captain Flint upon his shoulder, had not
|
||
a word of blame for their recklessness. And this the more surprised me,
|
||
for I thought he had never shown himself so cunning as he did then.
|
||
|
||
“Aye, mates,” said he, “it’s lucky you have Barbecue to think for you
|
||
with this here head. I got what I wanted, I did. Sure enough, they have
|
||
the ship. Where they have it, I don’t know yet; but once we hit the
|
||
treasure, we’ll have to jump about and find out. And then, mates, us
|
||
that has the boats, I reckon, has the upper hand.”
|
||
|
||
Thus he kept running on, with his mouth full of the hot bacon; thus he
|
||
restored their hope and confidence, and, I more than suspect, repaired
|
||
his own at the same time.
|
||
|
||
“As for hostage,” he continued, “that’s his last talk, I guess, with
|
||
them he loves so dear. I’ve got my piece o’ news, and thanky to him
|
||
for that; but it’s over and done. I’ll take him in a line when we go
|
||
treasure-hunting, for we’ll keep him like so much gold, in case of
|
||
accidents, you mark, and in the meantime. Once we got the ship and
|
||
treasure both and off to sea like jolly companions, why then we’ll talk
|
||
Mr. Hawkins over, we will, and we’ll give him his share, to be sure, for
|
||
all his kindness.”
|
||
|
||
It was no wonder the men were in a good humour now. For my part, I
|
||
was horribly cast down. Should the scheme he had now sketched prove
|
||
feasible, Silver, already doubly a traitor, would not hesitate to adopt
|
||
it. He had still a foot in either camp, and there was no doubt he
|
||
would prefer wealth and freedom with the pirates to a bare escape from
|
||
hanging, which was the best he had to hope on our side.
|
||
|
||
Nay, and even if things so fell out that he was forced to keep his faith
|
||
with Dr. Livesey, even then what danger lay before us! What a moment
|
||
that would be when the suspicions of his followers turned to certainty
|
||
and he and I should have to fight for dear life--he a cripple and I a
|
||
boy--against five strong and active seamen!
|
||
|
||
Add to this double apprehension the mystery that still hung over the
|
||
behaviour of my friends, their unexplained desertion of the stockade,
|
||
their inexplicable cession of the chart, or harder still to understand,
|
||
the doctor’s last warning to Silver, “Look out for squalls when you
|
||
find it,” and you will readily believe how little taste I found in my
|
||
breakfast and with how uneasy a heart I set forth behind my captors on
|
||
the quest for treasure.
|
||
|
||
We made a curious figure, had anyone been there to see us--all in soiled
|
||
sailor clothes and all but me armed to the teeth. Silver had two guns
|
||
slung about him--one before and one behind--besides the great cutlass
|
||
at his waist and a pistol in each pocket of his square-tailed coat.
|
||
To complete his strange appearance, Captain Flint sat perched upon his
|
||
shoulder and gabbling odds and ends of purposeless sea-talk. I had a
|
||
line about my waist and followed obediently after the sea-cook, who
|
||
held the loose end of the rope, now in his free hand, now between his
|
||
powerful teeth. For all the world, I was led like a dancing bear.
|
||
|
||
The other men were variously burthened, some carrying picks and
|
||
shovels--for that had been the very first necessary they brought ashore
|
||
from the HISPANIOLA--others laden with pork, bread, and brandy for the
|
||
midday meal. All the stores, I observed, came from our stock, and I
|
||
could see the truth of Silver’s words the night before. Had he not
|
||
struck a bargain with the doctor, he and his mutineers, deserted by the
|
||
ship, must have been driven to subsist on clear water and the proceeds
|
||
of their hunting. Water would have been little to their taste; a sailor
|
||
is not usually a good shot; and besides all that, when they were so
|
||
short of eatables, it was not likely they would be very flush of powder.
|
||
|
||
Well, thus equipped, we all set out--even the fellow with the broken
|
||
head, who should certainly have kept in shadow--and straggled, one after
|
||
another, to the beach, where the two gigs awaited us. Even these bore
|
||
trace of the drunken folly of the pirates, one in a broken thwart, and
|
||
both in their muddy and unbailed condition. Both were to be carried
|
||
along with us for the sake of safety; and so, with our numbers divided
|
||
between them, we set forth upon the bosom of the anchorage.
|
||
|
||
As we pulled over, there was some discussion on the chart. The red cross
|
||
was, of course, far too large to be a guide; and the terms of the note
|
||
on the back, as you will hear, admitted of some ambiguity. They ran, the
|
||
reader may remember, thus:
|
||
|
||
Tall tree, Spy-glass shoulder, bearing a point to
|
||
the N. of N.N.E.
|
||
Skeleton Island E.S.E. and by E.
|
||
Ten feet.
|
||
|
||
A tall tree was thus the principal mark. Now, right before us the
|
||
anchorage was bounded by a plateau from two to three hundred feet high,
|
||
adjoining on the north the sloping southern shoulder of the Spy-glass
|
||
and rising again towards the south into the rough, cliffy eminence
|
||
called the Mizzen-mast Hill. The top of the plateau was dotted thickly
|
||
with pine-trees of varying height. Every here and there, one of a
|
||
different species rose forty or fifty feet clear above its neighbours,
|
||
and which of these was the particular “tall tree” of Captain Flint could
|
||
only be decided on the spot, and by the readings of the compass.
|
||
|
||
Yet, although that was the case, every man on board the boats had
|
||
picked a favourite of his own ere we were half-way over, Long John alone
|
||
shrugging his shoulders and bidding them wait till they were there.
|
||
|
||
We pulled easily, by Silver’s directions, not to weary the hands
|
||
prematurely, and after quite a long passage, landed at the mouth of
|
||
the second river--that which runs down a woody cleft of the Spy-glass.
|
||
Thence, bending to our left, we began to ascend the slope towards the
|
||
plateau.
|
||
|
||
At the first outset, heavy, miry ground and a matted, marish vegetation
|
||
greatly delayed our progress; but by little and little the hill began
|
||
to steepen and become stony under foot, and the wood to change its
|
||
character and to grow in a more open order. It was, indeed, a most
|
||
pleasant portion of the island that we were now approaching. A
|
||
heavy-scented broom and many flowering shrubs had almost taken the place
|
||
of grass. Thickets of green nutmeg-trees were dotted here and there with
|
||
the red columns and the broad shadow of the pines; and the first mingled
|
||
their spice with the aroma of the others. The air, besides, was fresh
|
||
and stirring, and this, under the sheer sunbeams, was a wonderful
|
||
refreshment to our senses.
|
||
|
||
The party spread itself abroad, in a fan shape, shouting and leaping to
|
||
and fro. About the centre, and a good way behind the rest, Silver and
|
||
I followed--I tethered by my rope, he ploughing, with deep pants, among
|
||
the sliding gravel. From time to time, indeed, I had to lend him a hand,
|
||
or he must have missed his footing and fallen backward down the hill.
|
||
|
||
We had thus proceeded for about half a mile and were approaching the
|
||
brow of the plateau when the man upon the farthest left began to cry
|
||
aloud, as if in terror. Shout after shout came from him, and the others
|
||
began to run in his direction.
|
||
|
||
“He can’t ’a found the treasure,” said old Morgan, hurrying past us from
|
||
the right, “for that’s clean a-top.”
|
||
|
||
Indeed, as we found when we also reached the spot, it was something
|
||
very different. At the foot of a pretty big pine and involved in a green
|
||
creeper, which had even partly lifted some of the smaller bones, a human
|
||
skeleton lay, with a few shreds of clothing, on the ground. I believe a
|
||
chill struck for a moment to every heart.
|
||
|
||
“He was a seaman,” said George Merry, who, bolder than the rest, had
|
||
gone up close and was examining the rags of clothing. “Leastways, this
|
||
is good sea-cloth.”
|
||
|
||
“Aye, aye,” said Silver; “like enough; you wouldn’t look to find a
|
||
bishop here, I reckon. But what sort of a way is that for bones to lie?
|
||
’Tain’t in natur’.”
|
||
|
||
Indeed, on a second glance, it seemed impossible to fancy that the body
|
||
was in a natural position. But for some disarray (the work, perhaps, of
|
||
the birds that had fed upon him or of the slow-growing creeper that had
|
||
gradually enveloped his remains) the man lay perfectly straight--his
|
||
feet pointing in one direction, his hands, raised above his head like a
|
||
diver’s, pointing directly in the opposite.
|
||
|
||
“I’ve taken a notion into my old numbskull,” observed Silver. “Here’s
|
||
the compass; there’s the tip-top p’int o’ Skeleton Island, stickin’
|
||
out like a tooth. Just take a bearing, will you, along the line of them
|
||
bones.”
|
||
|
||
It was done. The body pointed straight in the direction of the island,
|
||
and the compass read duly E.S.E. and by E.
|
||
|
||
“I thought so,” cried the cook; “this here is a p’inter. Right up there
|
||
is our line for the Pole Star and the jolly dollars. But, by thunder!
|
||
If it don’t make me cold inside to think of Flint. This is one of HIS
|
||
jokes, and no mistake. Him and these six was alone here; he killed ’em,
|
||
every man; and this one he hauled here and laid down by compass, shiver
|
||
my timbers! They’re long bones, and the hair’s been yellow. Aye, that
|
||
would be Allardyce. You mind Allardyce, Tom Morgan?”
|
||
|
||
“Aye, aye,” returned Morgan; “I mind him; he owed me money, he did, and
|
||
took my knife ashore with him.”
|
||
|
||
“Speaking of knives,” said another, “why don’t we find his’n lying
|
||
round? Flint warn’t the man to pick a seaman’s pocket; and the birds, I
|
||
guess, would leave it be.”
|
||
|
||
“By the powers, and that’s true!” cried Silver.
|
||
|
||
“There ain’t a thing left here,” said Merry, still feeling round among
|
||
the bones; “not a copper doit nor a baccy box. It don’t look nat’ral to
|
||
me.”
|
||
|
||
“No, by gum, it don’t,” agreed Silver; “not nat’ral, nor not nice, says
|
||
you. Great guns! Messmates, but if Flint was living, this would be a hot
|
||
spot for you and me. Six they were, and six are we; and bones is what
|
||
they are now.”
|
||
|
||
“I saw him dead with these here deadlights,” said Morgan. “Billy took me
|
||
in. There he laid, with penny-pieces on his eyes.”
|
||
|
||
“Dead--aye, sure enough he’s dead and gone below,” said the fellow with
|
||
the bandage; “but if ever sperrit walked, it would be Flint’s. Dear
|
||
heart, but he died bad, did Flint!”
|
||
|
||
“Aye, that he did,” observed another; “now he raged, and now he hollered
|
||
for the rum, and now he sang. ‘Fifteen Men’ were his only song, mates;
|
||
and I tell you true, I never rightly liked to hear it since. It was
|
||
main hot, and the windy was open, and I hear that old song comin’ out as
|
||
clear as clear--and the death-haul on the man already.”
|
||
|
||
“Come, come,” said Silver; “stow this talk. He’s dead, and he don’t
|
||
walk, that I know; leastways, he won’t walk by day, and you may lay to
|
||
that. Care killed a cat. Fetch ahead for the doubloons.”
|
||
|
||
We started, certainly; but in spite of the hot sun and the staring
|
||
daylight, the pirates no longer ran separate and shouting through the
|
||
wood, but kept side by side and spoke with bated breath. The terror of
|
||
the dead buccaneer had fallen on their spirits.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
32
|
||
|
||
The Treasure-hunt--The Voice Among the Trees
|
||
|
||
PARTLY from the damping influence of this alarm, partly to rest Silver
|
||
and the sick folk, the whole party sat down as soon as they had gained
|
||
the brow of the ascent.
|
||
|
||
The plateau being somewhat tilted towards the west, this spot on which
|
||
we had paused commanded a wide prospect on either hand. Before us,
|
||
over the tree-tops, we beheld the Cape of the Woods fringed with surf;
|
||
behind, we not only looked down upon the anchorage and Skeleton Island,
|
||
but saw--clear across the spit and the eastern lowlands--a great field
|
||
of open sea upon the east. Sheer above us rose the Spyglass, here dotted
|
||
with single pines, there black with precipices. There was no sound but
|
||
that of the distant breakers, mounting from all round, and the chirp of
|
||
countless insects in the brush. Not a man, not a sail, upon the sea; the
|
||
very largeness of the view increased the sense of solitude.
|
||
|
||
Silver, as he sat, took certain bearings with his compass.
|
||
|
||
“There are three ‘tall trees’” said he, “about in the right line from
|
||
Skeleton Island. ‘Spy-glass shoulder,’ I take it, means that lower p’int
|
||
there. It’s child’s play to find the stuff now. I’ve half a mind to dine
|
||
first.”
|
||
|
||
“I don’t feel sharp,” growled Morgan. “Thinkin’ o’ Flint--I think it
|
||
were--as done me.”
|
||
|
||
“Ah, well, my son, you praise your stars he’s dead,” said Silver.
|
||
|
||
“He were an ugly devil,” cried a third pirate with a shudder; “that blue
|
||
in the face too!”
|
||
|
||
“That was how the rum took him,” added Merry. “Blue! Well, I reckon he
|
||
was blue. That’s a true word.”
|
||
|
||
Ever since they had found the skeleton and got upon this train of
|
||
thought, they had spoken lower and lower, and they had almost got to
|
||
whispering by now, so that the sound of their talk hardly interrupted
|
||
the silence of the wood. All of a sudden, out of the middle of the trees
|
||
in front of us, a thin, high, trembling voice struck up the well-known
|
||
air and words:
|
||
|
||
“Fifteen men on the dead man’s chest--
|
||
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum!”
|
||
|
||
I never have seen men more dreadfully affected than the pirates. The
|
||
colour went from their six faces like enchantment; some leaped to their
|
||
feet, some clawed hold of others; Morgan grovelled on the ground.
|
||
|
||
“It’s Flint, by ----!” cried Merry.
|
||
|
||
The song had stopped as suddenly as it began--broken off, you would have
|
||
said, in the middle of a note, as though someone had laid his hand upon
|
||
the singer’s mouth. Coming through the clear, sunny atmosphere among the
|
||
green tree-tops, I thought it had sounded airily and sweetly; and the
|
||
effect on my companions was the stranger.
|
||
|
||
“Come,” said Silver, struggling with his ashen lips to get the word out;
|
||
“this won’t do. Stand by to go about. This is a rum start, and I can’t
|
||
name the voice, but it’s someone skylarking--someone that’s flesh and
|
||
blood, and you may lay to that.”
|
||
|
||
His courage had come back as he spoke, and some of the colour to his
|
||
face along with it. Already the others had begun to lend an ear to this
|
||
encouragement and were coming a little to themselves, when the same
|
||
voice broke out again--not this time singing, but in a faint distant
|
||
hail that echoed yet fainter among the clefts of the Spy-glass.
|
||
|
||
“Darby M’Graw,” it wailed--for that is the word that best describes the
|
||
sound--“Darby M’Graw! Darby M’Graw!” again and again and again; and then
|
||
rising a little higher, and with an oath that I leave out: “Fetch aft
|
||
the rum, Darby!”
|
||
|
||
The buccaneers remained rooted to the ground, their eyes starting from
|
||
their heads. Long after the voice had died away they still stared in
|
||
silence, dreadfully, before them.
|
||
|
||
“That fixes it!” gasped one. “Let’s go.”
|
||
|
||
“They was his last words,” moaned Morgan, “his last words above board.”
|
||
|
||
Dick had his Bible out and was praying volubly. He had been well brought
|
||
up, had Dick, before he came to sea and fell among bad companions.
|
||
|
||
Still Silver was unconquered. I could hear his teeth rattle in his head,
|
||
but he had not yet surrendered.
|
||
|
||
“Nobody in this here island ever heard of Darby,” he muttered; “not one
|
||
but us that’s here.” And then, making a great effort: “Shipmates,”
|
||
he cried, “I’m here to get that stuff, and I’ll not be beat by man or
|
||
devil. I never was feared of Flint in his life, and, by the powers, I’ll
|
||
face him dead. There’s seven hundred thousand pound not a quarter of a
|
||
mile from here. When did ever a gentleman o’ fortune show his stern to
|
||
that much dollars for a boozy old seaman with a blue mug--and him dead
|
||
too?”
|
||
|
||
But there was no sign of reawakening courage in his followers, rather,
|
||
indeed, of growing terror at the irreverence of his words.
|
||
|
||
“Belay there, John!” said Merry. “Don’t you cross a sperrit.”
|
||
|
||
And the rest were all too terrified to reply. They would have run away
|
||
severally had they dared; but fear kept them together, and kept them
|
||
close by John, as if his daring helped them. He, on his part, had pretty
|
||
well fought his weakness down.
|
||
|
||
“Sperrit? Well, maybe,” he said. “But there’s one thing not clear to me.
|
||
There was an echo. Now, no man ever seen a sperrit with a shadow; well
|
||
then, what’s he doing with an echo to him, I should like to know? That
|
||
ain’t in natur’, surely?”
|
||
|
||
This argument seemed weak enough to me. But you can never tell what will
|
||
affect the superstitious, and to my wonder, George Merry was greatly
|
||
relieved.
|
||
|
||
“Well, that’s so,” he said. “You’ve a head upon your shoulders, John,
|
||
and no mistake. ’Bout ship, mates! This here crew is on a wrong tack, I
|
||
do believe. And come to think on it, it was like Flint’s voice, I
|
||
grant you, but not just so clear-away like it, after all. It was liker
|
||
somebody else’s voice now--it was liker--”
|
||
|
||
“By the powers, Ben Gunn!” roared Silver.
|
||
|
||
“Aye, and so it were,” cried Morgan, springing on his knees. “Ben Gunn
|
||
it were!”
|
||
|
||
“It don’t make much odds, do it, now?” asked Dick. “Ben Gunn’s not here
|
||
in the body any more’n Flint.”
|
||
|
||
But the older hands greeted this remark with scorn.
|
||
|
||
“Why, nobody minds Ben Gunn,” cried Merry; “dead or alive, nobody minds
|
||
him.”
|
||
|
||
It was extraordinary how their spirits had returned and how the natural
|
||
colour had revived in their faces. Soon they were chatting together,
|
||
with intervals of listening; and not long after, hearing no further
|
||
sound, they shouldered the tools and set forth again, Merry walking
|
||
first with Silver’s compass to keep them on the right line with Skeleton
|
||
Island. He had said the truth: dead or alive, nobody minded Ben Gunn.
|
||
|
||
Dick alone still held his Bible, and looked around him as he went, with
|
||
fearful glances; but he found no sympathy, and Silver even joked him on
|
||
his precautions.
|
||
|
||
“I told you,” said he--“I told you you had sp’iled your Bible. If it
|
||
ain’t no good to swear by, what do you suppose a sperrit would give for
|
||
it? Not that!” and he snapped his big fingers, halting a moment on his
|
||
crutch.
|
||
|
||
But Dick was not to be comforted; indeed, it was soon plain to me that
|
||
the lad was falling sick; hastened by heat, exhaustion, and the shock
|
||
of his alarm, the fever, predicted by Dr. Livesey, was evidently growing
|
||
swiftly higher.
|
||
|
||
It was fine open walking here, upon the summit; our way lay a little
|
||
downhill, for, as I have said, the plateau tilted towards the west. The
|
||
pines, great and small, grew wide apart; and even between the clumps of
|
||
nutmeg and azalea, wide open spaces baked in the hot sunshine. Striking,
|
||
as we did, pretty near north-west across the island, we drew, on the
|
||
one hand, ever nearer under the shoulders of the Spy-glass, and on the
|
||
other, looked ever wider over that western bay where I had once tossed
|
||
and trembled in the coracle.
|
||
|
||
The first of the tall trees was reached, and by the bearings proved the
|
||
wrong one. So with the second. The third rose nearly two hundred feet
|
||
into the air above a clump of underwood--a giant of a vegetable, with
|
||
a red column as big as a cottage, and a wide shadow around in which a
|
||
company could have manoeuvred. It was conspicuous far to sea both on
|
||
the east and west and might have been entered as a sailing mark upon the
|
||
chart.
|
||
|
||
But it was not its size that now impressed my companions; it was the
|
||
knowledge that seven hundred thousand pounds in gold lay somewhere
|
||
buried below its spreading shadow. The thought of the money, as they
|
||
drew nearer, swallowed up their previous terrors. Their eyes burned in
|
||
their heads; their feet grew speedier and lighter; their whole soul
|
||
was bound up in that fortune, that whole lifetime of extravagance and
|
||
pleasure, that lay waiting there for each of them.
|
||
|
||
Silver hobbled, grunting, on his crutch; his nostrils stood out and
|
||
quivered; he cursed like a madman when the flies settled on his hot and
|
||
shiny countenance; he plucked furiously at the line that held me to
|
||
him and from time to time turned his eyes upon me with a deadly look.
|
||
Certainly he took no pains to hide his thoughts, and certainly I read
|
||
them like print. In the immediate nearness of the gold, all else had
|
||
been forgotten: his promise and the doctor’s warning were both things
|
||
of the past, and I could not doubt that he hoped to seize upon the
|
||
treasure, find and board the HISPANIOLA under cover of night, cut
|
||
every honest throat about that island, and sail away as he had at first
|
||
intended, laden with crimes and riches.
|
||
|
||
Shaken as I was with these alarms, it was hard for me to keep up with
|
||
the rapid pace of the treasure-hunters. Now and again I stumbled, and it
|
||
was then that Silver plucked so roughly at the rope and launched at me
|
||
his murderous glances. Dick, who had dropped behind us and now brought
|
||
up the rear, was babbling to himself both prayers and curses as his
|
||
fever kept rising. This also added to my wretchedness, and to crown all,
|
||
I was haunted by the thought of the tragedy that had once been acted
|
||
on that plateau, when that ungodly buccaneer with the blue face--he who
|
||
died at Savannah, singing and shouting for drink--had there, with his
|
||
own hand, cut down his six accomplices. This grove that was now so
|
||
peaceful must then have rung with cries, I thought; and even with the
|
||
thought I could believe I heard it ringing still.
|
||
|
||
We were now at the margin of the thicket.
|
||
|
||
“Huzza, mates, all together!” shouted Merry; and the foremost broke into
|
||
a run.
|
||
|
||
And suddenly, not ten yards further, we beheld them stop. A low cry
|
||
arose. Silver doubled his pace, digging away with the foot of his crutch
|
||
like one possessed; and next moment he and I had come also to a dead
|
||
halt.
|
||
|
||
Before us was a great excavation, not very recent, for the sides had
|
||
fallen in and grass had sprouted on the bottom. In this were the shaft
|
||
of a pick broken in two and the boards of several packing-cases strewn
|
||
around. On one of these boards I saw, branded with a hot iron, the name
|
||
WALRUS--the name of Flint’s ship.
|
||
|
||
All was clear to probation. The CACHE had been found and rifled; the
|
||
seven hundred thousand pounds were gone!
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
33
|
||
|
||
The Fall of a Chieftain
|
||
|
||
THERE never was such an overturn in this world. Each of these six men
|
||
was as though he had been struck. But with Silver the blow passed almost
|
||
instantly. Every thought of his soul had been set full-stretch, like a
|
||
racer, on that money; well, he was brought up, in a single second, dead;
|
||
and he kept his head, found his temper, and changed his plan before the
|
||
others had had time to realize the disappointment.
|
||
|
||
“Jim,” he whispered, “take that, and stand by for trouble.”
|
||
|
||
And he passed me a double-barrelled pistol.
|
||
|
||
At the same time, he began quietly moving northward, and in a few steps
|
||
had put the hollow between us two and the other five. Then he looked at
|
||
me and nodded, as much as to say, “Here is a narrow corner,” as, indeed,
|
||
I thought it was. His looks were not quite friendly, and I was so
|
||
revolted at these constant changes that I could not forbear whispering,
|
||
“So you’ve changed sides again.”
|
||
|
||
There was no time left for him to answer in. The buccaneers, with oaths
|
||
and cries, began to leap, one after another, into the pit and to dig
|
||
with their fingers, throwing the boards aside as they did so. Morgan
|
||
found a piece of gold. He held it up with a perfect spout of oaths. It
|
||
was a two-guinea piece, and it went from hand to hand among them for a
|
||
quarter of a minute.
|
||
|
||
“Two guineas!” roared Merry, shaking it at Silver. “That’s your seven
|
||
hundred thousand pounds, is it? You’re the man for bargains, ain’t you?
|
||
You’re him that never bungled nothing, you wooden-headed lubber!”
|
||
|
||
“Dig away, boys,” said Silver with the coolest insolence; “you’ll find
|
||
some pig-nuts and I shouldn’t wonder.”
|
||
|
||
“Pig-nuts!” repeated Merry, in a scream. “Mates, do you hear that? I
|
||
tell you now, that man there knew it all along. Look in the face of him
|
||
and you’ll see it wrote there.”
|
||
|
||
“Ah, Merry,” remarked Silver, “standing for cap’n again? You’re a
|
||
pushing lad, to be sure.”
|
||
|
||
But this time everyone was entirely in Merry’s favour. They began to
|
||
scramble out of the excavation, darting furious glances behind them. One
|
||
thing I observed, which looked well for us: they all got out upon the
|
||
opposite side from Silver.
|
||
|
||
Well, there we stood, two on one side, five on the other, the pit
|
||
between us, and nobody screwed up high enough to offer the first blow.
|
||
Silver never moved; he watched them, very upright on his crutch, and
|
||
looked as cool as ever I saw him. He was brave, and no mistake.
|
||
|
||
At last Merry seemed to think a speech might help matters.
|
||
|
||
“Mates,” says he, “there’s two of them alone there; one’s the old
|
||
cripple that brought us all here and blundered us down to this; the
|
||
other’s that cub that I mean to have the heart of. Now, mates--”
|
||
|
||
He was raising his arm and his voice, and plainly meant to lead a
|
||
charge. But just then--crack! crack! crack!--three musket-shots flashed
|
||
out of the thicket. Merry tumbled head foremost into the excavation; the
|
||
man with the bandage spun round like a teetotum and fell all his length
|
||
upon his side, where he lay dead, but still twitching; and the other
|
||
three turned and ran for it with all their might.
|
||
|
||
Before you could wink, Long John had fired two barrels of a pistol into
|
||
the struggling Merry, and as the man rolled up his eyes at him in the
|
||
last agony, “George,” said he, “I reckon I settled you.”
|
||
|
||
At the same moment, the doctor, Gray, and Ben Gunn joined us, with
|
||
smoking muskets, from among the nutmeg-trees.
|
||
|
||
“Forward!” cried the doctor. “Double quick, my lads. We must head ’em
|
||
off the boats.”
|
||
|
||
And we set off at a great pace, sometimes plunging through the bushes to
|
||
the chest.
|
||
|
||
I tell you, but Silver was anxious to keep up with us. The work that man
|
||
went through, leaping on his crutch till the muscles of his chest were
|
||
fit to burst, was work no sound man ever equalled; and so thinks the
|
||
doctor. As it was, he was already thirty yards behind us and on the
|
||
verge of strangling when we reached the brow of the slope.
|
||
|
||
“Doctor,” he hailed, “see there! No hurry!”
|
||
|
||
Sure enough there was no hurry. In a more open part of the plateau, we
|
||
could see the three survivors still running in the same direction as
|
||
they had started, right for Mizzenmast Hill. We were already between
|
||
them and the boats; and so we four sat down to breathe, while Long John,
|
||
mopping his face, came slowly up with us.
|
||
|
||
“Thank ye kindly, doctor,” says he. “You came in in about the nick, I
|
||
guess, for me and Hawkins. And so it’s you, Ben Gunn!” he added. “Well,
|
||
you’re a nice one, to be sure.”
|
||
|
||
“I’m Ben Gunn, I am,” replied the maroon, wriggling like an eel in his
|
||
embarrassment. “And,” he added, after a long pause, “how do, Mr. Silver?
|
||
Pretty well, I thank ye, says you.”
|
||
|
||
“Ben, Ben,” murmured Silver, “to think as you’ve done me!”
|
||
|
||
The doctor sent back Gray for one of the pick-axes deserted, in their
|
||
flight, by the mutineers, and then as we proceeded leisurely downhill to
|
||
where the boats were lying, related in a few words what had taken place.
|
||
It was a story that profoundly interested Silver; and Ben Gunn, the
|
||
half-idiot maroon, was the hero from beginning to end.
|
||
|
||
Ben, in his long, lonely wanderings about the island, had found the
|
||
skeleton--it was he that had rifled it; he had found the treasure; he
|
||
had dug it up (it was the haft of his pick-axe that lay broken in the
|
||
excavation); he had carried it on his back, in many weary journeys, from
|
||
the foot of the tall pine to a cave he had on the two-pointed hill at
|
||
the north-east angle of the island, and there it had lain stored in
|
||
safety since two months before the arrival of the HISPANIOLA.
|
||
|
||
When the doctor had wormed this secret from him on the afternoon of the
|
||
attack, and when next morning he saw the anchorage deserted, he had gone
|
||
to Silver, given him the chart, which was now useless--given him the
|
||
stores, for Ben Gunn’s cave was well supplied with goats’ meat salted
|
||
by himself--given anything and everything to get a chance of moving in
|
||
safety from the stockade to the two-pointed hill, there to be clear of
|
||
malaria and keep a guard upon the money.
|
||
|
||
“As for you, Jim,” he said, “it went against my heart, but I did what I
|
||
thought best for those who had stood by their duty; and if you were not
|
||
one of these, whose fault was it?”
|
||
|
||
That morning, finding that I was to be involved in the horrid
|
||
disappointment he had prepared for the mutineers, he had run all the way
|
||
to the cave, and leaving the squire to guard the captain, had taken Gray
|
||
and the maroon and started, making the diagonal across the island to be
|
||
at hand beside the pine. Soon, however, he saw that our party had the
|
||
start of him; and Ben Gunn, being fleet of foot, had been dispatched in
|
||
front to do his best alone. Then it had occurred to him to work upon the
|
||
superstitions of his former shipmates, and he was so far successful that
|
||
Gray and the doctor had come up and were already ambushed before the
|
||
arrival of the treasure-hunters.
|
||
|
||
“Ah,” said Silver, “it were fortunate for me that I had Hawkins here.
|
||
You would have let old John be cut to bits, and never given it a
|
||
thought, doctor.”
|
||
|
||
“Not a thought,” replied Dr. Livesey cheerily.
|
||
|
||
And by this time we had reached the gigs. The doctor, with the pick-axe,
|
||
demolished one of them, and then we all got aboard the other and set out
|
||
to go round by sea for North Inlet.
|
||
|
||
This was a run of eight or nine miles. Silver, though he was almost
|
||
killed already with fatigue, was set to an oar, like the rest of us, and
|
||
we were soon skimming swiftly over a smooth sea. Soon we passed out
|
||
of the straits and doubled the south-east corner of the island, round
|
||
which, four days ago, we had towed the HISPANIOLA.
|
||
|
||
As we passed the two-pointed hill, we could see the black mouth of Ben
|
||
Gunn’s cave and a figure standing by it, leaning on a musket. It was the
|
||
squire, and we waved a handkerchief and gave him three cheers, in which
|
||
the voice of Silver joined as heartily as any.
|
||
|
||
Three miles farther, just inside the mouth of North Inlet, what should
|
||
we meet but the HISPANIOLA, cruising by herself? The last flood had
|
||
lifted her, and had there been much wind or a strong tide current, as
|
||
in the southern anchorage, we should never have found her more, or found
|
||
her stranded beyond help. As it was, there was little amiss beyond the
|
||
wreck of the main-sail. Another anchor was got ready and dropped in a
|
||
fathom and a half of water. We all pulled round again to Rum Cove,
|
||
the nearest point for Ben Gunn’s treasure-house; and then Gray,
|
||
single-handed, returned with the gig to the HISPANIOLA, where he was to
|
||
pass the night on guard.
|
||
|
||
A gentle slope ran up from the beach to the entrance of the cave. At the
|
||
top, the squire met us. To me he was cordial and kind, saying nothing
|
||
of my escapade either in the way of blame or praise. At Silver’s polite
|
||
salute he somewhat flushed.
|
||
|
||
“John Silver,” he said, “you’re a prodigious villain and imposter--a
|
||
monstrous imposter, sir. I am told I am not to prosecute you. Well,
|
||
then, I will not. But the dead men, sir, hang about your neck like
|
||
mill-stones.”
|
||
|
||
“Thank you kindly, sir,” replied Long John, again saluting.
|
||
|
||
“I dare you to thank me!” cried the squire. “It is a gross dereliction
|
||
of my duty. Stand back.”
|
||
|
||
And thereupon we all entered the cave. It was a large, airy place, with
|
||
a little spring and a pool of clear water, overhung with ferns. The
|
||
floor was sand. Before a big fire lay Captain Smollett; and in a far
|
||
corner, only duskily flickered over by the blaze, I beheld great heaps
|
||
of coin and quadrilaterals built of bars of gold. That was Flint’s
|
||
treasure that we had come so far to seek and that had cost already the
|
||
lives of seventeen men from the HISPANIOLA. How many it had cost in the
|
||
amassing, what blood and sorrow, what good ships scuttled on the deep,
|
||
what brave men walking the plank blindfold, what shot of cannon, what
|
||
shame and lies and cruelty, perhaps no man alive could tell. Yet there
|
||
were still three upon that island--Silver, and old Morgan, and Ben
|
||
Gunn--who had each taken his share in these crimes, as each had hoped in
|
||
vain to share in the reward.
|
||
|
||
“Come in, Jim,” said the captain. “You’re a good boy in your line, Jim,
|
||
but I don’t think you and me’ll go to sea again. You’re too much of the
|
||
born favourite for me. Is that you, John Silver? What brings you here,
|
||
man?”
|
||
|
||
“Come back to my dooty, sir,” returned Silver.
|
||
|
||
“Ah!” said the captain, and that was all he said.
|
||
|
||
What a supper I had of it that night, with all my friends around me; and
|
||
what a meal it was, with Ben Gunn’s salted goat and some delicacies and
|
||
a bottle of old wine from the HISPANIOLA. Never, I am sure, were people
|
||
gayer or happier. And there was Silver, sitting back almost out of the
|
||
firelight, but eating heartily, prompt to spring forward when anything
|
||
was wanted, even joining quietly in our laughter--the same bland,
|
||
polite, obsequious seaman of the voyage out.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
34
|
||
|
||
And Last
|
||
|
||
THE next morning we fell early to work, for the transportation of this
|
||
great mass of gold near a mile by land to the beach, and thence three
|
||
miles by boat to the HISPANIOLA, was a considerable task for so small
|
||
a number of workmen. The three fellows still abroad upon the island did
|
||
not greatly trouble us; a single sentry on the shoulder of the hill was
|
||
sufficient to ensure us against any sudden onslaught, and we thought,
|
||
besides, they had had more than enough of fighting.
|
||
|
||
Therefore the work was pushed on briskly. Gray and Ben Gunn came and
|
||
went with the boat, while the rest during their absences piled treasure
|
||
on the beach. Two of the bars, slung in a rope’s end, made a good load
|
||
for a grown man--one that he was glad to walk slowly with. For my part,
|
||
as I was not much use at carrying, I was kept busy all day in the cave
|
||
packing the minted money into bread-bags.
|
||
|
||
It was a strange collection, like Billy Bones’s hoard for the diversity
|
||
of coinage, but so much larger and so much more varied that I think I
|
||
never had more pleasure than in sorting them. English, French, Spanish,
|
||
Portuguese, Georges, and Louises, doubloons and double guineas and
|
||
moidores and sequins, the pictures of all the kings of Europe for the
|
||
last hundred years, strange Oriental pieces stamped with what looked
|
||
like wisps of string or bits of spider’s web, round pieces and square
|
||
pieces, and pieces bored through the middle, as if to wear them round
|
||
your neck--nearly every variety of money in the world must, I think,
|
||
have found a place in that collection; and for number, I am sure they
|
||
were like autumn leaves, so that my back ached with stooping and my
|
||
fingers with sorting them out.
|
||
|
||
Day after day this work went on; by every evening a fortune had been
|
||
stowed aboard, but there was another fortune waiting for the morrow; and
|
||
all this time we heard nothing of the three surviving mutineers.
|
||
|
||
At last--I think it was on the third night--the doctor and I were
|
||
strolling on the shoulder of the hill where it overlooks the lowlands of
|
||
the isle, when, from out the thick darkness below, the wind brought us
|
||
a noise between shrieking and singing. It was only a snatch that reached
|
||
our ears, followed by the former silence.
|
||
|
||
“Heaven forgive them,” said the doctor; “’tis the mutineers!”
|
||
|
||
“All drunk, sir,” struck in the voice of Silver from behind us.
|
||
|
||
Silver, I should say, was allowed his entire liberty, and in spite of
|
||
daily rebuffs, seemed to regard himself once more as quite a privileged
|
||
and friendly dependent. Indeed, it was remarkable how well he bore
|
||
these slights and with what unwearying politeness he kept on trying to
|
||
ingratiate himself with all. Yet, I think, none treated him better than
|
||
a dog, unless it was Ben Gunn, who was still terribly afraid of his old
|
||
quartermaster, or myself, who had really something to thank him for;
|
||
although for that matter, I suppose, I had reason to think even worse of
|
||
him than anybody else, for I had seen him meditating a fresh treachery
|
||
upon the plateau. Accordingly, it was pretty gruffly that the doctor
|
||
answered him.
|
||
|
||
“Drunk or raving,” said he.
|
||
|
||
“Right you were, sir,” replied Silver; “and precious little odds which,
|
||
to you and me.”
|
||
|
||
“I suppose you would hardly ask me to call you a humane man,” returned
|
||
the doctor with a sneer, “and so my feelings may surprise you, Master
|
||
Silver. But if I were sure they were raving--as I am morally certain
|
||
one, at least, of them is down with fever--I should leave this camp,
|
||
and at whatever risk to my own carcass, take them the assistance of my
|
||
skill.”
|
||
|
||
“Ask your pardon, sir, you would be very wrong,” quoth Silver. “You
|
||
would lose your precious life, and you may lay to that. I’m on your side
|
||
now, hand and glove; and I shouldn’t wish for to see the party weakened,
|
||
let alone yourself, seeing as I know what I owes you. But these men down
|
||
there, they couldn’t keep their word--no, not supposing they wished to;
|
||
and what’s more, they couldn’t believe as you could.”
|
||
|
||
“No,” said the doctor. “You’re the man to keep your word, we know that.”
|
||
|
||
Well, that was about the last news we had of the three pirates. Only
|
||
once we heard a gunshot a great way off and supposed them to be hunting.
|
||
A council was held, and it was decided that we must desert them on the
|
||
island--to the huge glee, I must say, of Ben Gunn, and with the strong
|
||
approval of Gray. We left a good stock of powder and shot, the bulk
|
||
of the salt goat, a few medicines, and some other necessaries, tools,
|
||
clothing, a spare sail, a fathom or two of rope, and by the particular
|
||
desire of the doctor, a handsome present of tobacco.
|
||
|
||
That was about our last doing on the island. Before that, we had got the
|
||
treasure stowed and had shipped enough water and the remainder of the
|
||
goat meat in case of any distress; and at last, one fine morning, we
|
||
weighed anchor, which was about all that we could manage, and stood out
|
||
of North Inlet, the same colours flying that the captain had flown and
|
||
fought under at the palisade.
|
||
|
||
The three fellows must have been watching us closer than we thought for,
|
||
as we soon had proved. For coming through the narrows, we had to
|
||
lie very near the southern point, and there we saw all three of
|
||
them kneeling together on a spit of sand, with their arms raised in
|
||
supplication. It went to all our hearts, I think, to leave them in that
|
||
wretched state; but we could not risk another mutiny; and to take them
|
||
home for the gibbet would have been a cruel sort of kindness. The doctor
|
||
hailed them and told them of the stores we had left, and where they were
|
||
to find them. But they continued to call us by name and appeal to us,
|
||
for God’s sake, to be merciful and not leave them to die in such a
|
||
place.
|
||
|
||
At last, seeing the ship still bore on her course and was now swiftly
|
||
drawing out of earshot, one of them--I know not which it was--leapt to
|
||
his feet with a hoarse cry, whipped his musket to his shoulder, and sent
|
||
a shot whistling over Silver’s head and through the main-sail.
|
||
|
||
After that, we kept under cover of the bulwarks, and when next I looked
|
||
out they had disappeared from the spit, and the spit itself had almost
|
||
melted out of sight in the growing distance. That was, at least, the end
|
||
of that; and before noon, to my inexpressible joy, the highest rock of
|
||
Treasure Island had sunk into the blue round of sea.
|
||
|
||
We were so short of men that everyone on board had to bear a hand--only
|
||
the captain lying on a mattress in the stern and giving his orders, for
|
||
though greatly recovered he was still in want of quiet. We laid her
|
||
head for the nearest port in Spanish America, for we could not risk the
|
||
voyage home without fresh hands; and as it was, what with baffling winds
|
||
and a couple of fresh gales, we were all worn out before we reached it.
|
||
|
||
It was just at sundown when we cast anchor in a most beautiful
|
||
land-locked gulf, and were immediately surrounded by shore boats full
|
||
of Negroes and Mexican Indians and half-bloods selling fruits and
|
||
vegetables and offering to dive for bits of money. The sight of so many
|
||
good-humoured faces (especially the blacks), the taste of the tropical
|
||
fruits, and above all the lights that began to shine in the town made a
|
||
most charming contrast to our dark and bloody sojourn on the island;
|
||
and the doctor and the squire, taking me along with them, went ashore
|
||
to pass the early part of the night. Here they met the captain of an
|
||
English man-of-war, fell in talk with him, went on board his ship, and,
|
||
in short, had so agreeable a time that day was breaking when we came
|
||
alongside the HISPANIOLA.
|
||
|
||
Ben Gunn was on deck alone, and as soon as we came on board he began,
|
||
with wonderful contortions, to make us a confession. Silver was gone.
|
||
The maroon had connived at his escape in a shore boat some hours ago,
|
||
and he now assured us he had only done so to preserve our lives, which
|
||
would certainly have been forfeit if “that man with the one leg
|
||
had stayed aboard.” But this was not all. The sea-cook had not gone
|
||
empty-handed. He had cut through a bulkhead unobserved and had removed
|
||
one of the sacks of coin, worth perhaps three or four hundred guineas,
|
||
to help him on his further wanderings.
|
||
|
||
I think we were all pleased to be so cheaply quit of him.
|
||
|
||
Well, to make a long story short, we got a few hands on board, made a
|
||
good cruise home, and the HISPANIOLA reached Bristol just as Mr. Blandly
|
||
was beginning to think of fitting out her consort. Five men only of
|
||
those who had sailed returned with her. “Drink and the devil had done
|
||
for the rest,” with a vengeance, although, to be sure, we were not quite
|
||
in so bad a case as that other ship they sang about:
|
||
|
||
With one man of her crew alive,
|
||
What put to sea with seventy-five.
|
||
|
||
All of us had an ample share of the treasure and used it wisely or
|
||
foolishly, according to our natures. Captain Smollett is now retired
|
||
from the sea. Gray not only saved his money, but being suddenly smit
|
||
with the desire to rise, also studied his profession, and he is now
|
||
mate and part owner of a fine full-rigged ship, married besides, and the
|
||
father of a family. As for Ben Gunn, he got a thousand pounds, which he
|
||
spent or lost in three weeks, or to be more exact, in nineteen days, for
|
||
he was back begging on the twentieth. Then he was given a lodge to keep,
|
||
exactly as he had feared upon the island; and he still lives, a great
|
||
favourite, though something of a butt, with the country boys, and a
|
||
notable singer in church on Sundays and saints’ days.
|
||
|
||
Of Silver we have heard no more. That formidable seafaring man with one
|
||
leg has at last gone clean out of my life; but I dare say he met his old
|
||
Negress, and perhaps still lives in comfort with her and Captain Flint.
|
||
It is to be hoped so, I suppose, for his chances of comfort in another
|
||
world are very small.
|
||
|
||
The bar silver and the arms still lie, for all that I know, where
|
||
Flint buried them; and certainly they shall lie there for me. Oxen and
|
||
wain-ropes would not bring me back again to that accursed island; and
|
||
the worst dreams that ever I have are when I hear the surf booming about
|
||
its coasts or start upright in bed with the sharp voice of Captain Flint
|
||
still ringing in my ears: “Pieces of eight! Pieces of eight!”
|